il 5 i New York State Cullege of Agriculture At Gornell University Dthaca, N. Y. Library BY G. DRAGENDORFF, PH. D., PROFESSOR OF PHARMACY IN THE UNIVERSTTY OF DORPAT, RUSSIA. @ranslated from the German BY ' HENRY G. GREENISH, F.1.C. ANASTATIC REPRINT OF ORIGINAL EDITION OF 1884. G. E. STECHERT & CO., NEW YORK Loge OK 66s D8 Og. 19 TRANSLATOR’S PREFACE. Soon after the publication in German of Professor Dragendorff’s ‘Pflanzenanalyse,’ it was suggested to me that an English transla- tion of the work would supply a want keenly felt by both English chemists and English pharmacists. A thorough knowledge of the German language and a practical acquaintance with many of the processes described, gained whilst a pupil in the author’s laboratory, would, it was thought, enable me to offer a translation of trustworthy accuracy ; and this has been my endeavour. Such alterations or additions as have been considered needful have been made in the text, the proof-sheets of which have been submitted to the author. Most of the references have been checked, as accuracy in this particular was deemed very important. To many of them, how- ever, access could not easily be had ; but it is hoped that even in these cases very few will be found to be incorrect. To secure to English readers the usefulness of the numerous quotations, refer- ence has been frequently made, in brackets, to abstracts or trans- lations that have appeared in English journals. One word has been employed in a somewHat unusual sense. The solution obtained by treating a substance with spirit is called a ‘tincture,’ with cold water an ‘infusion,’ and so on. All such solutions have been included in the general term ‘extract ; the latter will not, therefore, necessarily mean the dry residue com- monly called ‘ extract.’ The name ‘ petroleum spirit’ sufficiently indicates the ougin of iv TRANSLATORS PREFACE. the liquid. A petroleum spirit boiling above 60° C. should not be used. Benzene should boil at 80-81° C, (‘Die gerichtlich- chemische Ermittelung von Giften,’ Dragendorff, 1876.) The index will be found more copious than in the original ; it has been compiled from the English text. The high reputation of the author and the favourable reception accorded to his ‘Pflanzenanalyse’ are a sufficient guarantee for the value of the work. : THE TRANSLATOR. Lonpon, October 1st, 1883. AUTHOR’S PREFACE. a WHILST engaged in collecting the material for my ‘ Ermittelung von Giften,’ I formed the intention of utilizing the knowledge then acquired of the alkaloidal and other constituents of plants to improve and extend the present methods of plant analysis. In accordance with this intention I subsequently discussed in my ‘Chemische Werthbestimmung’ the detection and estimation of the active principles of some powerful drugs, and at-the same time promised further communications on allied substances. In the meantime, I gradually became convinced of the need of devising a process of analysis that should include as many as possible of the more important constituents of plants. Such a process was, I thought, a desideratum, as I had frequently ob- served that the methods of examination published in some of my researches were adopted by other chemists in cases in which I myself should have deviated from them. This consideration was mainly instrumental in inducing me to carry my plan into execution more rapidly than was originally contemplated. No one can be more thoroughly aware than I am myself of the insufficiency of the material at present available for the construction of a systematic process of analysis, nor can any- one be more conscious of the necessity for sifting and improving the contents of the following chapters, JI may, however, be per- mitted to remark that in proposing to my pupils subjects for scientific investigation, I have never lost sight of the plan I had formed, and I have been able to benefit by the results of upwards vi AUTHOR'S PREFACE. of one hundred dissertations or communications published by myself or by my scholars. Comparatively few chemists will have learnt, as I have done, that nothing can tend so much to the end aimed at as increased activity in this much-neglected branch of chemistry ; and it was the hope of stimulating young chemists to steady, persevering work in testing the methods now placed before them, and devis- ing better ones, that finally decided me. I doubt the possibility of making, without assistance, such progress as I think necessary ; and I trust, therefore, that the publication of this little work will be followed by an increase in the number of my fellow-workers. As will be explained in the introduction, I have endeavoured to construct a method that shall comprise at once both the qualita- tive and the quantitative, micro- as well as macro-chemical analysis of plants and their constituents. All widely distributed vegetable substances are to be included, the detection of rarer ones facilitated, and the method so arranged that other principles not hitherto observed shall, if present, attract the attention of the investigator. ’ An exhaustive treatise on all the known constituents of plants would naturally have obscured the method of examination. This result I have endeavoured to avoid by compressing the method of examination proper (Part I.) into the smallest possible limits ; and by following it up with further observations (Part IL) on the characters, etc., of the substances there mentioned. Numerous notes and a systematic, as well as alphabetical, index will guard the reader from confusion. I have been compelled to restrict myself to the treatment of the more important constituents of plants, that is, those that are of importance to the plant itself, or that play an important part in its economical application. The extracts in which rarer or less important substances are to be looked for have been pointed out, but it nas been left for the reader himself to gain further information about them from other sources. Numerous refer- ences will aid him in his search, and also direct his attention to a number of analyses that may be of service to him in modifying or extending the process here recommended. AUTHORS PREFACE. vii I have dssumed in my readers an acquaintance with the leading principles of general and analytical chemistry, and have, there- fore, passed over parts of the latter, such as ultimate and ash- analysis, since these have been fully treated of elsewhere. Sub- jects that have been discussed at length in my ‘Ermittelung von Giften,’ and ‘Chemische Werthbestimmung starkwirkender Droguen,’ have been referred to as briefly as possible. An ulti- mate analysis is, of course, frequently necessary in order to demonstrate the identity of a substance isolated during the investigation with some other known body. I have, therefore, col- lected analyses of the constituents of plants, and have arranged them both alphabetically and according to the percentage of carbon they contain. THE AUTHOR. SYSTEMATIC INDEX. INTRODUCTION s § 1. General Remarks, p. 1 —§ 2. ‘Object of ithe Wak; Didaion of Matter, p. 2.—§ 3. Leading Principles i in the Analysis of Plants, p. 3 METHOD OF EXAMINATION FOR THE MORE IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS 3 . I. Preniminany OPERATIONS. EstIMATION OF Morsture AND > Ast s § 4. Drying the Materials, p. 5.—§ 5. Treatment of Fresh Plants, p. 6.—§ 6. Pulverization, p. 6.—§ 7. Estimation of Ash, p. 7 IT. ExaminaTIon oF THE SuBsTaNces SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM Per ETHEREAL AND Frxep Ors, Wax, ETC. § 8 Value of Petroleum Spirit i in the Analysis at Plante, p. 8.— °§ 9. Methods of Extraction, p. 8.—§ 10. Treatment of Fresh Aromatic Vegetable Substances, p. 10 EXAMINATION OF THE FIXED OIL’. § 11. Macroscopical and Microscopical Detestion ; Total Esti. mation, p. 10.—§ 12. Composition, Qualitative ; Oleic and Linoleic Acids, p. 11.—§. 13. Quantitative ; Estimation of Gly- cerine, p. 12.—§ 14, Cetyl-, Cerotyl-, Melyl- Alcohol, p. 18.— § 15. Volatile Fat-Acids, p. 18.—§ 16. Non-volatile Fat- Acids ; Separation, p. 14.—§ 17. Determination of Melting- Point, p. 14.—§ 18. Melting-Points of the more important Fat- Acids and Mixtures of the same, p. 15.—§ 19. Further Remarks on Oleic, Ricinoleic Acid, etc., p. 18. CHLOROPHYLL AND ALKALOIDS Exrractep SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE Fixep OIL . § 20. Optical Properties and Detection of Chlorophyll; p- i § 21. Influence of Fixed Oil in Determining the Solution of Alkaloids, p. 20. EXAMINATION OF THE ETHEREAL OIL § 22. Detection and Estimation, p. 21. 3 28. Estimation i in the Presence of Fixed Oil and Resin, p. 22.—§ 24. Distillation of Larger Quantities of Ethereal Oil, p. 28.—§ 25. Examination of the Aqueous Distillate for Volatile Acids, Formic, Acetic, Acrylic, Toxicodendric, Salicylous Acid, p. 23.—§ 26. Salicylic, Benzoic, Cinnamie Acid, Styracin, Cinnamein and Aldehydes of above Acids, p, 24.—§ 27. Physical Properties of Ethereal Oils ; Umbelliferone, p. 25.—§ 28. Reactions, p. 26.—§ 29. Ethereal Oils containing Nitrogen and Sulphur, p. 26.—§ 80. Constituents of Ethereal Oils, p. 27.—§ 31. Hydrocarbons and Oxygenated Constituents, Stearoptenes, p. 28.—§ 32. Other PAGE 10 19 21 SYSTEMATIC INDEX. PAGE Constituents, p. 28.—§ 83. Aldehydes, p. 29.—§ 34. Volatile Acids, p. 29.—§ 35. Ethereal Salts and the Alcohols contained inthem ; Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Alcohols, p. 29. TIT. Examination oF THE SuBsTances SOLUBLE IN ErHeR: Resins AND THEIR ALLIES 31 § 36. Methods of Hiztinction ? Fixed Oil, p. ‘31. —§ 37. Chlorophyll, p. 82.—§ 38. Portion of the Ethereal Extract Soluble in Water ; Hematoxylin, Gallic Acid, Glucosides, Alkaloids, etc., p. 32.— -§ 39. Portion Soluble in Alcohol, p. 33.—§ 40. Microchemical Examination ; Treatment of the Substances dissolved by Ether with various Solvents; Crystallization, etc., p. 33.—§ 41. Behaviour of Resin to Aqueous and Alcoholic Potash, Sulphuric Acid, Nitric Acid, Bromine, etc., p. 34.—§ 42. ‘Action of fused Potash, Resorcin, Phloroglucin, Pyrogallol, Protocatechuic and Paroxybenzoie Acids, p. 34.—§ 43. Dry Distillation of Resin ; Umbelliferone, Pyrocatechin, p. 36,—§ 44, Examination of that Part of the Ethereal Extract dissolved by Alcohol; Pzonio- fluorescin, Chrysophanic Acid, etc., p. 36.—§ 45. Acids pro- duced by the Action of Alkalies on Anhydrides ; Santonin, etc., p. 36.—§ 46. Direct Extraction with Ether, p. 36. IV. Examrnatioy o Tue SuBsTaNnces SOLUBLE IN ABSOLUTE ALCOHOL ; Resins, TANNINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ALKALOIDS, GLUCOSES, ETC. 38 § 47. Methods of Extraction ; Estimation of Total Substances dis- solved, p. 38.—§ 48. Estimation of the Portion Soluble in Water ; Phlobaphenes, Alkaloids, etc., p. 38. EXamInation or TANNIN 7 39 § 49. Detection, p. 39.—§ 50. Dataction coatenied, p. 39. —§ 61. Reactions of most Tannins ; Microchemical Detection; Alcohol more suitable for their Extraction than Water, p. 40.—§ 52. Methods for their Estimation : I. Acetate of Lead, p. 41; TI. Acetate of Copper, p. 42; III. Stannous Chloride, p. 42 ; IV. Tartar Emetic, p. 42; V. Acetate of Zinc, p. 43; VI. Ferric Acetate, p. 43; VII. Permanganate of Potassium, p. 43; VIII. Chlorinated Lime, Iodic Acid, Iodine, p. 45; IX. Caustic Potash and Atmospheric Air, p. 45; X. Cinchonine, p. 45 ; XI. Hide, p. 46; XII. Gelatine, p. 46.—§ 53. Tannic and Gallic Acid, p. 47 EXAMINATION FOR GLUCOSIDES, ALKALOIDS, ETC. . 48 § 54. By the Method of Agitation, p. 48.—§ 55. List of Bitter Prin- ciples, Acids, etc , removable from Acid Solution by Agitation with Petroleum Spirit, Benzene, Chloroform, p. 49.—§ 56. Ex- traction of Alkaloids from Ammoniacal Solution, p. 49.—§ 57. Direct Test for Glucosides, Alkaloids, etc., p. 50.—§ 58. Isola- tion and Purification of Substances not removable by Agitation ; Separation from Glucose, etc., p. 51.—§ 59. Separation of cer- tain Glucosides and Bitter Principles from Tannin, ete., p. 52. —§ 60. Decomposition of Compounds of* Lead with Bitter Principles, etc., p. 52.—§ 61. Detection of the Glucosidal Nature of a Substance, p. 53.—§ 62. Other Reactions of Gluco- sides, p. 54.—§ 63. Alkaloids not Isolated by the Method of Agitation ; Group-reagents; Lassaigne’s Nitrogen Test, p. 55. —§ 64. Isolation by Precipitation with Potassio-mercuric dodide, etc., p. 57.—§ 65. Estimation, p. 58.—§ 66. Estimation SYSTEMATIC INDEX. of Theine, p. 62.—§ 67. Estimation of Total Alkaloids in Cinchona, p. 62.—§ 68. Acidimetric Estimation, p. 63.—§ 69. Separation of Alkaloids from one another, p. 63.—§ 70. Glu- coses Soluble in Alcohol, p. 64. V. Examination or Susstanoes SouusiE In Water: MucrLacE, Saponin, Acips, GLucosrs, SACCHAROSES, ETC. § 71. Method of Extraction, p. 65.—§ 72. Estimation of Total Sub- stances Dissolved, p. 65. EXAMINATION FOR VEGETABLE Mucitace, Dextrin, Levu, TRITICIN ; SINISTRIN § 73. Detection and Estimation of "Mneilage, p. 65. —§ 74, Vege- table Albumin and Tarsoates Present in Mucilage-precipitate, p. 66.—§ 75. Inulin, p. 66.—§ 76. Dextrin, Levulin, Sinistrin, Triticin ; Estimation, p. 67. SAPONIN AND ITs ALLIES § 77. Separation from Dextrin, elng p. 67.$ 78. Estimation, p. 68.—§ 79. Digitonin, p. 69. EXAMINATION FoR AcIDS . § 80. Precipitation with Acetate ‘of Lend, p. 69. —§ 81. Malic, Fumaric, Oxalic, Racemic, Citric, Aconitic, Tartarie Acid ; Marattin, p. 70.—§ 82. Volumetric Estimation of the fore- going Acids. Free and Combined Acid. Mineral Acids, p. 71. EXAMINATION FoR GLucosES, SACCHAROSES, ETC. . § 83. Volumetric Estimation of Glucose with Febling’s Solution ; 3 Gravimetric Estimation with Copper, p. 72.—§ 84. Knapp’s Method; Sachsse’s Method, etc., p. 73.—§ 85. Influence of Sac- charoses, p. 75.—§ 86. Estimation of Saccharose in presence of Glucose, p. 75.—§ 87. Estimation of Saccharose alone; Inver- sion, p. 75.—§ 88. Distinguishing Tests for Saccharose and Glucose, p. 76.—§ 89. Distinctive Characteristics of the Various Saccharoses and Glucoses ; Purification, p. 76.—§ 90. Soluble Modification of Arabic Acid; Albuminous Substances not precipitated by Alcohol, p. 76.—§ 91. Mannite and its Allies, p. 77. EXAMINATION FOR ALBUMINOIDS SOLUBLE IN WATER, AMMONIA, Amipes, Nrrric Acip § 92. Detection and Estimation ; Microchemioa? Detection ; Pro- toplasm, Cell-nucleus, Cryatalloida, p. 78.—§ 98. Ratination of Legumin, Globulin, and Allied Substances, p. 79.—§ 94. Vege- table Albumin, p. 79.—§ 95. Estimation of Total Albuminoids Soluble in Water; (a) By Precipitation with Tannin, p. 80.— § 96. (6) From the Nitrogen, p. 80.—§ 97. Estimation of Am- monia, p. 81.—§ 98. Amido-compounds, p. 82.—§ 99. Estimation of Nitric Acid (a) by Schulze’s Method, p. 88.—§ 100. (b) By Wulfert-Schloessing’s Method, p. 85.—§ 101. Sclerotic and Cathartic Acid, etc., p. 86. EXAMINATION FOR INULIN : § 102. Characteristic Properties of Tanita and tonlurd, v. 86. VI. Examination oF THE Supstances SoLusLe In DituTe Sopa: MetarasBic Acip, ALBUMINOIDS, PHLOBAPHENE, ETC. § 103. Method of Extraction, p. 88.—§ 104. Detection and Eitins- tion of Albumen, p. 88.—§ 105. Estimation, p. 88.—§ 106. Nitrogenous Substances not dissolved by Dilute Soda, p. 89.— PAGE 65 65 67 69 72 78 86 88 xii SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 5 PAGE § 107. Mucilaginous and Albuminous Substances, Phlobaphene, etc., not Precipitated by Acids, p. 89.—§ 108. Phlobaphene, Polyporic Acid, Humus, etc., p. 90. VII. Examination or Supstances SOLUBLE IN DitutE HYDROCHLORIC Acip; Staron, PARARABIN, OXALATE OF CALCIUM, BTC. - 91 § 109. Extraction, p. 91.—§ 110. Estimation of Oxalate of Calcium, p. 91.—§ 111. Estimation of Oxalate of Calcium and Pararabin, p. 92.—§ 112, Estimation of Pararabin, p. 93.—§ 118. Estima- tion of Oxalate of Calcium and Starch, p. 93.—-§ 114. Estima- tion of Oxalate of Calcium, Starch, and Pararabin, p. 93.— § 115. Estimation of Starch, p. 93. VIII. Estimation or LicNIn AND 11s ALLIES, AND OF CELLULOSE . 95 § 116. Lignin, Incrusting and Cuticular Substances, Suberin, p. 95.—§ 117, Estimation of Cellulose, p. 96. Conciupine Remarks 97 § 118. Remarks on the ‘Method of Analysis " rovommendedl, p. 97.—§ 119. On the Object of Plant Analysis, p. 97. SPECIAL METHODS ;s SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES, ETC. » 99 Fats snp THEIR CoNsTITUENTS, CHOLESTERIN, FILIOIN, ETO. . 99 § 120. Estimation of Fat in General; Apparatus for Extrac- tion, p. 99.—§ 121. Resinification, p. 101.—§ 122. Elaidin-test, p. 101.—§ 123, Behaviour to Sulphuric Acid, p. 102.—§ 124. Behaviour to other Reagents, p. 102.—§ 125. Detection and Estimation of Free Fat Acids contaminating Fixed Oils, p. 105.—§ 126. Detection and Estimation of Cholesterin, Phytosterin, Filicin, Kosin, Euphorbon, Lactucon, Lactucerin, Echicerin, Cynanchocerin, Helenin, Coumarin, Melilotic Acid, Styrol, Myroxocarpin, Diosmin, Kampferid, Asaron, Angelicin, Anemonol, Capsicin,. Capsaicin, Amyrin, Bryoidin, p. 106.— § 127. Caoutchouc, p. 109.—§ 128. Estimation of Glycerine, p- 109.—§ 129. Cetyl-, Cerotyl-, Melyl-alcohol ; Cerotene ; Vegetable Wax; Microchemical Detection of Wax, p. 110. § 130. Estimation of Oleic Acid, Linoleic Acid, Laurie Acid ; Separation of the latter from Oleic and Myristic Acid; of Oleic from Stearic Acid, p. 111.—§ 131. Separation of Fat- acids from Resin-acids, p. 112. OHLOROPHYLL AND ITS ALLIES 7 - 3 § 132. Remarks on the Chemistry of Chlorophyll, = 113.— § 133. Possibility of Estimating, p. 115.—§ 134. Erythrophyll and Chlorophyllan, etc., p. 115.—§ 135. Xanthophyll, Hypo- _ chlorin, Etiolin, Anthoxanthin, p. 116. Ersgreat O1rs, VOLATILE AcIDs, ETC. , 117 § 136, Examples of Estimation, p. 117.—§ 187. Estimation wie Bisulphide of Carbon, p. 118.—§ 138. Mixtures of Fixed and Ethereal Oils, Resin, etc., p. 118.—§ 189. Volatile Acids: Angelic, Methylcrotonic, Caprio, Caprylic, CEnanthic, Cap- roic, Valerianic, Butyric, Propionic, Acetic, Formic Acids and their Separation, p. 119.—§ 140. Identification of Volatile Acids by Saturating Power, etc., p. 120.—§ 141. Optical Tests for Ethereal Oils, Solubility, p. 120.—§ 142. Colour-reactions of Ethereal Oils, p, 121.—§ 143. Fractional Distillation, p, 124. —§ 144. Examples of Analyses, p. 125. SYSTEMATIC INDEX. xii PAGE Raxsins, ANTHRAQUINONE-DeRivaTives, GALLIc AciD, Bitten PRIN- GIPLES, ETC. ‘ j t - P : ; § 145. Coniferous Resin-Acids; Podocarpic Acid, Phyllic Acid, Mongumic Acid, Pzonia acid, Chrysin, etc. ; More important Methods of Isolating Resin-Acids, p. 127—§ 146. More im- portant Commercial Resins; Estimation of Ethereal Oil, Mucilage, etc., p. 129.—§ 147. Peonio-fluorescin, p. 131.— § 148. Anthraquinone-derivatives, Chrysophanic Acid, Chry- sarobin, Emodin, Frangulic Acid, Alizarin, Purpurin, Scler- erythrin, Ruberythric Acid, Rhinacanthin, Alkannin, Bixin, Curcumin, etc., p. 181.—§ 149. Recognition of Anthraquinone- derivatives, p. 136.—§ 150. Hematoxylin, Brasillin, Santalin, p. 136.—§ 151. Gallic Acid, Catechin, Pyroeatechin ; Detection, Estimation, etc., p. 187.—§ 152. Quercitrin, Quercetin, Thujin, Rutin, Robinin, Luteolin, Gentisin, Constituents of Podophyllin, p. 138.—§ 153. Jalapin and Allied Resin-glucosides; Con- valvulin, Tampicin, Turpethin, ete., p. 140.—§ 154. Santonin ; Estimation, p. 141.—§ 155. Picrotoxin, Digitalin, Digitoxin, Digitalein, Digitonin, Digitin, Coriamyrtin, Ericolin, Vanillin (Estimation), Ostruthiin, Peucedanin, Oreoselon, Athamanthin, Laserpitin, Cubebin, Betulin, Anacardic Acid, Cardol, p. 142. § 156. Other Bitter Principles Soluble in Ether ; Absinthiin, Elaterin, Hop-Bitters, Meconin, Meconic Acid, Methysticin, Quassiin, etc., p. 146. -—-§ 157. Lichen Acids and their Allies: Roccellic, Lecanoric, Orsellinic, Gyrophoric, Parellic, Patellaric, Evernic, Everninic, Usnic, Carbusnic, Vulpic, Erythric, Beta-erythric, Cetraric, Lichenostearic, Stictic, Lobaric, Atranoric Acid; Ceratophyllin, Picroerythrin, Picrolichenin, Variolinin, Zeorin, Sordidin, Calycin, ete, p. 149.—§ 158. Orcin and Betaorcin ; Estimation of Orcin, p. 152. TaNNINS : é is : : a ‘ - 152 § 159. Constitution, p. 152.—§ 160. Glucosidal Nature or otherwise Decomposition-products, Phlobaphene, ete, p. 153.—§ 161, Proneness to Decomposition, p. 154.—§ 162. Preparation in a State of Purity, p. 155.—§ 163. Tannic Acids sparingly Soluble in Water: Tannins of Alder and Hops, p. .156.—§ 164. Occur- rence of two different Tannins in the same Plant, p, 156.— $165. Notes on the more important Tannins; Tannic Acids from Catechu, Rhatany, Kino, Tormentilla, Bistort, Horse- chestnut, Sumach, Myrobalans, Divi-divi, Bablah fruits, Pome- granate, Tea, Coffee, Oak, Willow, Eim, Fir, Birch, Acacia, Male-fern, Cinchona, Cinchona-nova, Ipecacuanha, Mate and Celastrus; Morin-tannic, Gallo-tannic, Leditannic and Nuci- tannic Acid, p. 156, O?PHER GLUCOSIDES . . 7 : A e . § 166. Cyclopin, Rhinanthin, p. 163.—§ 167. Solubility; Description of the more important Glueosides. Amygdalin and Lauro- cerasin, Estimation; Myronic ‘Acid, Estimation; Sinalbin (and Sulphocyanate of Sinapine), Menyanthin, Pinipicrin, Coniferin, Arbutin, Daphnin, Salicin, Populin, Benzohelicin, Philyrin, Phlorrhizin, Aisculin, Fraxin, Syringin, Globularin, Pittosporin, Samaderin, Colocynthin, Bryonin, Ononin, Apiin, Datiscin, Physalin, Dulcamarin, Hesperidin, Crocin, Glycyr- 127 163 SYSTEMATIC INDEX. PAGE thizin, Panaquillon, Thevetin, Chamelirin, Gratiolin, Paridin, Convallarin, Convallamarin, Helleborin and Helleborein, Scillain, Saponin, Digitonin, Senegin, Melanthin, Parillin, Sapogenin, etc., Indican, Indigo-blue, p. 164.—§ 168. Non- glucosidal Bitter Principles, Cusparin, Chinovin, Cnicin, p. 175, —§ 169, Aloins, p. 176.—§ 170, Carthamin, p. 178. ALKALOIDS . : ‘ ‘ ‘ : . - 178 § 171. Colour Reactions of the more important Alkaloids, p. 178.—§ 172. Identification, p. 181.—§ 173. Double Chlorides with Gold and Platinum, p. 181.—§ 174. Further Remarks on Titration with Potassio-mercuric Iodide ; Atropine, Hyos- cyamine, Coniine, Strychnine and Brucine, Morphine, Narco- tine, Chelidonine, Veratrine, Sabadilline and Sabatrine, Calabarine and Physostigmine, p. 182.—§ 175. Estimation of Coniine with Phosphomolybdic Acid; of Pilocarpine; Ap- plication of Phosphotungstic Acid, Tannic Acid, Picric Acid in the Estimation of Alkaloids, p. 184.—§ 176. Determination of Alkaloid in Tea, Coffee, Guarana ; Lieventhal’s and Claus's Methods, p. 186.—§ 177. Estimation of Theobromine in Cacao; Methods of Trojanowsky and Wolfram, p. 187.—§ 178. Esti- mation of Piperine, p. 188.—§ 179. Volumetric Estimation of Nicotine, p. 188.—§ 180. Estimation of Coniine, p. 189.— § 181. Separation of two or more Alkaloids from one another ; Jervine and Veratroidine, Paricine, Narceine and Narcotine, Morphirie and Codeine, Morphine and Narcotine, Strychnine and Brucine, p. 189.—§ 182. Separation by Solvents; Strych- nine and Brucine; Colchicine and Colchiceine; Cinchonine and. Amorphous Alkaloid; Delphinine and Delphinoidine ; Morphine and Narcotine ; Morphine, Codeine, and Thebaine ; Delphinine, Delphinoidine and Staphisagrine, p. 191.—§ 183, Separation of Quinine and Cinchonidine from other Cinchona Alkaloids; of Quinidine from Cinchonine; of Quinine from Cinchonidine ; of Strychnine from Brucine: of Calabarine from Physostigmine; of Chelidonine from Sanguinarine ; of Muscarine from Amanitine ; Paytine, ete., p. 193.—§ 184. Sepa- ration of the more important Cinghona Alkaloids from one another, p. 194.—§ 185. Estimation of Cinchona-Alkaloids by Polarization, p. 198.—§ 186. Rarer Cinchona-Alkaloids; Ari- cine, Cusconine, Quinamine ; Paricine, Paytine, p. 198.—§ 187. Estimation of the more important Opium-Alkaloids, p. 199. —-§ 188. Methods of Procter, Prollius, Fliickiger, p. 200.— § 189. Other Alkaloids ; Ergotinine and Picrosclerotine ; Cura- rine, Erythrophleine, Lobeliine, Conessine, or Wrightiine, Har- maline and Harmine, Surinamine, Aribine, Atherospermine, Rheeadine, Violine, Beberine, Belladonnine, Cocaine and Hygrine, Chlorogenine and Porphyrine, Corydaline, Cytisine, Ditamine, Geissospermine, Aspidospermine, Dulcamarine, Glaucine, Fumarine, ete., p. 201.—§ 190. Amanitine, Musca- rine, Choline, Betaine, p. 205.—§ 191. Asparagine, Glutamine and Estimation of the same, p. 206.—§ 192. Leucine, Chenopo- dine, Tyrosine, Rhatanhin, p, 207. VEGETABLE Mucitace 7 ei i . : - 208 § 193. Differences in Gum and Pectin, p, 208.—§ 194. Modified SYSTEMATIC INDEX. xv PAGE Method of Examination for Gum, p, 209.—§ 195, Characters of Soluble Vegetable Mucilage (Arabin, Arabic or Gummic Acid); Metarabic Acid, p. 210.—$196. Behaviour to Re- agents ; Commercial Varieties of Gum-arabic, p. 211.—§ 197. Separation of Arabin from Dextrin, Glucose, Saccharose, etc., p. 212. Dextrin, Triticin, LEVULIN, ETC. ‘ ‘i 5 § 198. Distinctive Characters, p. 212.—§199. Formation of Alcoholates ; Composition; Estimation by Titration and Polarization, p. 213. GuucosEs . 5 . A a . 3 . § 200. Detection of Grape-sugar; Reactions to distinguish Grape-sugar from Cane-sugar, Milk-sugar, Mannite, etc., p. 214.—§ 201. Detection and Estimation in Presence of Dextrin, p. 215.—§ 202. Detection of Dextrin in Presence of Cane-sugar, p. 215.—§ 203. Estimation of Glucoses in Presence of Cane-sugar, p. 215.—§ 204. By Fermentation ; Influence of Substances retarding Fermentation, p. 216.—§ 205, Characteris- tic Properties of Grape-, Fruit-, Invert-, Salicin-, and Caragheen- sugar ; Phlorose, Arabinose, Galactose, p. 217.—§ 206. Inosite Sorbin, Eucalyn, Nucite, p. 219.—§ 207. Cane and Milk-sugar ; Maltose, Melitose, Melezitose, Mycose, p. 220.—§ 208. Estima- tion of Glucoses and Saccharoses by Polarization, p. 221.— § 209. Estimation of Two Glucoses by Titration and Polariza- tion, p. 222.—§ 210. Estimation of Cane- and Invert-sugar, p, 228.—§ 211. Estimation of Three Sugars in Solution to- gether, p. 224.—§ 212. Mannite, Dulcite (Melampyrite), Isodul- cite (Rhamnodulcite), Hesperidin-sugar, Sorbite, p. 224.— § 213, Mannitan, Quercite, Pinite, Abietite, p. 225. Acips ‘ . : . . é é . § 214. Reactions of Malic Acid; Separation from Oxalic, Tartaric, Citric, Succinic, Gallic, Tannic, Benzoic, Acetic, Formic Acid, p. 214.—§ 215. Estimation of Citric Acid as Barium-salt, p. 206.—§ 216. Reactions of Citric Acid ; Aconitic Acid, p. 227.—§ 217. Estimation of Tartaric Acid as Acid Tartrate of Potassium, p. 228.—§ 218. Estimation of Tartaric and Citric Acid when present together ; Separation from Malic, Oxalic, Phosphoric, and Sulphuric Acid ; Racemic Acid, p. 228.—§ 219. Oxalic Acid; Separation from Tartaric and Citric Acid ; Isolation from Oxalate of Calcium, p. 230.— § 220. Succinic Acid; Separation from Oxalic, Tartaric, and Citric Acid, p. 280.—§ 221. Fumaric and Maleie Acids; Kinie Acid; Rubichloric Acid, p. 232.—§ 222. Lactic Acid, p. 232.—§ 233. Glycolic Acid, p. 233. ALBUMINOIDS, ETO. . o é i 3 ‘ - 284 § 224, Calculation of Nitrogen into Albuminoids, p. 234.—§ 225. Repetition of Estimation of Legumin, p. 234.—§ 226. Casein, Glutencasein, Fibrin ; Globulin, p. 235.—§ 227. Vitellin, p. 236.—§ 228. Myosin, p. 286.—§ 229. Estimation of Albumin- oids by Titration with Tannin, p. 236.—§ 230. Comparison of Results with those of the Estimation by Coagulation ; Fer- ments; Diastase, Invertin, Emulsin, Myrosin, Papayotin, etc., p. 237.—§ 231. Estimation of Albuminoids with Acetate of . 212 214 214 xvi SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Copper, p. 238.—§ 282. With Acetate of Lead, p. 238.—§ 233. ‘Estimation of Albuminoids Soluble in Dilute Acid ; Albumin- oids capable of being assimilated, p. 240.—§ 234, Albuminoids Soluble in Spirit ; Glutenfibrin, Gliadin, Mucedin, p. 241.— § 235. Properties of the same, p. 242.—§ 236. Gluten ; Estima- tion, p. 243.—§ 287. Albuminoids precipitated simultaneously with Metarabic Acid, etc.,.p. 243.—§ 238. Nitrogenous Sub- stances Insoluble in Water, Dilute Acid, and Dilute Alkali, p. 244, AMINE ComMpouNDs § 239. Distinctive Chidencters of Ri usatileries Dinciines, es, «> De 244. § 240 Separation of Ethyl- and Methyl-amine from the cor- responding Di- and Tri-amines, p. 244.—§ 241. Approximate Estimation of Amides, p. 245,—-§ 242. Cathartic Acid, Sclerotic Acid, Scleromucin, Assay of Rhubarb, p. 247. Srarcu, LicHENIN, Woop-auM, ETC. § 248. Constituents of Starch, p. 249, —§ 244, Constituenta of the Cell-wall that turn Blue with Iodine ; Lichen-starch, p. 250.— § 245. Lichenin and Gelose, p. 251.—§ 246. Wood-gum, p. 252. CELLULOSE, LIGNIN, AND ALLIED SUBSTANCES § 247. Researches of Frémy and Terreil on Composition of ‘Woody: tissue ; Cuticular and Incrusting Substances ; Modifications of Cellulose, Lignin (Vasculose, Incrusting Substances), Suberin, Glyco-lignose, Glyco-drupose, p. 252.—§ 248. Composition of Cellulose, p. 256.—§ 249. Properties of the Various Forms of Cellulose, p. 256.—§ 250. Crude Fibre ;. Estimation, p. 257. PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF THE ‘CONSTITU ENTS OF PLANTS REFERRED TO COMPOSITION OF THE MORE IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE PER- CENTAGE OF CARBON F is ALPHABETICAL INDEX PAGE 244 249 252 258 265 274 PLANT ANALYSIS: QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE. INTRODUCTION. § 1. AN accurate qualitative and quantitative analysis of a plant or vegetable substance is not unfrequently referred to as one of the most difficult tasks that a chemist may be called upon to undertake. Attention is very properly directed to the great number of species of plants that occur. in’ nature, to the great abundance and variety of their chemical constituents, and to the circumstance that almost every skilful analysis of a plant that has not previously been examined yields new, hitherto unknown products. Prominence is also justly given to the fact that the analysis of vegetable substances differs from that of minerals, inasmuch as the elements present in the latter have in many instances only to be separated and weighed or measured, either as such or in the form of certain of their simpler, more easily recognisable compounds, whilst in the analysis of plants it far more frequently occurs that the proximate principles themselves must be first separa ed before they can be examined or weighed. These reasons are all admissible; we are, moreover, justified in pointing out, amongst other numerous difficulties encountered in the analysis of plants, the great proneness to decomposition of many of the constituents of vegetable substances and the errors that may arise therefrom, not only in the estimation of these bodies themselves, but also of such substances as may accompany them. But surely these considerations should not tend to. pre- vent investigations from being carried out which are equally important for scientific botany and chemistry, for medicine, phar- macy, dietetics, agriculture, ete. By systematically arranging 1 2 § 1, 2, INTRODUCTION. the methods of examination hitherto devised, either for the estimation of a single constituent or for the separation of several substances contained in a plant, I hoped to succeed in inducing others to conduct investigations in a department of chemistry at present so much neglected ; and it was in: that hope that I decided upon the compilation of this work. In it I trust to be able to show that for the separate estimation of many substances we have methods at our disposal which, in point of accuracy, are nearly abreast of the processes employed for the determination of mineral constituents, and that we can often obtain results really serviceable in the investigation of the more important component substances contained in a plant. I especially hope to succeed in showing’ that analyses of plants possess in one respect an advantage over the analyses of minerals, inasmuch .as it often happens, in examining mixtures or conglomerates of several chemical individuals, that im the latter case a much less satisfactory insight into the constitu- tion can be obtained than in the former. ~The elements,: for instance, of which a granite is composed can easily be deter- mined. by inorganic analysis, but it is exceedingly difficult to ascertain with exactitude in what quantity each separate mineral occurring in the granite is present. But in the analysis of vegetable substances the endeavour is made from the outset to separate the different chemical individuals from one another, and by the -use of- various solvents this is fre quently possible. In .this respect, therefore, the analysis of a plant ean often be made more complete than that of a mineral. § 2. The object that I have sought to attain in this work was the compilation of a method of analysis applicable to the qualitative and quantitative examination of vegetable substances of both known and unknown ‘composition, and of an introduc- tion to the qualitative and quantitative determination of the various more important constituents of plants with which we are at present acquainted. T need scarcely observe that I have given the fullest possible consideration to the question as to which tissues of the plant contain the various constituents, and. have therefore, for that purpose, made use of microchemical analysis. With reference to the arrangement of the matter in the work, I would remark that in the method of analysis contained .in §§ 2, 3. INTRODUCTION. 3 Part L, I have not separated the qualitative and the quantita- tive determinations of the .more important. substances from each other. I have made the method of separation serve as a leading principle, and have therefore grouped together the constituents of plants in such a manner that all those may be considered together that are isolated by the same means. I have then placed in sub-divisions of the principal groups such substances as may be isolated by special methods, and these latter are also discussed. The more important peculiarities of the various bodies belong- ing to the different groups, as well as special] methods for the estimation of some of them, have been placed in Part IT., which has been so arranged as to follow closely on Part I. in the form of a supplement. In this way I hope to be more easily able . to avoid repetition, and especially to facilitate investigations in which the substances that may be found are unknown. Thus a method of analysis, taking account of the more important ¢on- stituents of plants, may be traced through the work. § 3. It has always been accepted, as an important principle, by those who have been engaged in plant analysis, that the constituents present should be separated as far as possible by means of different solvents. I have also followed this plan, which has in many instances proved itself adapted to the attain- ment of the object in view, and I concur with those chemists who recommend the use, as far as practicable, of the most in- different solvents. If, in the analyses of vegetable substances I have already made, I have deviated from the course followed by my predecessors,! I have done so, first, in increasing the number of solvents; and secondly, in varying the order in which those solvents were allowed to act upon the substances under examination. I shall subsequently show that this may have a great influence on the result of the analysis. 1] draw particular attention here to Rochleder’s ‘Anleitung zur Analyse von Pflanzen und Pflanzentheilen’ (Wiirzburg, 1858), which I regard as open- ing up new ground in this subject. See also Wittstein, ‘Anleitung zur chemischen Analyse von Pflanzentheilen’ (Nérdlingen, 1868), and an English’ translation of the same by Baron von Mueller, ‘The Organic Constituents of Plants and Vegetable Substances and their Chemical Analysis’ (Melbourne, 1878); Arata, ‘Guja Paralel Andlysis immediato de los Vejetales’ (Buenos Aires, 1869); and a paper by Parsons in the American Chemical Journal, vol. i. No, 6. 1—2 4 § 3. INTRODUCTION. It will be seen from the foregoing. that the principal groups into which I have divided the matter to be treated are formed by the behaviour of the plant constituents to. solvents. In a chapter preceding the method of examination proper, I have given a few general rules for plant analysis. METHOD OF ANALYSIS FOR THE MORE IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS .OF PLANTS. L PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS. ESTIMATION OF MOISTURE AND ASH. $4. Drying.—lIn the majority of cases the parts of plants at our disposal for analysis have already been dried, and we can only take account of the small amount of moisture that has been absorbed from the air in consequence of the hygroscopic nature of the vegetable tissue in contact with it. I can only recommend that the estimation of moisture, for which a temperature not exceeding 110° will as a rule suffice, be made with a small quantity of the substance. I should not advise the drying of the material intended for use in the investigations to be discussed in the following chapters, because, even at a temperature of 100° to 110°, a number of constituents prone to decomposition undergo chemical change. It will be sufficient if the moisture be estimated in about 2 to 5 grams, that is, if that quantity be kept at the tem- perature indicated till it ceases to lose weight. By means of this determination the results of all other estimations can be calculated to the dry substance.} + An apparatus for drying material for agricultural (chemical) analysis has been described by Hugo Schulz (Landw. Versuchsstat, vol. ix. p. 213); one for the rapid estimation of water in organie substances by Gawalovski in the Zeitschrift f. anal. Chemie, xiii. 267 (1874). For the determination of moisture in fruits rich in sugar, such as apples, etc., Tschaplowitz (ibid. Jg. 19, p. 243, 1880), recommends the slices to be first extracted: with absolute alcohol containing 10 to 20 per cent. of ether, and then dried at 100° to 110°, the ether-alechol solution to be evaporated, the residue heated to 85° to 90° and then added to the dry substance. See also Reischauer in the. Jahresb. f, Pharm. Jg. 1867, p. 8 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxviii. 74) ; Schoonbroodt, 6 PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS. That portion which has served for the determination of the moisture can subsequently be used’ for the estimation of the total ash. § 5. Treatment of Fresh Plants.—If fresh plants or parts of the same are to be examined it will be advisable in many cases, at least if a quantitative examination is to be made, to first dry the material, or it will at any rate be necessary for those portions which are subsequently to be treated with petroleum spirit, ether, alcohol, and similar menstrua. Here, too, it will be desirable to nake an accurate estimation of the moisture, and in doing s0 it s advisable to allow the temperature to rise very gradually to 100° or 110%. The greater part of the material can as a rule be dried at a temperature under 30 till in a condition suitable for powder- ing, and the amount of moisture stil] retained in it can be deter- mined in a small portion by a separate estimation. In drying fleshy fruits or roots care should be taken not to reduce them to too fine a state of division.. Leaves which.are not too fleshy do not require any preparation at all) It is very desirable that as little. of the cell-tissue as possible should be deprived of its natural covering, as by doing so the action of the air on the decomposable constituents is only facilitated. With substances which are very rich in sugar it is better not to dry the portions destined for the estimation of the saccharine matter at all, but to examine, them in the fresh.state. The same holds geod for such substances as are very rich in ethercal oil, or contain volatile acrid compounds ; I shall subsequently show that such compounds may be easily isolated from, and determined in, the fresh plants. Of course the amount of ‘such volatile substances as may be found by other means must be deducted from the result of the determination of moisture. $6. Powdering.—It is of the greatest importance that the material for the various estimations should be uniformly mixed and reduced to the very finest’ powder possible. It may be asserted that the greatest errors made in the analysis of plants are due to the material not having been reduced to a sufficiently fine state of subdivision. Estimations of oil made with ether or petroleum spirit often show differences of several units per cent., ibid. Jg. 1869, p. 9. (Pharm. Journ. Trans, [2], xi. 84). In the latter work illustrations are given of ‘the difference in composition that may be met with. in fresh and dried, and in quickly and slowly dried, vegetable substances. §7. ESTIMATION OF ASH. 7 because these solvents do not penetrate into the cells, but only dissolve that which is adhering to the external surfaces of the object. It must be admitted that it is often very difficult to reduce a vegetable substance to an impalpable powder, but the necessity of sparing no trouble in this respect must be most strongly urged. It may sometimes be expedient to dry very hard substances, such as seeds, etc., at 100 to 110° before powder- ing them. Coffee-seeds may thus be reduced to quite a fine powder, especially if triturated in an agate mortar with a known quantity of powdered glass or sharp sand (that has been pre- viously treated with hydrochloric acid). Somewhat hard sub- stances may occasionally be grated upon a fine grater with advantage, and then powdered as above. Tough material, too, and such as is to be examined in the fresh state, may be generally prepared in this way. In working with substances containing much fixed oil.it is sometimes expedient to dry the residue after the first extraction with petroleum spirit, ete, powder it again and repeat the extraction. § 7. Estimation of Ash.—With regard to the total ash, which is usually estimated in plant analysis, reference may be made in the majority of cases to the generally known methods of procedure. For vegetable substances that are very difficult to incinerate, it is advisable, after carbonization, to cool, powder as finely as possible, and continue the heating, placing a cylindrical tube vertically above the platinum dish, so as to create a current of air. Or the incineration may be conducted in a Hempel’s jacket with access of air. If easily fusible salts are present and prevent complete incineration, the admixture of about-an equal weight of nitrate of ammonium with the cooled mass, and repeated ignition, may render good service. Or the carbonized mass may be mixed with a weighed quantity of oxide of iron, and the incineration continued.! After weighing the ash the quantity of carbonic acid present in it is to be determined and deducted from the total weight. The carbonic acid is simply a part of the organic matter, the rest. of which has been burnt off, and is to be determined in other ways. It is also desirable ‘to test the ash for sand, and finally, if a complete analysis is not required, to estimate at least the total quantity of phosphoric and sulphuric acid and potash. (See also § 82). 1 Compare also Borntrager, Zeitschr. f. anal, Chemie, B. xvii. p. 440 (1878). 8 SUBSTANCES: SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. iN. EXAMINATION OF THE SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. ETHEREAL AND FATTY OILS, WAX, ETC. § 8. Petroleum Spirit.—t have proposed the use of petroleum spirit in the analysis of plants on account of its being a relatively good solvent for most ethereal and fatty oils, but not for the majority: of resins and allied substances which would have been simultaneously brought into solution had ether been used. We have therefore in this liquid a means of more accurately estimating ethereal and fatty oils than was formerly possible with ether. Another advantage which petroleum spirit possesses over ether is that it does not, like ether, cause a coagula- tion of soluble albuminous compounds in substances rich in such bodies. As it is desirable to deprive the material of fat before extracting the soluble albuminous substances for their quantitative determination, the whole or part of the residue after treatment with petroleum spirit may be very well employed for this purpose. A chief condition for the successful application of petroleum’ spirit is’ that it be very volatile. It must therefore be purified by repeated fractional distillation, and care taken that it contains no compound boiling ahove 45°. It is, moreover, desirable to distil it over fat (lard) to free it from’ some of the impurities of more powerful odour. § 9. Eatraction with Petroleum Spirit.—t has already been men- tioned in § 6 that vegetable. substances to be extracted with petroleum: spirit must be reduced to the finest powder possible. It is advisable in such extractions to employ a known quantity of, petroleum spirit—say five to ten times that of the substance to be treated ; or, better still, for every gram of the latter 10 cc. of the ieniey, A small narrow cylinder with glass: stepper may § 9. EXTRACTION. 9 be used for this purpose, It should be weighed immediately after the introduction of substance and menstruum; or, if graduated, the volume only occupied by both need be nected. They may be macerated for about eight days, shaking several times daily, and then made up to the original volume or weight by the addition of petroleum spirit, to replace any that may have been lost by evaporation. This having been done, it is sometimes only neces- sary to evaporate an aliquot part of the solution, and calculate from the residue the weight of the substances which have ‘been brought into solution.! - The supernatant liquid frequently becomes so perfectly clear on standing, that all trouble of filtration may be avoided hy removing with a pipette a definite volume, which may then be evaporated and weighed.? This method of procedure is especially to be recommended if the object under examination contains ethereal oil, in which case all washing of the residue, or any dilution whatever of the petroleum- spirit solution, should be carefully avoided. The more concen- trated the petroleum-spirit extract is, the more accurate will be the gravimetric estimation of the ethereal oil. If, however, the petroleum-spirit solution is to be filtered off and the residue on the filter washed, care should be taken that a funnel with ground edges be employed and kept well covered. For the evaporation of the petroleum-spirit solution no porce- lain basin or. round-bottomed platinum or glass dish should be used, on account of the loss easily caused by the capillarity of its sides, It i8 expedient, as a rule, to use a flat-bottomed glass dish with vertical sides and well- ground edges, a ground-glass plate acting as a cover. If the presence of a rapidly resinifying oil is suspected, the petroleum-spirit solution may be evaporated in a tared flask by passing a current of carbonic acid gas through it whilst kept surronnded with warm water. (See also § 138.) ° 1Jn this case, a slight error is introduced into the calculation, by the in- creased volume of the petroleum spirit due to dissolved oil. But this will, as a rule, be 30 small that it may be entirely neglécted ; or, if desirable, a correc- tion. may be made after weighing the residual oil, since we know that the specific gravity of the fatty oils hitherto examined ranges from 0°91-to 0-925. 2 Even when the petroleum-spirit solution does not “become quite ‘clear on standing, as is’ often the’ case when seeds are under examination, it is better to measure off a quantity with a pipette, filter-it, and wash the filter and the mouth.of the funnel (on the outside) with petroleum spirit, than to filter off the whole of the liquid and measure off a quantity for evaporation, 10 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. Shallow evaporating dishes, which can be enclosed between clamped glasses and weighed, may also be used if ethereal oil is present ; but they must be placed in other larger dishes. during the evaporation of the petroleum spirit. It is, however, preferable even in these cases to use the glass dishes with vertical sides pre- viously described. § 10. Treatment of: Fresh Plants. —Fresh, very aromatic parts of plants may be examined as stated. in § 5, without being previously dried! They should be as finely divided as possible by pressure aud trituration, then packed in a small percolator, and the moisture present displaced by the smallest possible quantity of petroleum, spirit or ether ; the latter is, perhaps, in this case to be preferred. The cienstewiain itself must subsequently be displaced by water. The liquids may be received in a graduated burette fitted with a glass stop-cock and long fine point; in this the ether or petroleum spirit may be allowed to separate, and an aliquot part measured off for evaporation. (See also § 22 and following.) EXAMINATION OF THE FIXED OIL. § 11. Detection and Estimation.—We will first consider the simpler case in which the petroleum spirit (or ether) dissolves fixed but not ethereal oil. The absence of the latter may be récog- nised by the light colour of the petroleum-spirit solution and its residue after evaporation, and by the absence of any aromatic odour which would otherwise be given off during the evaporation of the last traces of solvent, the operation being conducted at the ordinary temperature. That we really have a fixed oil to deal with may be shown by the uniform character of the spot left on evaporating a drop of the petroleum-spirit solution on a sheet of blue notepaper. On examining vegetable substances under the microscope, tixed oil is seen in the form of small globules of high refracting power, which dissolve in petroleum spirit, ether, and bisulphide of carbon, and are saponified by a dilute solution of soda. If the objects examined are fresh it is advisable to treat the section with a relatively large quantity of water. Concentrated solutions of ‘sugar and similar substances have the power of dissolving oil, which is, however, again separated on the addition of a large 1 For information concerning the so-called dietheralysis, see Legrip, Union Pharm, V. vi. p. 65 (1876) §§ 11, 12. DETECTION, ETC., OF FIXED OIL. 11 quantity of water. I do not think it improbable that in the juice of fresh plants oil is held in solution by carbohydrates and does not show itself until separated by dilution with water. And in examining the expressed juice of fresh plants, or concentrated infusions of the same, it is well to bear this peculiarity of oils in mind. To determine the tofal amount of fixed oil, the residue from the evaporation of part or all of the petroleum-spirit solution is dried at 100° till the weight remains constant, which may, then be noted. For further information respecting the estimation of fixed oils, and especially the apparatus to be used, see § 120. Compare also § 36. The fatty residue so obtained may be kept for some time, to observe whether partial or complete solidification does not gradually take place. The solubility in absolute alcohol, spirit of 95 and 90 per cent., may also be tested, to ascertain whether free fatty acids, cholesterin, resinous bodies, caoutchouc, or such compounds, can be isolated. (Cf. §§ 125, 126, 127, 130.) It may also be observed whether the oil is. easy or dilficult to saponify, whether the soap is soft or hard, colourless or coloured, whether glycerine is separated during saponification, and the fat con- sequently contain glycerides (cf. § 13), and whether the oil resinifies readily on exposure to the air (§ 121). Finally, the melting and solidifying points may be taken. Concerning this determination seé § 17. § 12. Composition —If a further insight into the composition of the fixed oil is required, larger quantities must be prepared either by extraction, or by expression followed by extraction, accord- ing to the nature of the material and the quantity of oil it contains. A few qualitative experiments may first be.made with a portion of this oil. If it remains fluid at ordinary temperatures the action of nitrous acid may be tried. The solidification of the oil would prove the. presence of oleic (§§ 19, 130) or an allied acid capable of conversion into elaidin (§ 122). In this case, on mixing the oil with about one-fifth of its volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, but little heat will be evolved, whilst compounds of the drying linoleic acid (§ 130) and its allies generally cause a considerable rise in temperature (§ 123).. For comparison parallel experiments may be made-with linseed and ulmond or 12 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. olive oil, Any colouration produced by the first drops of sul- phuric acid should be noted, and the experiraent repeated with a small quantity of the oil, adding a little syrupy phosphoric acid. The behaviour of the oil to syrupy chloride of antimony, nitric acid (from 4 to 1 volume) of specific gravity 1-3, alone or com- bined with a little powdered sugar, may be tested. The action of concentrated solution of bisulphide of calcium, borax, and chloride of lime may: also yield reactions characteristic of certain oils. (See § 124.) It may finally be ascertained whether the oil combines quickly with oxide of.lead, and whether the plaster so produced is soft or hard, soluble or insoluble in ether. If the fatty oil is solid at ordinary ‘temperatures, a portion may be melted, and the above tests with acids, etc., applied, . The solubility in ether should be tried, and note taken whether a solution in two parts of warm ether deposit solid matter on cooling. If the fixed oil from a vegetable substance partially solidifies after standing several days, the liquid part may. be separated from the solid by filtration and expression, and each treated separately. § 13. Composition ; Estimation of Glycerine—It is well known that natural fats are almost invariably . mixtures of different glycerides or ethereal salts. If the various constituents’ of which a fixed oil is composed are to’ be: ascertained, larger quantities (250 to 500 or 1000 grams). must be saponified with a solution of caustic soda of specific gravity 1:25 to 1:3; and after complete saponification, as shown by the soap dissolving in water warmed on the steam bath without the separation of undecomposed oil, the soap so formed. may he thrown out by the addition of a con- centrated solution of salt. The separation may be performed with advantage in tall beakers, which should be placed on the water- bath until the soap has assumed such a condition that on cooling it can be removed as a solid cake. (See also § 15.) A measured portion of the aqueous liquid, after the removal of the soap, may be concentrated on the water-bath,. or preferably at a temperature of 70° to 80°, and the residue treated with absolute alcohol, or better with a mixture of about three volumes of absolute alcohol to’one to two of ether, which dissolves the glycerine liberated by the decomposition of the oil. On evaporat- ing this solution the glycerine remains behind as a sweet syrupy §§ 14,15. CETYL, CEROTYL, MELYL- ALCOHOL. 13 liquid. Itis optically inactive, and yields acrolein when heated with acid sulphate of potassium. If the soap, after removal from the liquid, is washed several times with solution of salt and the wash- ings added to the liquid in the beaker, then the glycerine obtained as described may be weighed. The estimation is not free from error, but it permits of an approximately correct idea being formed of the quantity of glycerine contained in the fat. (See § 128.) § 14. Cetyl-, Cerotyl-, Melyl- Alcohol.—tIn solid fats, especially in the so-called vegetable wax, cetyl, cerotyl, or melyl may be present as bases instead of glyceryl, in which case the fat is much more difficult to- saponify than it otherwise would have been and there is formed, in addition to the soap, a kind of alcoholate of the fat- alcohol If to such a mixture of soap and alcoholate solution of chloride of barium is added, a barium soap insoluble in alcohol and ether is generally precipitated, whilst cetyl-, cerotyl-, or melyl- alcohol is liberated and may be extracted with ether. Or the precipitation may be accomplished with acetate of lead (in the absence of oleic acid), and the wax-alcohol extracted by ether from the dried mass. (Cf. §§ 126,-129.) The imelting-pomt (see § 17) and the ultimate analysis will show which of these alcohols has been isolated (§ 129). Vegetable wax frequently dissolves in boiling absolute alcohol, but separates-out again on the addition of a little water, as a rule before the. resins (§ 145). § 15. Volatile Fat-Acids.—In prosecuting the examination of the fat-acids the soap obtained in § 13 is warmed and again decomposed with excess of hydrochloric acid, the mixture of fat-acids separated from the aqueous liquid, and washed repeatedly with water. If the odour of the mixture points to the presence of a volatile acid, this latter must be separated from the less volatile by distillation. The distillate should be saturated with soda, evaporated, the residue again decomposed with hydrochloric acid, and the fatty acids separated from the aqueous liquid. The possible presence of valerianic, caproic, caprylic, pelargonic, capric, and laurie (§ 130), also angelic and methyl-crotonic acid must be borne in mind. They may be identified by their boiling-points,. saturating power for bases, and composition. Of course the acid must be tested to ascertain if it is a mixture or not of several volatile acids separable by fractional distillation. (Cf. § 25.) 14. SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIBIT. § 16. Less-volatile Fat-Acids.—If no volatile acids are present, or after their separation by distillation, as directed in’§ 15, the less volatile fat-acids may be dissolved in alcohol and subjected in alcoholic solution to a fractional precipitation with acetate of magnesium. This salt precipitates members of the fat-acid series more easily than it does oleic acid and its homologues, and of the fat-acids proper of the C,H,,O, series, those standing highest in the series (i.¢. containing the largest number of carbon-atoms) are precipitated first. The magnesium precipitates appear at first as soon as the acetate has been added, and in that case, after having been well shaken for some time, they may soon be filtered off. But subsequently it becomes necessary to add strong solution of ammonia, as well as the magnesium salt, to produce precipitation, and to allow the mixture to stand twelve to twenty- four hours in a cold place before filtering. The fractional preci- pitation is so contrived that each precipitate shall weigh about 1 to 5 grams, and this is continued till the tolerably strongly am- moniacal liquid yields no further precipitation on the addition of alcoholic solution of acetate of magnesium. Lach precipitate must be well washed with alcohol and decomposed with hydro- chloric acid. The fat-acid must be washed with water, dried, and crystallized once from boiling alcohol. After carefully drying the- crystals the melting-point of each fraction must be taken, The acids are then recrystallized repeatedly from alcohol, and the melting-point again determined. (Cf. §§ 130 to 131.) § 17. Determination of Melting-Point.—The following is the method I adopt when I have only a smiall’ quantity of the substance at my. disposal. I place a minute portion on the surface of mercury contained in.a small beaker. This is then introduced into a small cylindrical copper air-oven in such a way that it does not rest on the bottom, but remains three or four centimeters from it. To allow .of careful observation of the substance during the experiment, I use as a cover for the air- oven an ordinary bottle the bottom of which has been cut. off. A cork, perforated for a thermometer, is then fitted into the neck. The thermometer is now introduced through the’ perfora- tion into the mercury contained in the beaker placed just beneath, until the bulb is completely covered, In doing so it is desirable that some of the minute fragments of fat-acid, or other substance, be ag near the bulb as possible. The whole is now heated over § 18. MELTING-POINTS OF FAT-ACIDS. 15 a small flame, so that the temperature rises about 1° every two minutes. } § 18. Melting-Points of Fat-Acids,—The melting-points of the several fractions before and after purification are noted. If in the same fraction the same melting-point is observed on both occasions, or if the estimations show a difference of only 0°5°, the conclusion may be drawn with tolerable safety that the precipitate under examination contains only one fat-acid. The observed melting-point is then compared with those of the more important fat-acids, and the result arrived at confirmed, if possible, by ultimate analysis. Experiments that have hitherto been made assign to capric acid a melting-point of 30-0°; lauric, 43°6°; myristic, 53°8°; palmitic, 620°; stearic, 69:2°; arachic, 75°7°. Mixtures of two of these acids in certain proportions possess, as the investigations of Heintz? have shown, a.lower melting-point than either of the constituents. Heintz has also noticed that the -mixture, on solidifying, crystallizes in a characteristic form, or remains amorphous, according to the proportion in which the two constituents are present. Mixture of Stearic Acid. Palmitic Acid. Meltsat Solidifies at Manner of Solidification. 100 0 69°2° — Crystalline scales. 90 10 67:2° 62°5° ” 4 80 20° 65-3° 60°3° Delicate crystalline needles. 70 30 62:9° 59°3° 3 35 on 60 40 60°3° 56'5° Amorphous, lumpy. 50 50 56°6° 550° Large crystalline lamellz. 40 60 563° 545° 5 is - 30 70 551° 540° Amorphous, wavy, dull. 20 80 575° 53°8° Very indistinct needles. 10 90 60°1° 54°5° Fine crystalline needles. 0 100 62:0° —_ Crystalline scales. Mixture of Palroitic Acid. Myristic Acid.3 100 0 62:0° _ Crystalline scales. 90 10 60°1° 557° ” * 80 20 580° 535° Scaly and indistinct needles, 1 For further information about this determination see also Pohl, in Polyt. Centrbl. Jg. 1855, p. 165; Bergmann, in Kunst und Gewerbebl. f. Bayern. Jg. 1867, Jamuarheft; Buis, in Annalen d. Chem. und Pharm. xliv. p. 152; Wimmel, in Annal. der Physik. xxxiii. 121(Am. Journ. Pharm. xli. 22, 430) ; Redwood, in Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vi. 1009 (1876). 2 Annal der Physik. xcii. p. 588 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [1]. xv. 425) ; ef. ibid. Ixxxiv. 226. 3 For particulars of the examination of a fat in which stearic, palmitic, and myristic acids were found, see Greenish in Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], x. 909. 16 SUBSTANCES SOLURBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. Mixture of Palmitie Acid. Myristic Acid. 70 30 60 40 50 50 40 60 30. 70 20 80 10 90 0 100 Mixture of Myristic Acid. Lauric Acid. 100 0 90 10 80 20 70 30 60 40 50 50 40 60 30 70 20 80 10 90 0 100 Mixture of |: Stearic Acid. Myristic Acid. 100 0 90 10 80 20 70 30 60 40 50 50 40 60 30 70 20 80 10 90 0 100 Mixture of Palmitic Acid. Laurie Acid, 100 0 90 10 80 20 70 30 60 40 50 50 40 60 30 70 20 80 10 90 0 100 Mixture of Stearic Acid. Lauric Acid. 100 0 90 10 80 20 Melts at 54:9° 51°5° 47°8° 470° 46°2° 495° 51°8° 53'8° 53°8° 513° 49°62 467° 43°0° 387°4" 367° 35°1° .88°5° 413° 43°6° Melts at 69°2° 67°1° 65:0° 62:8° 43°6° 69'2> 67°0° 64:7" Solidifies at Manner of Solidification, Extremely fine needles. Amorphous, lumpy. Large crystalline lamellz. Indistinct lamellz. 51°3° 49°5° 45:3° 43-7° 43°7° 3 41°3° Amorphous. 45°3° Long needles. | _ Crystalline scales. TF —_— Crystalline scales. 47°3° 44°5° 39:0° 39°0° 35-7° 33'5° 32°3° 33-0° ” ” ” 36°0< Crystalline needles. a Scaly crystals. ” ca Very minute crystals. a7 ” Amorphous. Large crystalline lamelle. Amorphous, Amorphous, frond-like. Manner of Solidification. Scaly crystals. Distinct crystalline scales, Rather less distinct crystalline scales. Still less distinct crystalline scales ; no needles or lamella. Scaly crystallization commences; no trace of needles or lamellz. Amorphous, opaque. Beautiful large crystalline lamellz. Crystalline lamella. Indistinctly crystalline. Amorphous, opaque. Crystalline scales. Crystalline scales. Still distinct crystalline scales, Somewhat less distinct cryst. scales. Still less distinct crystalline scales. Granular, indistinct crystalline scales, Almost amorphous, opaque, Beautiful large crystalline lamella. Small crystalline lamella, Indistinctly crystalline, Amorphous, Crystalline scales, Crystalline scales, Still distinct crystalline scales, ” * ” Mixture of Stearic Acid. Lauric Acid. 70 30 60 40 50 50 40 60 30 70 20 80 10 90 0 100 §18. MELTING POINTS OF FAT ACIDS. 17 Melts at 62-0" 59-0° 55'8° 60°8° 484° 385° ‘41°5° 436° Manner of Solidification. Distinctly granular and scaly. Granular; commencement of scaly orystallization. Almost amorphous, slightly granula. Amorphous, warty. On the surface shining faces of small erystals. Amorphous, warty, Amorphous, Crystalline scales, Heintz also noticed that a mixture of three fat-acids could melt at a still lower temperature, even if the third fat-acid added possessed a higher melting-point than either of the others. A mixture of 30 parts of palmitic and 70 of myristic acid melts at 462°, and solidifies amorphous. To 20 parts of this mixture stearic acid was added in the following proportions, and melting- point and manner of solidification observed : Stearic Acid. 1 CON ® OB oe BD Melts at 46:2" 44°5° 44°0° 43°8° 446° 456° 46°0° 46°5° Manner of Solidification. Amorphous. » To 20 parts of a mixture of 30 parts of myristic with 70 of lauric acid. melting at 35:15 palmitic acid was added, and the following observations made Palmitic Acid. 1 woonrn an Pop 10 Melts at 33-9° 33-1? B2°2s 82:7" 337° 346° 35°3° 360° 87°3° 38 -8¢ Manner of Solidification. Amorphous. 9 i ” 2. oF ” Indistinct minute needles. Minute needles. These tables show clearly that it is important to examme the fractions in the suecession in which they were prepared. For instance, supposing the first precipitate to have vielded a fat- acid inelting at 68°, which might consequently be considered as stearic acid, the following precipitates fat-acids melting at about 2 18 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. 56'6°, and subsequently one melting at 62°, the conclusion to be drawn is that. the last is palmitic acid, and that the fractions with lower melting- points consist of mixtures of stearic and palmitic acids: ‘According to Heintz’s table a mixture of equal parts of stearic. and palmitic acid should melt at 56-6’, and assume on cooling a Jamellar crystalline structure. Should no palmitic acid have been found, but in its stead a fat-acid melting at about 53° to 54°, the presence of myristic acid is to be inferred and the mixture melting at 66:6° would contain about 55 parts of stearic to 45.of myristic acid. It is easy therefore to understand that if these observations be correctly interpreted a rough judgment may be formed of the amount of the separate acids present in the fat. At the ordinary temperature pure stearic acid dissolves in about 40: parts of absolute alcohol, but in much Jess’ ether. When suspended in water it may easily be collected and removed by ° agitation with the latter solvent. The barium and calcium salts are soluble in boiling alcohol, but the major part separates out again on cooling, Palmitic acid dissolves much tore easily: in warm and cold alcohol, and is very soluble. in ether. It may also be collected when suspended in water by shaking with ether, § 19. Oleic Acid, ete.—The alcoholic liquid from. § 16, which gives no further precipitate on the addition of acetate of magne- sium and ammonia, may be freed from alcohol by distillation under diminished pressure. That may be accomplished, both in this and many other cases, in the. following manner: A retort is. charged with the liquid, into which a few pieces of serap platinum may with advantage be introduced, and attached toa Liebig’s condenser provided with a tubulated receiver, care being taken that all connections are air-tight. The exhausting tube of a Bunsen’s air-pump is’ then introduced into the tubulure of the receiver. Even if. the evacuation be carried to only one half an atmosphere, aqueous infusions, étc., may be rapidly concentrated on the water-bath and decomposition thus avoided which would other- wise easily be caused by overheating, or. by the action of the air, etc. After the recovery of the alcohol by distillation, the residue is poured from the retort, which may be rinsed with a little water, and. acidulated with hydrochloric acid, The fat-acid which col- lects on the surface of the liquid may be removed mechanically, ‘ §§ 19, 20. CHLOROPHYLL. 19 or by agitation with ether. In examining these acids attention must be paid to the possible presence of members of the oleic-acid series ($§ 130, 131) and of the allied ricinoleic acid. (See also § 12.) As a preliminary operation an ultimate analysis may be made ; and if this, as well as the reactions of the oil already observed, does not point directly to a particular acid, an attempt must be made to accomplish a separation either by treating the plaster obtained by heating the fat-acid with oxide of lead, with ether (which dissolves oleate of lead) or absolute alcohol ; or by frac- tionally precipitating an alcoholic solution of a soda-soap with acetate of barinm, or acetate or chloride of calcium (§§ 130, 131). CHLOROPHYLL AND ALKALOIDS EXTRACTED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE FIXED OIL. § 20. Chlorophyll.—The petroleum-spirit extract of vegetable substances often shows a green colour by transmitted light. This is generally due to chlorophyll. Such solutions are usually fluorescent, and appear blood-red by reflected light. Pure chloro- phyll is only slightly soluble in petroleum spirit, and its presence in this extract is accounted for by the influence exercised upon its solubility by the fixed oil. That the green colour is teally due to chlorophyll may easily be shown by spectroscopic examination. White light, on passing through a solution of this substance, undergoes a change in various of its constituent colours, as shown by the absorption bands in the spectrum. If the Fraunhofer line A correspond to 17 on the scale, B to 28, € to 34, D to 50; and F to 90, there are observable in the spectrum (compare Table L to § 148, Nos, 13 and 14)! four absorption bands situated between B and F, the darkest of which extends from 30 to 42, and the remaining three from 44 to 50, 52 40 56, and 58 to 60 respectively. From 80 to the end the spectrum gradually darkens. Of these absorption bands only the first two can be observed in dilute solutions, and the relative amount of chlorophyll} dissolved may be judged from the presence or absence of the others. It would be scarcely possible to obtain absolute values for the amount of chlorophyll present, as liquids containing but very small quantities of that body are comparatively deeply coloured. Moreover, xo method has hitherto been found available TIn examining a fresh leaf, only the most marked line between B and C is seen. Compare Vogel, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. B. xi. pp. 623, 1367 (1878). 2—2 20 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. for separating chlorophyll from the substances that accompany it. But if series of analyses are to.be made with the’same plant, to determine the changes it undergoes under the influence of the seasons, or certain conditions of cultivation, etc, the relative quantity of chlorophyll may be estimated by the optical (colori- metric) method. It is better, however, to use alcohol or ether instead. of petroleum spirit, as the latter does not usually extract the whole of the chlorophyll present. Admixture of foreign colouring matter may be avoided by first extracting the material several times’ with water, and drying the residue at the lowest temperature possible. The. chlorophyll may then he dissolved out by alcohol or ether: (See further in §§ 37, 132.) Under the smicroscope chlorophyll is seen to be associated with semi-fluid substances allied to ‘protoplasm, often in the form of small granules (the so-called chlorophyll-granules), ; from which it may: be extracted by alcohol. It is-wiore rarely found equally dis- tributed throughout the whole. of the protoplasm covering the inner surface of the cell wall. Jt is bleached by chlorine and eau de Labarraque ; the green ‘colour is changed to yellow by diluto acids, and blue by concentrated hydrochloric acid. § 21. Alkuloids extracted by Petroleum Spirit.—Parts of plants con- taining alkaloid may, when extracted with petroleum spirit, yield some of the‘ alkaloid, together with fixed oil, to that menstruum, even when the pure alkaloid is insoluble im it. Here, too, it is the fixed oil that determines the solution of the alkaloid. The presence of the latter may be detected by evaporating the petroleum-spirit solution, shaking the residue with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, and separating the aqueous from the oily liquid.. Should an emulsion have been formed, separation may be induced by allow. ing the mixture to stand at a temperature of 40° to 50. The last traces of suspended fat may be removed from the acid liquid by shaking with petroleum spirit, and the presence of alkaloid demon strated by the usual reagents. (Cf. § 63.) The amount will not often be large enough to cause a perceptible error in the determi- nation of the fixed oil. But.in dealing with very small quantities of alkaloid the estimation of the latter may, under these circum- stances, be appreciably affected ; cases occur in which even the whole of the alkaloid present passes into solution with the oil, and would be overlooked if attention were not paid to this pro- perty of fixed oi]. Qn that account the petroleum-spirit solution § 22. DETECTION, ETC., OF ETHEREAL OILS. 21 must be treated as above described, and the alkaloid so isolated added to the extracts in which vegetable bases are to be looked for. EXAMINATION OF THE ETHEREAL OIL. § 22. Detection and Estimation.—Here, as in § 11, we will first discuss the simpler case, viz., that in which the petroleum spirit has removed ethereal, but no fixed oil, or at least only a very small quantity. Like fixed oil, ethereal oil may also be frequently recognised under ‘the microscope as highly refracting globules, or drops of irregular shape, which are soluble in cold aleohol (fixed oil dissolves usually in warm spirit only, if indeed it is soluble at all) and in- soluble in water. Some of them yield even under the microscope several of the characteristic colour-reactions described in § 142. We have now to estimate the amount of ethereal oil present as accurately as possible, without using any very large quantity of material. From experiments made by Osse! the following method would appear to be the best. A quantity of the petroleum spirit solution is accurately measured on to a carefully tared glass dish, which can be closed air-tight. (Cf. § 9.) If 5 ce: of the solution correspond to 1 gram of substance, 1 to 2 cc. will be found to be sufficient. ‘The glass dish containing the petroleum- spirit solution is then placed under a tubulated glass bell-jar (Fig. 1), 4, with ground edges resting on a ground-glass plate. Two ae tubes are then introduced through the tubulure; one of them (b) reaches nearly to the surface of the liquid to be evaporated, the other (a) is cut-off close below the’cork, and con- nected with an aspirator (B), so that a current of dry air may be 1 Archiv d. Pharm. [3], vii. 104 (1875) (Year-book Pharm. 1876, 362). 22 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. drawn through the apparatus, entering by the tube 4, and passing out through a A chloride of calcium tube (¢) is placed before 6 and another between a and B, the former to dry the air entering the apparatus, the letter to prevent moist air from the aspirator passing into A. These precautions are necessary, for if the atmosphere in which the evaporation of the petroleum spirit is to take place be not completely dried, moisture may be deposited on the glass dish containing the solution, in consequence of the cold produced by evaporation, thus causing, of course, an increase of weight. It is advisable, therefore, to connect the first chloride of calcium tube (c) with a Wolff’s bottle one-third full of concentrated sulphuric acid. A current of-air is then passed through the apparatus and the petroleum spirit allowed to ‘evaporate at the ordinary temperature until the operation appears complete ; that is, until the residue has only a slight smell of petroleum spirit, The glass dish is then closed and weighed. After the weight has been accurately taken, it is again opened, exposed for one minute to the air, closed and again weighed, and the alternate exposure and weighing repeated until the same loss in weight is observed twice in succession. This loss is then assumed to be the amount of ethereal oil that diffuses into the air per minute. It is also assumed that during every previous exposure of one minute the same weight of ethereal oil has evaporated, so that to the quantity of oil as found by the last weighing there has to be added the ‘co-efficient. of evapora- tion,’ multiplied by the number of minutes, the dish has been exposed. (Compare the examples of estimation in § 136.) If the ‘coefficient of evaporation is less than one milligram this cor- rection may be omitted. Perhaps it would be advantageous to pass a current of carbonic acid through the apparatus during the evaporation of the petroleum spirit, as many ethereal oils diffuse much more slowly into that gas than into atmospheric air. § 23. In Presence of Fat and Resin.—After thus determining the weight of the substances dissolved in a known quantity of petroleum spirit, it must be ascertained whether the residue after evaporation is completely volatile at 110°, or leaves a, non-volatile residue of resinous or fatty matter. In the latter case the weight must be determined and deducted from that obtained in § 22. (See § 138.) If the non-volatile part constitutes the majority of the dissolved substances it may be ascertained, after the removal §§ 23, 24, 25. DISTILLATION OF ETHEREAL OIL. 28 of the ethereal oil by evaporation, whether the residue is now still completely soluble in petroleum spirit. Resins which, in a state of purity, are not dissolved by petroleum spirit, may be taken into. solution by means of ethereal oil, just as fixed oil carries with it alkaloids and chlorophyll; they are left undissolved on again treating with petroleum spirit the residue freed from ethereal oil. After having removed by this solvent the fixed oil, ete., that has been simultaneously extracted, the resin may be weighed alone (§ 146). Of course it is advisable to repeat the experiments described in §§ 22, 23 several times, and take the mean of theresults. I need scarcely say that this method of determining the total ethereal oil does not guarantee any absolute accuracy, but as it is the only one we have at our disposition it might, for the time at least, be deserving of some notice. With less volatile oils, cinnamon, clove, etc., it has yielded very satisfactory results, but less so with terpenes, such as oil of lemon and turpentine. § 24. Distillation of Larger Quantities of Oil.—lf a further insight into the composition of the ethereal oil is desired, a larger quantity must be prepared from 5 to 100 kilograms of material. For this purpose distillation in a current of superheated steam is to be recommended, the material having been if necessary previously comminuted and soaked in water. In order that the steam may thoroughly penetrate it the apparatus should. be packed with alternate layers of material and straw. A distillate consisting of. essential oil and water will be obtained which may be separated from one another in burettes or Florentine flasks. It should not, however, be forgotten that many ethereal oils are tolerably easily soluble in water, and a small quantity of petroleum spirit of. low boiling-point should therefore be shaken with successive portions of the aqueous distillate. The petroleum spirit is allowed to ‘evaporate in a current of carbonic acid in the apparatus described in § 22, and the residue added to the oil separated from the distil- late (§ 137). § 25. Examination of Aqueous Distillat.—After separation of the oil, the action of the watery liquid on litmus should” be tested. It will -be frequently. found to possess a distinct acid reaction, and contain formic, acetic, or other volatile acids of the Jatacid series. In such a case the higher acids in the series may be removed by shaking with ether or petroleum spirit. To 24 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. obtain all, including those standing lower in the series, the aqueous distillate may be saturated with soda, concentrated and acidified with sulphuric acid (1'5). If an oily acid separates from the aqueous liquid, angelic or valerianic acid, or an acid higher in the series, may be looked for. (The test of smell, boiling-point, etc., may be applied, and the ultimate analysis made.) Further in- formation on this point may be found in §§ 139, 140. If the acid liberated is soluble in water, an attempt to separate it by the addi- tion of chloride of calcium may meet with success. Should that not be the. case, formie and acetic acids may finally be tested for (be- haviour to mercuric chloride, ferric chloride and nitrate of silver, the latter also reduced. by acrylic acid) as well as salieylous acid. The last-named acid strikes a violet colour with ferric chloride. (See also § 33.) Salicylous acid may likewise be separated from its aqueous solution by shaking with ether. For hydrocyanic acid: see § 34. Toxicodendric acid, to which Maisch partly attributes the poisonous properties of Rhus toxicodendron, appears to possess great simi- larity with formic, acetic, and acrylie acid. .It may be isolated by distillation, and like formic acid reduces nitrate of silver and chloride of gold slowly in the cold, quickly on warming. But it does not reduce mercurous nitrate or chromic acid as formic acid does, nor does it yield the iron reaction. characteristic of acetic acid, etc.; the mercuric salt dissolves with difficulty in water! (formic acid reduces mercuric to. mercurous chloride). § 26. Salicylic, Benzoic Acid, etc.—It must also be. borne in mind. that some of the acids of the aromatic series, such as salicylic and benzoic acid (§ 55), are volatile with the vapour of water at temperatures as low as 100°, and may therefore be carried over with the steam in distilling the ethereal oil, On shaking the distillate with petroleum spirit small quantities of salicylic acid are removed, but ether and chloroform may be more advantageously employed ; the Jatter liquid is also adapted for the isolation o' benaoic acid. On evaporating the ethereal or chloroformic (or petroleum spirit) solution, both benzoic, and salieylic acid are obtained as crystalline residues difficultly soluble in cold: water (salicylic acid about 1 in 300).2 The two acids may be dis- 1 Conf. Amer, Journal of Pharmacy, xxxviii. 9 (1866). ? For particulars of the detection of salicylic acid in Viola tricolor by Mandelin in my laboratory, see Sitzungsber. d, Dorpater Naturf. Gesellsch. Ig. 1879, p. 77, and Diss. Dorpat,, 1881; also.Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3] xii, 627, §§ 26, 27. SALICYLIC, BENZOIC ACID, ETC. 25 tinguished by their behaviour to ferric chloride, with which salicylic acid strikes the well-known violet colour. Benzoic acid may be easily sublimed between watch-glasses. Dissolved in a drop of ammonia, the excess of which is allowed to evaporate by exposure to the air, a drop of ferric chloride produces a brownish tinge. Cinnamic acid may also be similarly distilled over, and separated from the distillate. It may be distinguished from both the fore- going acids by its behaviour to oxidizing agents such as perman- ganate of potassium, with which an aqueous solution yields on warming oil of bitter almonds, whereas benzoic acid yields the same product when acted upon by a reducing agent such as sodium-amalgam. (See also § 38.) Any cinnamic acid present might in certain cases have been produced from ethereal salts, such as, for example, styracin (cinnamate of cinnamyl), or cinnamein (cinnamate of benzyl). Both of these compounds are soluble in petroleum spirit and are resolved, by decomposition with an alkali, into cinnamic acid and the respective alcohol. Styracin crystallizes in needles, which, according to Scharling,! melt at 44°. Cinnamein is liquid at the ordinary temperature. The former has an odour resembling vanilla, the latter a faint smell of balsam of Peru. Tf one of the three acids mentioned has been isolated, special care should be taken to ascertain whether the. corresponding aldehyde is also present in the aqueous liquid, viz., salicylic, benzoic (oil of bitter almonds), or cinnamic aldehyde, and whether the acid has not been produced from the aldehyde by absorption of oxygen during or after distillation (§ 33), § 27. Physical Properties.—The principal part of the oil ob- tained by distillation should be completely freed from moisture, filtered and tested with regard to its consistence. If, on standing some time in a freezing mixture, a crystalline constituent be deposited it should be separated and examined by itself. The action of the oil on polarized light should be observed (§ 141), and Sluorescence looked for ; if present, it should be ascertained whether warm water will remove a substance fluorescent either alone or on 1 Annalen d. Chemie u. Pharm. lxviii. 168. See also Riigheimer Disserta- tion, Tiibingen, 1873 ; Kraut, Anualen der Chemie u. Pharm. clii. 129 (1869) ; (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xlii. 236) ; and Von Miiller, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, Jg- 1876, 274: 26 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. the addition of caustic potash, Any resin that: may have been obtained in the quantitative estimation of the oil (§ 23), should be tested for a fiuorescent substance by treating with distilled, or, if necessary, alkaline water ; umbelliferone should be specially borne in mind (§ 43). The resinous constituents, which will be sub- sequently isolated according to § 36, et seg., may be examined for umbelliferone by mixing with sand and submitting to destructive distillation, or by heating in sealed tubes with alcoholic solution of hydrochloric acid. Further, the specific gravity of ethereal oils should be taken. Westphal’s specific-gravity balance may be advantageously em- ployed for this purpose, especially if the quantity of oil at disposal is rather small. (Ci § 141.) It should also be ascertained what percentage of pure alcohot a spirit must contain to be miscible with the oil in all proportions, A drop only of spirit.is first added to the same quantity of oil, and if the resulting mixture is perfectly clear, note should be taken whether the further addition of spirit cause a cloudiness or not. ‘It is, however, only with freshly-prepared oil that such ‘reactions can be considered as characteristic of the oil Many oils undergo a change on keeping for any length of time, becoming more or less soluble in alcohol, or forming clear mixtures with small proportions, but cloudy with larger (§ 141). § 28. Reactions.—It is, moreover, desirable to make qualitative experiments with small quantities of the ethereal oil, in order to become acquainted with their behaviour to some few re-agents. For this purpose I have recommended sulphuric acid, alone or applied in combination with sugar, nitre, or ferric chloride ; nitric acid, alcoholic hydrochloric acid, solution of bromine in chloro- form, picric acid, etc. For the results which I myself, and some of my pupils, have obtained with the more important ethereal oils, see § 142. § 29. Detection of Suiphur—Some ethereal oils contain sulphur, which may be detected by mixing a few drops of the oil with carbonate of soda and nitre, and introducing it into a piece of combustion tubing, about 15 ctm. long, sealed at one end. The upper part of the tube is then charged with a similar mixture of soda and nitre, and the whole ignited as if it were an ultimate analysis in miniature. About one-third of the masa from the bottom of the tube upwards is then dissolved in a little water, §§ 29, 30. CONSTITUENTS OF ETHEREAL OILS. 27 heated with excess of hydrochloric acid as long as nitrous fumes are evolved, and then tested for sulphuric acid by chloride of barium. Warming a small quantity of an ethereal oil containing sulphur with a solution of caustic potash of specific gravity 1°3, and adding nitro-prusside of sodium, after diluting with water, often suffices to show the presence of sulphur by the sulphide of potassium formed striking a bluish-violet colour with the nitro-prusside. Some ethereal oils contain nitrogen, and many of these are re- garded as nitriles. This element may be detected by heating a drop of the oil with metallic sodium, dissolving the cooled mass in water, adding a drop of solution of ferric and ferrous salt, and, after a few minutes, acidifying with hydrochloric acid, when a precipitate of Prussian blue makes its appearance if nitrogen is present. If the ethereal oil contains a sulphocyanide (oil of mustard or horse-radish), both the sulphur and nitrogen test must yield a positive result. § 30. Constituents.—Ethereal oils distilled from vegetable sub- stances are generally mixtures that can be separated into their constituents, If this is to be attempted we must, from the first, admit that, in the present state of our knowledge, an exact quantitative separation is not to be thought of. The principal reason for this must be sought for in the ease with which ethereal oils undergo decomposition, and the great disposition many of them show to form polymers. In the majority of cases only one method of separating the constituents of an oil is feasible, viz, that of fractional distillation, which must be repeated until products of constant. boiling-point have been obtained. But it is in this very distillation that a change in the oil often takes place, either by the formation of polymers of the origina] oil with higher boiling-points, or by the production of hydrocarbons by the liberation of the elements of water from constituents of the oil containing oxygen. An important.improvement in these operations might perhaps be made in conducting the distillations under diminished pressure. Jn order to make this modification available, the temperature must first be ascertained at which the more commonly occurring constituents of oils can be distilled. Many of the terpenes present in- ethereal oils may be distilled under the ordinary pressure at 155° to’ 157°; many of their polymers at about 190°; others at 28 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE ‘IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. about 250° This knowledge forms, of course, a good basis on which a separation may be attempted. For these and other fractional distillations which may have to be performed in the analysis of plants, small flasks provided with the dephlegmators recommended by Linneman may be used. (CE. § 143.) "831, Stearoptenes, etc.—The following are the more important constituents of ethereal oils that have up to the present time been observed: Terpenes of the composition C,,H,, often boiling at 155° to 157°; polymers of the same, of the formula C,,Ho,. and Cy H;,, boiling frequently at about 190° or about 250°; oxygenated. compounds of the formula C,H 0, C,oH,0, C,)H,0, Cy 5H,0,. C,5H,20, C49H,,0,, hydrocarbons of the formula CE, are more rarely to be found; atill less frequently those of the C,H,, series. Of these constituents of oils, it is noticeable that those containing oxygen crystallize in the cold more readily than hydrocarbons of the formula C,,H,,, and to the former, therefore, our attention must be specially directed in the. examination of the crystalline ‘stearoptenes’ obtained by cooling the oils (with the exception of otto of. roses = C,H,,). If such a stearoptene has been isolated, its purification should be attempted by repeatedly crystallizing from alcohol or ether, pressing the crystals each time between blotting-paper. The co efficient of refraction may then be ascertained in the alcoholic solution of the pure substance ; the melting-point, boiling-point, and vapour-density determined ; and, finally, an ultimate analysis made. It should also be ascertained whether hydrocarbons can. be obtained by distillation over phosphoric anhydride or chloride of zine. The liquid portions of the various fractions should be subjected to similar, experiments, with the exception. of the last. It will. frequently be found that ethereal oils containing oxygen, as well as those containing hydrocarbons, of the formula C,,H,, and. CoH, yield very characteristic colour reactions with the re- agents detailed in §§ 28, 142; whilst oils consisting principally of terpenes of the formula CH, 1g Show less inclination to give marked reactions. These latter. oils may often be purified for ultimate analysis by distillation over metallic sodium. § 32. Other Constituents.—Besides thé constituents already men- tioned—which indeed, although. frequently agreeing in their §§ 33, 34, 35. ALDEHYDES, VOL. ACIDS, ETC. 29 composition, have, when prepared from different plants, somewhat dissimilar properties (odour, behaviour to polarized. light, ete.) — some ethereal oils contain other substances which may belong to tolerably distant groups. Aldehydes, ethereal salts, alcohols, acids, etc., have been found in various oils. § 33. Aldehydes.—If an aldehyde is to be looked for in an ethereal oil, it must first be ascertained whether that oil precipitates metallic silver from an ammoniacal solution of the nitrate. If this is the case, it must be shaken with a concentrated solution of acid sulphite of soda, The majority of aldehydes are dissolved by acid sulphite of soda, and may be separated from other consti- tuents which do not enter into such combination by removing the aqueous liquid: The aldehyde may then be liberated from com- bination by neutralizing with caustic soda or decomposing with dilute sulphuric acid, and, when thus separated, should .be tested as to its physical properties, odour, etc. It should also be ascer- tained if it produces a crystalline precipitate in ethereal solution of ammonia. Finally, an ultimate analysis may be made. Of the aldehydes to which particular attention should be directed, I may mention those of pelargonic, caprie and methyl- capric acid, of angelic, cinnamic, salicylic, and benzoic acid (§§ 25, 26). Many, perhaps all, vegetable substances contain- ing chlorophyll, when distilled in the fresh state, appear to yield a substance with the characters of an aldehyde.? § 34. Volatile Acids.—Acids may be removed from the ethereal oil by shaking with dilute solution of potash or soda, and may be liberated, after evaporation of the solution, by the addition of dilute sulphuric acid. (Cf. § 25, 139.) Besides the volatile acids already nientioned, the possible presence of hydrocyanic acid, which is partially converted into formic acid by shaking with soda, is not to be forgotten. It may best be looked for in the aqueous part of the distillate (§ 25), and recognised by the well-known silver precipitate and sulphocyanide and Prussian- blue tests. § 35. Ethereal Salts.—If an essential oil is to be examined for ethereal salts that may be mixed with it, it should be remembered that such salts may be decomposed by heating in autoclaves with 1 See Tollens, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. xv. 1635 ; Salkowski, ibid, 1739 (1882). 2See Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. xiv. 2144, 2508, for an account of this most interesting observation. 30 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN PETROLEUM SPIRIT. solution of caustic soda or with baryta-water, yielding a salt of the acid, and the alcohol corresponding to the basic radical contained in them. This latter body may be separated by distillation.? Acetate of octyl, which occurs in the oil of Heracleum, would thus yield an acetate and octyl alcohol. Certain substitution acids, such as methyl-salicylic acid, might be similarly decom- posed ; this, for instance, would yield a salicylate and methylic alcohol. The latter class of compounds would split up on treat ment with hydriodic acid; raethyl-salicylic acid would thus yield iodide of methyl and salicylic acid, If the alcohols and iodides thus liberated aré tolerably freely soluble in water, and therefore not mechanically separable, they must be removed by fractional distillation, in which chloride of calcium and other hygroscopic substancés may be often used with success.2. Their identification should rest upon the determination of. boiling-point and vapour-density, and the ultimate analysis. The same applies in the case of an ethereal oil containing an alcohol @ priori. Of the alcohols that may be more commonly separated from ethereal oils, methyl alcohél boils at 58°6°, ethyl at 78-4°, propyl at 96°, isopropyl at 83° to 84°, butyl at 116°, isobutyl, at 109°, amyl at 130°, pseudo-amyl at 120°, hexyl at 157°, hepty]l 175°5° to 177°5°, octyl at 196° to 197°. To distinguish between a primary, secondary, and’ tertiary alcohol, V. Meyer and Locher recommend conversion into iodide. This is mixed with twice its weight of nitrate of silver.and a little sand, and. distilled, the distillate shaken with strong solution of caustic potash and nitrite of potassium, and then acidified with dilute sulphuric acid. . If a primary alcohol is present: the mixture will turn red, if a secondary, blue (which may be removed by shaking with chloroform), whilst tertiary alcohols give colourless products of decomposition. In the series of secondary alcohols the reaction succeeds as far as amyl alcohol, in the series of primary alcohols as far as octyl alcohol (Gutknecht).3 The acids separated from the ethereal salts, obtained by decom- posing the alkali or barium salt with sulphurie or phosphoric acid, may be examined according to the directions given im §&§ 25, 34, 130. + Cf. Wanklyu, Chem, News. xxvi, 134. 2 If the ethereal salt yield ethylic alcohol as a product of decomposition, the amount may be directly eatimafed from the specific gravity of the distillate. 3 See also Heil and Urech, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. xv. 1249 (1882), § 36. EXTRACTION OF RESINS AND THEIR ALLIES. 31 TI. EXAMINATION OF THE SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE In ETHER. RESINS AND THEIR ALLIES. § 36, Eatraction.—After the examination of the substances dis- solved in petroleum-spirit has been carried as far as possible, the residue (cf. § 9), thoroughly washed with the menstruum, should be removed from the filter (which is to be kept) dried at the ordinary temperature, and then macerated for seven to eight days with pure ether. It is advisable to use the same vessel that has been employed for the treatment with petroleum spirit. TE it has been well washed there is no necessity for being minutely particular to bring the whole of the residue on to the filter. The same vessel should, if possible, be reserved for the extraction with alcohol, to be described in § 47, and the filtration effected through the same filter that has already done duty for. the petroleum spirit and ether extracts. I allow the ether destined for this purpose to stand for several weeks over porous chloride of calcium, and then rectify it after carefully separating the calcium salt. To obtain constant results in such analysis it is necessary to have the ether as free as possible from water und alcohol. Ordinary commercial ether would, for instance, extract a portion of the tannin (sometimes more, sometimes less) from parts of plants containing that substance, whilst ether, purified as described, does not usually produce this effect, As it is not well possible to remove: the whole of the tannin with commercial ether, I prefer to refrain from extracting any of it with that menstruum, and remove the whole subsequently with alcohol. To attain this end I avoid the employment of a high temperature in extracting with ether. Indeed, I am of opinion that in the course of the analysis of plants, it is better in the majority of cases to 32 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ETHER. allow the solvent to act at the ordinary temperature. Some instances of special estimations may ‘be excepted in which separate portions. of the material may be extratted warm. After allowing the maceration with ether to proceed for about eight days, the first estimation to be made is that of the éotal substances dissolved, which may be effected by evaporating an aliquot part, or the whole of the extract, in a flat- bottomed glass dish. I usually employ a measured quantity of ether, say: 5 to 10 ce, for every gram of substance ‘under examination, macerate in a well-closed flask, and replace any ether that may have been lost by evaporation: during the process. After well shaking I take a certain number of ‘cc. of the clear or (cf § 9) filtered liquid for evaporation. The residue must be dried at 100° to 110°, till the weight is: constant, and this then noted. Tt’ should ie. ascertained whether any fatty matter which has escaped extraction with petroleum spirit is mixed with the residue. and if this is the case it should, if possible, be removed by wash- ing with the latter liquid, its weight noted, added to the amount found in § 9, and subtracted from the-substances diseolved by ether. It must also be borne in mind that all fats are not neces-. sarily soluble in petroleum spirit: It is.well-known that castor oil forms clear mixtures with certain, but not all proportions of that solvent.! The remainder of the ethereal extract is filtered from the residual powder, the latter washed, and extract and washings allowed to evaporate at the ordinary temperature. The residue of the substance is freed from éther at the same temperature as speedily as possible. § 37. Chlorephyll:—The ethereal extract. may also be tested before evaporation for chlorophyll, as described in §§ 20, 132, ef seq. T:have already observed that this substance is more easily and completely removed by ether than by petroleum spifit. § 38 Portion Soluble in Water.—That part of - the ethereal extract which has been evaporated at the ordinary temperature may, if possible, be powdered or brought into as fine a state of division as practicable by triturating with washed sand or pure siliceous earth (Kieselguhr), and treated with cold water. In the aqueous solution substances soluble in water, such as hamatonylin, gallic acid, ‘catechin, pyrocatechin, sdlicylic atid, benzoic acid, 1 Jahrb. f. Pharm. 1876, p. 869 (Year book Pharm. 1876, p. 356), § 39, 40. PORTION SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. 33 salicin, and other glucosides, and alkaloids. may be looked for. The latter, however, may, as a rule, be more easily extracted with water containing acetic or sulphuric acid. A measured portion of the aqueous liquid may be evaporated, and the residue weighed. For the detection of hematoxylin and allied substances see § 150 ; of gallic acid, etc., § 151 ; of salicylic and benzoic acid, §§ 26, 34; of glucosides, §§ 54 ef seg., 165 ed seg. 5 of alkaloids especially, §§ 63 et seg., 171 et seg. § 39. Portion Soluole in Alcohol_—The part insoluble in water should be again dried and extracted in a similar manner with absolute alcohol. If the plants.under examination contain much resin it will. often be observed that a part only of the resinous constituents, etc., dissolves in alcohol. The amount of matter soluble in alcohol, as well as in ether, must then be determined by evaporating the alcoholic solution and weighing the residue. We have thus determined (a) the total substances dissolved by ether, (>) any fat that may have been extracted, (c) the substances soluble in ether and water, (d) substances. insoluble in water, soluble in ether and in alcohol; and (e) substances extracted by ether insoluble in water and alcohol. The next step is to obtain a further insight into the nature of the:resinous substances soluble in ether alone, as well as those soluble in ether and alcohol: § 40. Microchemical Examination—The microscopical examina- tion shows that the resins are present partly in the cell wall, saturating it as it were, and partly in the form of exudations either within or upon the cells. Special attention should be paid. tu their insolubility in water, solubility in alcohol or ether, to the red colour which, according to Miller, is produced with resins by alcoholic tincture of alkanna, violet or blue (Hanstein) by aniline. Some of ‘the reactions enumerated in § 146 might also be made available for microchemical analysis. In the macrochemical examination it should first be ascertained whether the resin cannot be separated into different component parts by the use of other solvents, such as chloroform, benzene, bisulphide of carbon, acetone, acetic ether, or boiling absolute alcohol, or finally by precipitating the concentrated ethereal solution with alcohol, petroleum spirit, or other suitable liquid. Similarly, if a substance soluble in ether has not from the first been obtained in crystals, slow evaporation of the solution in the 3 34 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ETHER. last-named’ solvents (prepared warm if necessary) should be resorted to in the attempt to crystallize the substance, or to separate it into a crystalline and an amorphous portion. If the endeavour to obtain crystals bé successful, the crystalline form should if possible be determined, and care should be taken to observe whether different crystalline forms can be distinguished under the microscope, rendering it probable that the substance under examination is a mixture. § 41. Behaviour of Resins to Reagents.—It will further be of special interest to learn whether the substances soluble in ether, insoluble in alcohol and water, are dissolvéd by alcoholic or aqueous solution of caustic potash, in which case there would be reason to suspect the presence of an acid resin (§ 145). If in- soluble in these liquids it might be assumed that the body under examination is an indifferent resin, or a resin-anhydride not easily susceptible of decomposition. These and the following experiments should be conducted with larger quantities of the substance soluble in ether, specially prepared for this purpose. If an indifferent resin or stable resin-anhydride were present it might first be purified by recrystallization or reprecipitation, etc., and then.an ultimate analysis made. It should be tested for colour-reactions. with concentrated sulphuric acid alone and in conjunction with sugar. If ethereal solution of bromine yield a. substitution product, its composition should. be ascertained. It should also be noticed whether the resin-anhydride is easily oxidized and dissolved by nitric.acid, or whether that takes place only with difficulty ; whether water precipitates the unchanged resin after the action of the acid, or whether oxidation products are formed ; and if so, whatis their nature, as, for instance, picric? or oxalic acid (§§ 81, 219), succinic acid (§ 220). § 42. Action of Fused Potash.—It is further important to become acquainted with the products formed under the influence of fused caustic potash or soda.? The finely powdered substance, in quan- 1 For particulars of a case of this kind, viz. the separation of a-mixture of resins obtained from larch-fungus, see Masing, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, Jg. 9, p. 394 (1870). 2 Bitter yellow crystals belonging to the rhombic system sparingly soluble in cold water, more freely in boiling, soluble in alcohol and ether. It stains skin and wool yellow, and yields a blood-red liquid when. an alkaline solution is. warmed with cyanide of potassium, sulphide of potassium, or grape sugar. 3 Ci. Hlasiwetz and Barth, Annalen der Chemie und Pharm. cxxxiv. 265; exxxviii, 61 5. exxxix. 77. §42. RESORCIN, PHLOROGLUCIN, ETC. 35 tities of not much more than 10 grams at one operation, is mixed with 6 to 8 parts of caustic alkali, and introduced in successive portions into a previously heated silver crucible, and the heat continued, stirring occasionally with a silver spatula until the mass is in a uniform state of fusion. After cooling the contents of the crucible are dissolved in water, and a slight excess of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid added. The decomposition pro- ducts, which are specially to be looked for, are butyric and valerianic acid (cf. §§ 25,-34, 139), pyrogallol, phloroglucin, and resorcin, benzoic’ (§ 26), paraoxybenzoic, and protocatechuic acid. The majority of these substances may be removed by ether after acidifying. Volatile fatty acids might be previously extracted by shaking with petroleum spirit. Resorcin,—After the fatty acids have heen removed by petroleum spirit, resorcin may be extracted from the aqueous liquid by shaking with ether and distilling the ethereal solution after sepa- ration. It forms crystals melting at 99°, has a sweetish taste, and strikes a dark violet colour with solution of ferric chloride, violet with chloride of lime, and rose-red with ammonia. It reduces ammoniacal solution of nitrate of silver. Phloroglucin is also very sweet-tasted, and resembles resorcin. in many of its reactions, but is coloured reddish-violet with ferric chloride, and transient reddish-yellow with solution of chlorinated lime. The anhydrous crystals melt at 220 . Pyrogalloi tastes bitter, is soluble ‘in water, alcchol, and ether, melts at 115°, reduces ferric to ferrous salts, colours the latter blue-black, and separates gold, silver, platinum and mercury from solutions of their salts. An alkaline solution exposed to the air rapidly assumes first a red, then a brown colour; with lime-water it passes through a transient violet and purplish-red tint. Protocatechuic Acid has an acid reaction, is sparingly soluble in water, strikes no colour with pure ferrous, but yields a dark-green solution with pure ferric salts, With mixtures of both ferric and ferrous salts a violet tint is produeed. The green liquid obtained by the action of ferric chloride is turned red by potash, and then assumes a violet-tint on addition of hydrochloric acid. It reduces the metal from an ammoniacal silver solution, but is distinguished from the three foregoing substances by not reducing alkaline: tar- trate of copper. With acetate of lead it yields a precipitate soluble in acetic acid. 3—2 36 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ETHER. Paraoxybenzoie Acid melts at 210°, dissolves with difficulty in cold water, and gives, with fetric chloride, a yellow precipitate easily soluble in excess. For Orcin and Betaorcin see § 158.1" § 43. Dry . Distillation of Resins.—It has already been mentioned. in § 27 that the dry distillation of ‘part of the resin may lead to useful results. Besides the swmbelliferone mentioned in ‘that section, pyrocatechin. (§ 151), pyrogallol, ete., should be borne in mind. The first of these substances is fluorescent, and dissolves in boiling water, alcohol, and ether; the second strikes a green colour with solutions of ferroso-ferric salts. § 44. Examination of Portion Soluble in Alcohol.—The remainder of the mixture of resins extracted by ether—that is, the part soluble in alcohol—may be tested as directed in §§ 40 to 43. Acid resins will be found here more. frequently than in the portion insoluble in alcohol. If the resin soluble in alcohol dissolves either partially or wholly in an aqueous solution of potash as well, the solution in the latter liquid may be shaken with ether to ascertain if any substance can be removed by that’ solvent. It was by this means that I - isolated peconiofiuorescin from peony-seed (§ 147). Chrysophanic acid and allied substances (8§ 148, 149) should also be: tested for, as well as quercitrin, quercetin (§ 152), and the bodies discussed in §§ 150 to 158. § 45. Acids Produced by Action of Alkalies.—Attention must further be paid to the fact that the ‘action of caustic alkalies on certain anhydrides nearly related to the resins—as, for instance, santonin—may result in the formation of elkali salts, which are not of necessity, on the addition of excess of acetic or hydrochloric. acid, instantly decomposed with reproduction of insoluble anhy- dride. In the case of ‘santonin, santonic acid is liberated on acidulating the alkaline aqueous solution. Any ordinary acid resin mixed with it may be removed by precipitation with hydro- chloric or acetic avid and immediate filtration, The santonin is’ deposited only after standing several days, but can be extracted at once by shaking with chloroform. A method that I have.pro- posed for the estimation of santonin is based upon this fact, and will be described in § 154. § 46. Direct Extraction with Ether.—A portion of the powdered material may, without further treatment, be extracted with ether, } For ferulic acid compare Jahrb. f. Pharmacie, 1866, p. 95. § 46. DIRECT EXTRACTION WITH ETHER. 37 and the substdnces thus dissolved estimated. In the majority of cases the weight will be the same as the sum of the substances extracted by petroleum spirit according to § 9, and ether according to § 36. If there is a deficiency, the residue should be treated with petroleum spirit, in which case attention would be directed to a substance other than an ethereal or fixed oil. The residue after exhaustion with ether, and, if necessary, petroleum spirit, may be dried and boiled with chloroform or bisulphide of carbon, to ascertain if such substances as cacutchouc, eto. can be extracted (§ 127). 38 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. IV. EXAMINATION OF THE SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ABSOLUTE ALCOHOL. RESINS, TANNINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ALKALOIDS,: GLUCOSES, ETC. § 47. Extraction.—The residue of the substance under examina- tion after exhaustion with petroleum spirit and ether (cf. § 36) is removed from the filter, dried at the ordinary temperature, and treated with 10 cc. of absolute alcohol for every gram of original substance. After the lapse of five to seven days the alcohol lost by volatilization is replaced, and the whole well shaken. It is then filtered through the same filter that has been used for the previous operations, any evaporation of alcohol being prevented as carefully as possible. A measured quantity of: the filtrate is next evaporated in a tared platinum dish and dried until the weight noted is constant. Itis then incinerated, and the ash deducted from the weight of the dry substance. After having thus estimated the total organic matter insoluble in petroleum spirit and ether, but soluble in alcohol, the residue ‘on the filter may be washed with absolute alcohol, and the washings, with the remainder of the filtrate, concentrated. This may best be done by distilling in a flask, under diminished pressure. The liquid remaining after distillation is poured into a glass dish, and allowed to eva- porate, at the ordinary temperature, over sulphuric acid. § 48. Estimation of Portion Soluble in Water.—The dry residue thus obtained is first treated with a measured quantity of water. To ascertain the amount.soluble in this menstruum, as well as in alcohol, a measured ‘quantity of the solution is similarly evapo- rated, dried at 110°, and weighed. The remainder of the aqueous extract is reserved for fhe experiments detailed in §§ 49, 50, 70; that which is insoluble in § 48, 49, 50. DETECTION OF TANNIN. 39 water is treated with water containing a little ammonia (1 in 50) as long as anything is removed. The ammoniacal extract may be evaporated with a slight excess of acetic acid, the residue rinsed on to a filter with a little water, washed, dried, and weighed. The brownish mass thus left on the filter is, as a rule, to be regarded as phlobaphene.(§ 108; see also §§ 160, 163), re- sulting from the decomposition of tannin. The portion of the aqueous extract insoluble in ammoniacal water may be again dried over sulphuric acid, and then subjected to similar treat- ment as the resin soluble in ether (cf. §§ 39 to 45; 145, 146). If there is reason to suspect the presence of an alkaloid soluble in alcohol, but insoluble in ether, the residue, after treatment with ammoniacal water, may be digested with water containing a little sulphuric acid. (For alkaloids see §§ 55, ef seg.; 63, et seg. ; 171, et seq.) EXAMINATION OF THE TANNIN. § 49. Detection—If the aqueous solution obtained from the evaporation residue of the alcoholic extract is coloured blue-black by a ferroso-ferric salt. and precipitated by gelatine, solution of acetate of lead is to be added in slight excess. The resulting pre- cipitate is immediately collected on a tared filter, washed with water (not too long, three or four times, with 3 to 5 ce.), dried, and weighed (§ 52, 1). It is then-removed from the filter, which is burnt in a porcelain crucible with a little nitrate of ammonia ; the precipitate itself is next incinerated, and the whole finally ignited in the blow-pipe flame until the weight is constant. This is then deducted from the weight of the precipitate, and the re- mainder noted as tannic acid, or bitter principle precipitated by oxide of lead, or vegetable acids precipitated by lead (§80). The filtrate from the lead precipitate is treated according to § 70. § 50. Detection continued.—The same treatment is repeated with a similar quantity of the watery extract obtained in § 48, substi- tuting acetate of copper for acetate of lead (§ 52, II.). Here, too, the amount of oxide of copper in the precipitate is to be determined by following the same directions and deducted from the weight of the precipitate. If the estimation with the copper salt yields the same result as that with the lead, it is tolerably certain that only tannic acid has been precipitated. . But if lead throws down more matter than copper we are generally justified in assuming that the former precipitates substances other than 40 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. tannin, such as other acids, or bitter principles, the amount of which may be approximately determined by deducting the weight of the organic matter contained in the copper precipitate from that contained in the lead. Under these circumstances the weight of the organic substances ‘precipitated by copper sometimes re- presents approximately the tannin contained in the material ($§ 52, 80). It must, however, be admitted that the great differ- ence in the tannins occurring in nature prevents. such a result being looked for in every case, . § 51. Reactions,—The following reactions are common to all tannins: they ate precipitated from aqueous solution. by gelatine, by many-albuminous substances, by acetate of lead and copper, stannous chloride, etc. ; they reduce, at least when warm, alkaline solution of copper as well as solutions of gold and silver salts ; they strike an inky or dark-green colour with ferroso-ferric salts and transform skin into leather. Some tannins aie precipitated by. mineral acids, by tartar emetic and by alkaloids, but it is frequently observable that an alkaloid and tannin which occur together in the same plant do not form an insoluble compound. For the microscopic. detection -of tannin the reaction with iron salts may be made use of. Cells containing tannin are moreover coloured reddish-brown with bichromate of potash, violet red with aniline and reddish or violet with dilute solution of chloride of zine and iodine. (See note to § 249.) The great difference shown by the various tannins (§ 159 ef seq.) makes it exceedingly difficult to give any general rules for’ their estimation. Some of my pupils} have therefore at my instance tested the behaviour of the more important tannins to the re- agents that have been recommended for their quantitative estima- tion. Before I give a short résumé of the results they have obtained I should: like to observe that, in my opinion, the estima- tion of the tannin in the alcoholic extract, prepared as I have described, is preferable to the determination in the aqueous ex. tract, provided of course that the material is very finely powdered, that the tannin is insoluble in ether free from alcohol, and that the alcoholic liquid has been evaporated. under diminished pressure 1 Compare Giinther, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, Jg. 1870, pp. 161, 193, 225, and ‘ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der in Sumach, Myrobalanen ete. vorkom- menden Gerbsauren,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1871, and other Dorpat dissertations sub- sequently referred to, & 51, 52. ESTIMATION OF TANNIN. 41 and dried -as directed in § 47. One advantage in employing alcohol to extract the tannin, as already recommended by Loewe, is the exclusion of the vegetable mucilage (so-called pectin) and similar substances which may under certain conditions introduce a very great error into the estimation. Another reason in favour of the use of alechol ig to be found in the fact that, if the material contains a large quantity of albuminous matter, water will fre- quently only partially remove the tannin, and that many tannins are much more easily decomposed by evaporation in an aqueous than in an alcoholic-solution. It may happen, it is true, that cold absolute alcohol will: not in some cases extract the whole of the tannin from vegetable substances that are very rich in albumen, but even in such cases I would prefer treating the residue, after -extraction with ether, with boiling alcohol to exhausting it with water. (See also §§'95, 162.) Special emphasis must, however, be laid on the importance of getting rid of the whole of the alcohol by distillation, if that men- struum has been employed, as almost all the following determina- tions of tannin are made in aqueous solution, and, the admixture of even small quantities of alcohol might cause great error. § 52. Let us now review the more important methods that have been recommended for the estimation of tannin. I. Acetate of Lead.—Pribram! has proposed precipitation with neutral acetate of lead. If care be taken not to introduce too great’ an excess of the precipitant, the. precipitation of most tannins is tolerably complete, and it is only in the case of gallo- tannic acid, catechu-, kino-, and caffeo-tannic acid that part remains in solution on account of the. slight solubility of the lead salt. But as the precipitates are not invariably of constant composition it is difficult to estimate the tannin by titration with lead solution. Some of the precipitates (tannic acids from oak- and willow-bark) are decomposed by prolonged washing with water, the tannic acid partly passing into solution and undergoing change. It was for these reasons that I have recommended the precipitation to be made in not over-dilute solutions, and directed that the washing should not be continued too long, and that the tannin should be deter- 1 Zeitschr f..anal. Chemie, v. 455 (1866). Compare also Jacobson, Chem. techn. Repert. 1866, ii. 85 ; Stein, Schweiz. polyt. Zeitschr. ii. 169: Gietl, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chemie, xi, 144 (1872) ; and Schmidt, Zeitschr. d. ésterr. Apothekervereins, xii. p. 374 (1874) ; (Am. Journ, Pharm. 1874, 427). 42 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. mined from the organic matter in the dried precipitate. In this way the tannin in rhatany,-tormentilla, sumach, divi-divi, myro- balans, knopper-galls, oak-bark, and willow-bark may generally be satisfactorily estimated. . Gallo-tannic acid at times also yields good results, IL Acetate of Copper has been sumzested by Sackur? as a precipitant for tannin. The composition of the precipitate is, however, seldom constant even when working with the same tannic acid ; and here, too, it has proved advisable to precipitate in tolerably concentrated solutions, not to wash too long, and to estimate the tannin gravimetrically, as above described. Til. Stennous Chloride and Ammoniacal Stannous Chloride, which have been recommended by Risler-Beunat? and Persoz,® for the estimation of tannin, precipitate most tannic acids less completely than the two foregoing reagents. The precipitates moreover form slowly, but are in the majority of cases tolerably constant in composition. On account of the solubility of the precipitate in water, the estimation will here, too, be most accurate when the washing is not continued too long, the precipitate dried, impreg- nated with nitrate of ammonia, ignited, and the resulting oxide of tin weighed. The-loss by ignition gives’ the weight of the tannin. But since the advantage in obtaining precipitates of constant composition cannot compensate for the deficiencies of the method already mentioned, I have not further thought of employ- ing the precipitation with stannous chloride for the purposes we have now in view. IV. Tartar Emetic, which has been recommended by Gerland* and Koller5 for the volumetric estimation of tannin, will yield 1 Gerberzeitung, xxxi. 82: See also Wolff, Krit. Blitter-f. Forst und Jagdwissensch. xliv, 167; Fleck, Wagner’s Jahresber. f. techn. Chem. Jg. 1860, p. 531 ; Hallwachs, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. v. 234 (1866). 2 Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. ii. 287 (1863). 3 Traité de I’Impression des Tissus, i. 282. The results obtained by the method recommended by Persoz, in which the amount of tannin is calculated from the volume of the precipitate, are, according to Gauhe (Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. iii, 130, 1864) and Cech (Stud. iiber quant. Best. der Gerbsduren, In- augural Dissertation, Heidelberg, 1867), too high. I avail myself of this opportunity to draw attention to the works of the two Jast-named authors, which are intended as a critical review of the more important methods of estimating tannic acid.. (See Procter, Pharm. Journ. Trans, [8], vii. 1020 ; Allen, Commercial Organic Analysis, London, 1879.) +N. Jahrb. f, Pharm. xxvi. 20 (1866) ; (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xxxv. 519). 5 Koller employed this’ method in estimating the tannic acid in orange-peel (N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xxv. 206, 1866). § 52. ESTIMATION OF TANNIN. 43 satisfactory results in some few cases only, because, even if the solution be mixed with ‘chloride of ammonium, it is difficult to ascertain when a sufficient quantity of the reagent has been added, and because some of the tannin precipitates so produced are rapidly decomposed. Some tannins (rheo-tannic acid) are not precipitated at all by tartar emetic. V. Ammoniacal Solution of Acetate of Zinc.—This reagent should, according to Terreil,1 Carpené,? and Barbieri,? be used in the following manner for the estimation of tannic acid. The liquid to be precipitated is brought to the boiling-point, an excess of the zinc solution added, and, after concentration by evapora- tion, the mixture is cooled and filtered. The precipitate is then dissolved in sulphuric acid, and the tannin estimated by titration with permanganate of potassium. I must admit that some tannic acids may be determined in this manner, but I must also draw attention to the fact that all tannins occurring. in vegetable substances do not exercise the same influence on permanganate of potassium ; that is, one tannic acid may differ from another in the amount of permanganate a given quantity can decolourize, and this value of the tannin in terms of permanganate must in many cases be first determined. It is partly on this account that the estimations of the tannin in wine, made according to this method, are of but little value. VI, Ferric Acetate, in conjunction with acetate of soda, has been used by Handtke‘ for the estimation of tannic acid in oak-bark, valona, divi-divi, sumach and catechu. He found the reagent un- suited for the precipitation of the tannin present in Rheum, various species of Filex, coffee and other plants; and even with the first- named substances it was only when the concentration was such that the precipitate contained 45:8 per cent. of oxide of iron that the estimation yielded.satisfactory results. Still less feasible is Wildenstein’s® colorimetric examination, which is based upon the intensity of the colour produced by the solution on paper impregnated with ferric citrate. VII. Titration with Permanganate of Potassium..—Monier,§ Cech,’ 1 Zeitschr. f. anal, Chem. xiii. 248 (1874). 2 Thid. xv. 112 (1876). 3 Ibid. xvi. 123 (1877). See also Kathreiner, ibid. xviii, 113 (1879). 4 Journ. £. pr. Chem. Ixxxi. 345, 5 Zeitschr..f, anal. Chemie, ii. 137 (1863). § Compt. rend. xlvi. 447. 7 Loe. cit. 44, SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. Léwenthal,! and others, have shown that the tannin contained in many vegetable substances may be estimated with sufficient accuracy for technical’ purposes by titrating with solution of per- manganate of potassium. In dealing with vegetable infusions, however, almost all authors agree that if:a satisfactory result is to be obtained the solution to be titrated must be very dilute (about 1 in 400), and the oxidation incomplete. Léwenthal and others have found the following to be the most advantageous method of procedure, The liquid under examination is mixed with a:measured quantity of solution of indigo-carmine, the value of which, in terms of permanganate, has been previously determined. The. perman- ganate solution is then run in till the blue colour changes to green. The value of the pure tannin in terms of the reagent must have been previously determined ‘by experiments with weighed quanti- ties of the same. By such experiments Giinther ascertained that 16 parts of oxygen from the permanganate oxidized 32°5 parts of gallo-tannic acid, 33-0 of sumach-tannic acid, 25:0 (5:54) of catechu-tannic acid, 24:0 (5-32) of catechuic acid,? 28-0 of. kino- tannic acid, 34 to 37 of rhatania-tannic acid, 35 of tormentilla- tannic acid, 34 of caffeo-tannic acid, and 32 of oak-bark-tannic acid. Neugebauer? estimated the tannic acid in oak-barks with per- manganate by taking advantage of the power possessed by animal charcoal of absorbing tannic acid, and thus removing it completely from its aqueous solution. He’ divided the infusion to. be ex: amined in two equal parts. The one was titrated direct with permanganate, the other after the absorption of the tannic acid by animal charcoal. ‘The amount of tannin present was then calculated from the difference, the assumption being made that the substances which acted upon permanganate in the liquid after treatment with animal charcoal were foreign bodies. Lowenthal (see below) titrates a part of the tannin ‘solution direct, another part after precipitation with solution of gelatine(XIT.). From the differ- ence in the quantity of permanganate used the tannin is calculated. 1 Journ, f. pr. Chem. Ixxxi.'150. ® Owing to.a mistake in the calqulations, the figures here given for catechu- tannic acid and catechuic acid are much too high. ‘The correct numbers are placed in brackets after them. Lehmann, in checking the experiments (Vergl. Unters, einiger Catechu- umd Gambier-Proben. Diss, Dorpat, 1880), found that 16°0 parts of oxygen were equivalent to 5°14 parts af catechu-tannic acid and 4°84 catechin, 5 Zeitechr. f. anal, Chem, x. 1 (1871). § 52. ESTIMATION OF TANNIN. 45 If a solution contain both gallic and tannic acid, or catechin and catechu-tannic acid, both may be approximately estimated . by Léwenthal’s method. (See also § 164, ef seg.) The addition of gelatine as directed by him introduces only a slight source of error, which may be generally neglected. VII. Chlorinated Lime.—Liwerthal! has titrated with chlori- nated lime in the presence of indigo carmine in the same way as with permanganate of potassium, but the estimations generally yield too high results in consequence of the impurities present. Cech? has already expressed an unfavourable opinion of the propositions of Commaille® and Millon‘ to make the separation of iodine from iodic acid by tannin the basis of a method for its quantitative estimation. The decolourization of a solution of iodine by tannic acid in the presence of carbonate, of soda has been recommended by Jean® for the quantitative estimation of tannin. He states that 1. part of gallo-tannic acid decolourizes 4 parts of iodine, and reserves to himself the determination of the value of other tannins in terms of iodine. He admits that gallic ‘acid also acts upon iodine, and advises, when both. are pre- sent, first to make a total estimation, and then determine the gallic acid alone in a second portion of,the liquid, after the tannic acid has been removed by gelatine or hide. The solution of tannic acid for standardizing should contain 1 part in 1,000 of water. Before titrating, 2 cc. of a 25 per cent. solution of eryst. carbonate of soda-should be added for every. 10 cc. of tannic acid solution. It.must be observed that here, too, many organic com- pounds would act in a similar manner to tannin. TX. Oxidation.—For the estimation of tannin Mittenzwey® has availed himself of the fact that an alkaline solution of tannic acid rapidly absorbs oxygen from the air. In the analysis of plants this method will seldom be of any value. Cech has already shown that it yields unsatisfactory results with the, tannins usually employed. X. Titration’ with Cinchonine.—Wagner? has proposed titration with sulphate of .cimchonine, using acetate of rosaniline as an 1 Loe. cit. 2 Loc. cit. 3 Compt. rend, lix, 599 (1864). 4 Annales de Chimie et de Phys. [8], xii. 26. 5 Zeitschr, f. anal. Chem. xvi. 123 (1877). 6 Journ, f. pr. Cheniie, xci. 81, and Zeitschr. f. anal. Chemie, iii. 484 (1864). See also Terreil, Zeitschrift des osterr. Apothekervereins, Jg. xii. 377 (1874), 7 Zeitschr. f. anal, Chem. v. 1 (1866). See also Salzer, ibid. vii. 70 (1868) ; Buehner, ibid. 139 ; Clark, Amer. Journ, Pharm. xlviii. 558 (1876). 46 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. indicator. But the majority of those who have worked the process have failed to obtain good results. Almost all of them have found that the assumption that rosaniline would not colour the liquid until all the tannin had been precipitated, by the cinchonine, was true of certain tannins only, and not of all. It has been shown ‘that, with some tannins, the appearance of a red tinge in the solution, which is said to indicate the end of the reaction, may be noticed long before all the tannic acid has been precipitated. In many cases better results might be obtained with cinchonine if the taunic acid were precipitated by an excess, the liquid filtered and the excess of cinchonine in the filtrate determined by titration with potassio-mercuric iodide. This method has been adopted by Clark in estimating the tannic acid in tea. (See § 65.) XI. Gelatine and Hide—The behaviour of gelatine and hide to tannic acid is often made use of in the estimation of tannin. The estimation may be made either by determining the increase in weight of a piece of hide, previously freed from substances soluble in water and petroleum spirit by digestion in thosé solvents, when allowed to lie for some time in the solution of tannin, or by ascertaining the specifie gravity of the solution hefore-and after the absorption of the tannic acid, and caldulating the amount from the difference. Hammer! has constructed a table for gallo-tannic acid, from which the amount of tannin’ can be directly read off. If. this method of estimation is to be adopted, a similar table would have to be constructed for other important tannic acids, showing the relation between the difference in specific gravity and the amount of tannin present. XIL Gelutine: Gravimetric Process.—Precipitation of the tannin by gelatine, and calculation of the amount present from the weight of the precipitate, has also been tried. But the disadvantages which present themselves here are that these precipitates are neither sufficiently insoluble nor constant enough in composition to allow of their being made the basis of a gravimetric estimation ; especially in washing the precipitate with pure water, considerable quantities of tannic acid are removed. It is, therefore, most advantageous to apply the precipitation 1 Journ. f. pract. Chem. clxxxi, 159. See also Lowe, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. iv, 365 (1865), and Hallwachs and Cech (Joc. cit.). Davy has already estimated tannic acid gravimetrically by employing hide (Chem. Newa, 1863, p. 54, and Zeitschr, f. anal, Chem, ii. 419). § 52, 53. GALLIC AND CATECHUIC ACIDS. 47 with gelatine in the following manner: A solution of that sub- stance—the value of which, in terms of the tannic acid to be esti- mated, has been previously ascertained—is run into the solution in which tannin is to be determined as long as precipitation oceurs. The gelatine solution should be mixed with some salt, diminishing the solubility of the tannate of gelatine. For the latter purpose the addition of alum has been recommended (Miiller!). The proposal of Schulze? to use chloride of ammonium, or of Léwenthal to add common salt and 3, vol. of hydrochloric acid (specific gravity 1-12), appears better. A solution of gallo- ‘tannic acid may be saturated with these salts; but in the case of other tannins (from oak, willow, and elm bark) a smaller quantity might be preferable. If Lowenthal’s: modification be adopted, it is advisable to stir the liquid vigorously for five ‘minutes after each addition of the gelatine solution. It has already been determined by Giinther that the various tannins differ in the amount of gelatine they are capable of precipitating. He found that 100 parts of gelatine precipitate, in the presence of chloride of ammonium, 77 parts of gallo-tannic acid (according to Johanson 120 parts of dry tannic acid), 132 (Lehmann, 139) of eatechu-, 130 kino-, 130 to 132 rhatania-, 130 oak-bark-, and 168: of tormentilla-tannic acid. As is well-known, gallic and catechuic acids do not precipitate gelatine. § 53. Gallic and Catechuie Acids.—If one of these two substances is to be looked for, the tannic acids should be first precipitated by gelatine, the excess of gelatine by alcohol ; and after the alcohol has been removed by distillation under diminished pressure, gallic or catechuic acid may be isolated by shaking with ether or acetic ether. If care has been taken to avoid using a large excess of gelatine, the treatment with alcohol might be omitted ; and in many cases it would be possible to agitate even the aqueous solu- 1 Archiv d. Pharm. xxxviii. 147 (1845). Gauhe did not succeed in hig en- deavour to find an indicator (iodide of starch) to show the final reaction in titrating. Compare Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. v. 232 (1866). Neither was Cech. quite satisfied with an iron solution used for the same purpose. See also Hallwachs (loc. cit.). ? Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. v. 455 (1866). Compare also Salzer, ibid. vii. 70 (1868), and Johanson, ‘ Beitr. z. Chemie der Eichen, Weiden, und Ulmenrinde,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1875, pp. 72,76. Also Lehmann (loo, cit.). A more recent critical review of the more. important methods for estimating tannic acid by Lowenthal will be found in the Zeitschr. f. anal. Chemie, xvi. 33, and 201 (1877), and xx. 91 (1881). 48 SUBSTANOES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. tion (§ 48) directly with ether, renewing the solvent four or five times. On evaporating the ethereal solution, both gallic and eatechuic acids remain behind in a crystalline form, generally needles felted together. (Cf. §§ 15], 165.) The weight of the dried residue frequently indicates with tolerable accuracy the quantity of the substance present; but if the residue be mixed with much colouring or amorphous matter, 80 as to cause some hesitation in accepting the weight as correct, the result, obtained may be verified by titration with permanganate of potash, (See above.) If the material has been extracted with ether previous to treating with alcohol, gallic and. catechwic acids will be found in the aqueous solution from the ethereal extract. (Cf. §§ 38, 151.) For the free vegetable acids which may occur in the alcoholic extract see § 82. - (See also in § 159.) EXAMINATION FOR GLUCOSIDES, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ALKALOIDS, ETC. 3 54. Extraction by Agitation.—If no tannic acid or allied sub- stance has been found in the aqueous liquid (§ 48), but by the bitter taste or other properties the presence of a bitter, principle, glucoside or alkaloid insoluble in ether but soluble in water is suspected, the watery solution prepared from the evaporation residue of the alcoholic tincture may be subjected to consecutive treatment with various liquids which, being themselves insoluble in water, are adapted for removal of substances in solution by agitation and separation. The aqueous solution from the ethereal extract (§ 38) may also be treated ina similar manner. ‘The use‘of petroleum spirit, benzene, and chloroform may be especially recom- mended for this purpose; they should be employed in the order in which they are named, and the liquid should be rendered first slightly acid with sulphuric acid, and subsequently alkaline with ammonia; I have spoken at length on this subject in my ‘ Ermit- telung der Gifte.! After each agitation, the solvent should be separated, washed once by shaking with pure water, again separated, evaporated to dryness, and the residue examined. If a sulvent, as for instance petroleum spirit, removes any appreciable quantity of a substance, the agitation with this liquid should be ‘Pp. 119. Compare also Russ. Archiv fiirgerichtl, Med. J. i. und Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, v. 853 vi. 663. §§ 54, 55, 56. FROM ACID SOLUTION. 49 repeated until only traces of the substance are dissolved. Then, and not till then, the same treatment is repeated with the next solvent, and so on. All liquids employed for agitation must be rectified shortly before being used. Petroleum spirit must be as volatile as possible; benzene should boil constantly at 81° C., and yield nitro-benzene when treated with fuming nitric acid. § 55. From Acid Solution.—Of the better-known bitter prin- ciples, acids and alkaloids removed by petroleum spirit from an acid solution, the following may be mentioned : Salicylic acid (cf. § 26). Pungent principles of capsicum, ete. (§ 126). (Both of these would have been already detected in the ethereal extract. Salicylic acid may be more easily removed. by benzene or ether.) Piperin—the majority of this principle will be found in the part of the alcoholic extract insoluble in water (compare further §§ 171, 178). Absynthin, cannot be completely removed by petroleum spirit (§ 156). Hop-resin (§ 156). Benzene removes from the same solution santonin (cf. § 154); caryophyllin (§ 156); cubebin (§ 155) ; digitalin (remains principally in that part ‘of the ethereal extract which is insoluble in water (cf. § 155); gratiolin (§ 167) ; cascarillin ($ 156); elaterin (§ 156) ; populin (§ 167); colocynthin (§ 167); absynthin (§ 156); guassin (§ 156); menyanthin (§ 167); ericolin (§ 155); daphnin (§ 167); bitter principle of Cnicus benedictus (§ 168); caffeine (§ 171, 176); piperin (see above); colchicerne (§ 171); berberine is dissolved by “benzene in small proportion only (compare § 171). Besides the substances already named as being dissolved by petroleum spirit and benzene, chloroform removes also among ether,.§ 155); convallamarin (§ 167); saponin (insoluble in ether, difficultly soluble in absolute alcohol, § 77 ef seg., 167); senegin (the same) ; physalin (§ 167); syringin (§ 167); cesculin (§ 167) ; picrotoxin (§ 155); helleborein (§ 167); cinchonine. (is ‘insoluble in ether, §§ 171, 182, 184); theobromine (§ 177); papaverine (§ 171); narceine (§ 171). Colchicine, solanidine, quebrachine, geissospermine. § 56. From Alkaline Solution.—After the last agitation with chloroform the aqueous liquid should be shaken whilst and acid with petroleum spirit. This removes the. small quantity of chloroform remaining dissolved by the watery liquid. An error 4 50 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. might ‘be made in omitting this treatment, since on rendering alkaline and shaking with petroleum spirit this solvent would take up a little chloroform and would consequently be no longer pure. After, therefore, the remainder of the chloroform has been removed by petroleum spirit, the liquid may be made alkaline with ammonia, and the agitation with the same solvents repeated in the same order. In addition to ‘these three liquids I have, however, after agitation with chloroform, employed amylic alcohol for detecting certain ‘poisons. It removes morphine, solanine, (§ 171), salicine (§ 167), and some other substances from their aqueous solutions with special facility. It is principally: alkaloids that are removed by petroleum spirit, etc., from ammoniacal solution. Petroleum spirit dissolves, for instance, traces of strychnine, brucine, emetine,. veratine, sabadilline, and sabatrine. All these substances are, however, more easily and completely taken up by benzene and chloroform. But petroleum, spirit is specially valuable in the examination for the so-called volatile and, at ordinary temperatures, liquid alkaloids, such as coniine, methylconitne (and conhydrine), - nico- tine, lobeltine, sparteine, alkaloids in pimento, capsicum. and Sarracenia purpurea, Aniline, trimethylamine, and allied sub- stances are also dissolved by it (§§ 171, 239). In examining for volatile alkaloids I have advised agitation of the aqueous liquid with petroleum spirit, and evaporation of the solvent, after sepa- ration, at a temperature of about 20°, on glass dishes previously moistened with strong hydroehloric acid, on which the. hydro- chlorides of the alkaloids will partly, at all events, remain behind. A freshly-prepared dilute solution of hydrochloric acid gas in ether may be advantageously substituted for the usual aqueous acid. Benzene removes from ammoniacal solution, in addition to the alkaloids already mentioned, atropine, hyoscyamine, physostigmine, pilocerpine, gelsemine, taxine, quinidine, narcoting, codeine, thebaine, delphinine and delphinoidine, aconitine, aspidospermine, pereirine, and a trace of cinchonine. (CE § 171.) In addition to these, again, chloroform dissolves from ammoniacal ‘solution cinchonine, papaverine, narceine, nupharine, the alkaloids of celandine, and small quantities of morphine (§ 171). $57. Direct Tests for Glucosides, Alkaloids, ete.—The number of acids, glucosides and alkaloids (cf. § 21) that may be isolated by §§ 57, 68. DIRECT TESTS FOR ALKALOIDS, ETC. 51 this method of agitation is doubtless very large, and by making the required experiments the list given’in the preceding section might be rendered far more complete. It is this very fact that renders the method so suitable for the qualitative exami- nation of those plants and parts of plants the constituents of which are at-present unknown. Of course, it is possible to employ infusions which have been prepared by digesting the material under examination with water on the water-bath, instead of aqueous solutions from the ethereal or alcoholic extracts. ‘This would especially be the case if acids, bitter principles and glico- sides are to be looked for. Alkaloids may likewise be tested for by digesting the material with water acidulated with sulphuiic acid (1 in 50). In both cases, however, it must be remembered that by thus directly extracting the substance with aqueous liquids many bodies, such as mucilage, etc., are dissolved, and that this is avoided by treating them according to the method. first de- scribed, The presence of such substances is disadvantageous, inasmuch as they sometimes render the extraction of a principle from aqueous solution by the method of agitation. more difficult, and always actyinjuriously in rendering the separation of the two liquids after shaking almost impossible. It is therefore advisable to remove all matter tending to increase the viscosity of the aqueous infusion by coucentrating to a syrupy consistence (if necessary, after having previously nearly neutralized with ammonia or magnesia), precipitating with about three volumes of spirit, filtering after standing twelve to twenty-four hours in a cold place. and distilling off, the alcohol. § 58. Alkaloids, etc., not Removable by Agitation.—Some bitter principles, glucosides and alkaloids cannot, however, be removed from solution by agitation, either because they have less tendency to pass into any other known liquid than to remain in aqueous solution, or because they are insoluble in water. The latter is the. case, for instance, with the glucosidal resins which occur in the convolvulacez. Such substances are generally isolated with- the resins. (Cf. § 153.) The purification of bitter principles and glucosides that are soluble in water, but cannot be removed by shaking, may be effected by evaporating the aqueous solutions prepared from the ethereal or alcoholic extracts, and repeatedly dissolving the sub- stance in chloroform, alcohol, or ether. . It will be found easier to 4—2 52 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. -purify a bitter principle dissolved by water from the ethereal extract, than one obtained in a similar manner from the alcoholic extract, since the latter contains glucoses and tannins, which are insoluble in ether. Apart from the- treatment with chloroform and other solvents which I have just described, another method of purifica- tion may in this case be adopted—viz., evaporation of the aqueous solution, extraction with the smallest possible quantity of absolute alcohol, and precipitation of, sugar, etc. with ether. § 59. Separation of Tannin.—Tannic acid, when present in solu- tion, together with bitter principles, ete., may frequently. be removed by digesting the aqueous infusion with oxide or hydrate of lead. If salicine (cf. § 167), for instance, isto be separated from tannin, the aqueous infusion: may be mixed with oxide of lead, evaporated to.dryness on the water-bath and extracted with alcohol. Basic acetate of lead may also be occasionally used, when a bitter principle is to be separated from tannin, vegetable acids, albuminous matter and the like. Of course, it must have been previously ascertained that the bitter principle in question is not precipitated by lead; should that be the case, it may sometimes be isolated by decomposing the lead compound with sulphuretted hydrogen. By combining a bitter principle with lead a separa- tion may sometimes be effected from sugar, ete. This method is, however, ‘inapplicable if tannic acid be present, when it will often be found advisable to precipitate vegetable. acids, tannin, etc., by neutral acetate of lead before throwing down the bitter principle, etc., with the basic salt ($§ 51, 162). § 60. Separation of Lead Precipitate—If such compounds of lead with bitter principles, glucosides, etc., are to be washed with water. it is very advisable to effect this as rapidly as possible by decantation. Such precipitates often block a filter, or form, by contraction, channels through which the wash-water runs off with- out. penetrating the precipitate. If the use of a filter is neces sary, repeated suspénsion in water and filtration is advisable. The washing of such precipitates should not be continued too long, as they usually undergo decomposition during the process and yteld the bitter principle to the wash-water. The. presence of carbonic acid in the water used for washing is specially to be avoided. Decomposition.—The decomposition of these precipitates is usually effected: by sulphuretted hydrogen, which, however, does § 60, 61. GLUCOSIDES ; RECOGNITION. 53 not act well if the lead compound has been previously dried. It is a well-known fact that, in the course of this operation, the bitter principle may be mechanically retained by the sulphide of lead formed. To avoid loss in this way the sulphide may be filtered off, washed, dried, powdered, and boiled with alcohol. In evaporating the alcoholic extract care should be taken not to confound crystals of sulphur with the bitter principle, etc. It will often be found advantageous to decompose the lead precipi- tate in alcohol instead of water. The surface-attraction of the sulphide of lead will, nevertheless, be frequently found useful in retaining foreign bodies, such as colouring matter and the like, whilst bitter principles, etc., pass into solution. The directions given for the decomposition of the lead precipi- tates may also be followed in isolating tannic and vegetable acids from such compounds. (See also § 162.) § 61. Glucosides; Recognition.—In proving the glucosidal nature ofa substance advantage may be taken of the influence exercised by ferments (saliva, emulsin, myrosin), etc., or dilute acids (accom- panied by heat) on glucosides, which, under such circumstances, split up and yield sugar as one of the products of decomposition. It is advisable to ascertain whether the substance itself, in as pure a state as possible, reduces an alkaline solution of copper, either at the ordinary temperature or on boiling. If no reduction takes place the further examination for glucose is much facilitated. It is customary to boil the substance under examination with water containing 1 to 2 per cent. of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, and test the liquid for sugar from time to time. The rapidity with which decomposition may be thus effected varies very greatly. Some glucosides yield a sugar reaction after boiling for a few minutes only ;.others require several hours. In some cases it is preferable to allow the acid to act under pressure, or in alcoholic instead of aqueous solution. (Cf. §§ 153, 160.) The decomposition-products which are formed, together with glucose, from glucosides, are not unfrequently insoluble in water, and therefore render the liquid turbid in proportion as the re- action proceeds, This peculiarity may be often made use of as proof that decomposition has commenced, especially. in those cases in which the glucoside itself reduces Fehling’s copper solu- tion, After the completion of the reaction and the cooling of the liquid, the decomposition-product may be filtered off and further 54 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. examined. If, on the other hand, this substance be soluble in -water, its isolation may be attempted by the method of agitation. An experiment should also be made to ascértain the action. of the glucose thus produced on a ray of polarized light, as well as its behaviour with yeast—that is, its capability or incapability of entering into fermentation. For this purpose it is best to decom: pose the glucoside with sulphurie acid, which may be subsequently removed by carbonate of barium. The filtrate from the sulphate of barium, which should be faintly acid in reaction, should be mixed with a little yeast, introduced into a eudiometer over mercury, and observation made whether, under these circum- stances, carbonic-acid gas is evolved. Many glucosides yield, besides ‘glucose, products of decomposition which are antagonistic to alcoholic fermentation ; these are, if possible, to be remeved. This fermentation experiment will have a particular value in all cases in which the glucoside itself reduces alkaline copper solution. Proof of the glucosidal nature of the substance may then be found in the experiment yielding a negative result before, but a positive one after, the action of the dilute acid, especially if the substance be soluble in ether or cold absolute alcohol. Saccharoses and other carbohydrates, which would yield similar results, are thus excluded, they being insoluble in the liquids named. It is hardly necessary for me to point out the desirability of estimating, by means of Fehling’s copper solution, the sugar pro- duced by the decomposition of a glucoside. (Ch § 83, ef seg.3 § 200, et seq.) Some bodies which are usually treated of with the glucosides yield, when acted upon by acids, not glucose, but substances allied to sugar or mannite, which, like isoduleite,. are unfermentable. (CE. § 212.) § 62. Sulphuric A cid. Group-reaction. —Many glucosides are capable of acting like sugar when mixed with bile and sulphuric acid— that is, of producing a red colour, This reaction has been described as to a certain extent characteristic of the whole group of gluco- sides; but it should be remarked that among them there are many which are reddened by sulphuric acid alone, whilst’ some cannot replace sugar in the test for bile ; and others, when mixed with sulphuric acid, assume such characteristic colours that the bile reaction is quite undistinguishable. For further information concerning glucosides, compare § 165, et seg. §§ 63. ISOLATION OF ALKALOIDS, ETC. 55 § 63. Isolation of Alkaloids, etc., not Removable by Agitation.—As stated in § 58, there are some alkaloids which, for the reasons there given, cannot be isolated by the method of agitation. + To separate these in a state of purity the extracts prepared according to § 57 should be exhausted as far as possible by shaking with petroleum spirit, etc., and then evaporated to dryness. The dry residue should be finely powdered (if necessary, with the addition of washed sand or.siliceous earth) and treated with alcohol, ether, chloroform, etc. The exhaustion, however, with these solvents will be incomplete if the residue be not reduced to a very fine powder. (See also §§ 65, 66.) Detection by Group-reagents.—Before proceeding to this extrac- tion it may appear desirable to aseertain whether an alkaloid is present at all) To thatend the liquid obtained in § 57, containing sulphuric acid but no alcohol, may be tested for alkaloids by precipitants which have been introduced as group-reagents for that class of substanees. The following may be especially recom- mended : Tritodide of potassivm—that is, an aqueous solution of iodine in iodide of potassium—gives, with aqueous solutions of most alkaloids, amorphous precipitates of a dark-brown or- kermes- mineral colour, and is one of the most delicate reagents. An alcoholic solution of an alkaloid frequently remains clear on the addition of the tri-iodide ; or if a precipitate is formed, it differs in properties from that produced in aqueous solutions. For example, berberine and narceine would under these conditions yield crystalline precipitates. Tribromide of potassium, prepared in-a similar manner, also pre- cipitates some of the alkaloids from very dilute solutions, but, in addition, forms yellowish compounds with phenol, orcin, and many allied bodies (§ 158). Potassio-mercuric iodide, obtained by decomposing mercuric chloride with an excess of iodide of potassium, yields with most alkaloids, white, flocculent precipitates; which sometimes gradually assume a crystalline character. (See also § 65.) The presence of free acid may sometimes cause a difference in the precipitate obtained from one and the same alkaloid. Potassio-bismuthic iodide, prepared by dissolving iodide of bis- muth and iodide of potassium in water, yields, even in highly dilute solutions, precipitates which are very sparingly soluble, 56 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. and resemble orange sulphide of antimony in colour. It should not, however, be forgotten that albuminous and other similar substances are also precipitated by this reagent. (Cf. § 232.) ' Potassio-cadmic iodide, obtained in analogous manner from iodide of cadmium, gives white precipitates, which, like those yielded by potassio-mercuric iodide, sometimes become crystalline. They are mostly rather. more soluble than those produced with the latter reagent, Phaspho-molybdic acid (a solution of the sodium salt in nitric acid) yields with most alkaloids yellowish precipitates, which are in certain instances rapidly reduced, and assume a bluish or greenish colour. Ammoniacal salts and less complex amide- compounds are also precipitated by this reagent. Metatungstic acid gives similar precipitates (§ 177). Chloride of gold yields yellowish precipitates with very dilute solutions of many alkaloids. Sometimes a rapid reduction takes place, and the ‘yellowish colour. changes to a reddish-brown, the liquid itself occasionally assuming at the same time an intense reddish tin (§ 186). I consider this reagent especially valuable for our purpose, as ammoniacal salts and the less complex amides are not precipitated by it. Perehloride of platinum forms brownish-yellow precipitates with most alkaloids (not all), but is less valuable than chloride of gold, because the precipitates are mostly more soluble, and because it forms sparingly soluble compounds with ammonium and potassium salts, etc. The precipitates obtained with this reagent also some- times show a disposition to decompose. Mercuric chloride.—The white precipitates which this salt yields with alkaloids are not very sparingly soluble, but it possesses some value, as it does not precipitate ammoniacal salts, ete. The same is the case with. Picric acid, which gives yellowish precipitates. Tannic acid, the compounds with which are usually of a greyish- yellow or greyish-brown tint, and Bichromate of potash, which yields yellowish and occasionally crystalline salts, 1 For group-reagents for alkaloids see further in my Ermittelung von Giften, 2nd edition, 123; also Selmi, Jahresb, f. Pharm. 1874, 480; 1875, 341 ; 1876, 628 (Year-book Pharm. 1876, 110). For behaviour of cinchona- alkaloids to sulphocyanide of potassium compare Schrage, Arch. d. Pharm, §64. ALKALOIDS NOT ISOLATED BY AGITATION. 57 To confirm’ the presence of an alkaloid, advantage may also be taken of the fact that they all contain nitrogen, and, therefore, yield Prussian blue with Lassaigne’s test (heating with, metallic sodium, etc.). This test will be specially valuable if another peculiarity of most, but not all, alkaloids—viz., the alkaline reaction towards litmus and capability of forming salts—be not well defined (colchicine), or if a compound be obtained which must be referred to the group of amido-acids (colchicine) or glucosidal alkaloids (solanine). It must not, however, be for- gotten that some of the glucosides already mentioned contain nitrogen ($167). For tables of the colour-reactions characteristic of many alkaloids see § 171. § 64. Alkaloids not Isolated by the Method of Agitation ; Purifica- tion—In cases in which an alkaloid is present that cannot be separated in this way or purified as recommended in § 63, the following method may be tried. The alkaloid is precipitated by potassio-mercuric iodide from its solution in water acidulated with dilute sulphuric acid, the precipitate filtered off, washed, sus- pended in water and decomposed by sulphuretted hydrogen. On filtering off the sulphide of mercury, a solution of the hydriodate of the alkaloid together with free hydriodic acid is obtainéd. Sul- phate of silver is then added as long as it causes a precipitate, and the iodide of silver filtered off. After removing the sulphuric acid by addition of caustic baryta and filtration, a solution of the alkaloid may be obtained by freeing the filtrate from excess of baryta by carbonic-acid gas. The last separation of baryta, however, is not always quite complete. It might-be better there- fore in many cases to’ remove the sulphuric acid by carbonate instead of hydrate of barium. The former, moreover, would be less likely to decompose the alkaloid. In following this method, inconvenience is oecasionally experi- enced in filtering off the sulphide of mercury, which sometimes separates in a very finely-divided state. To obtain a clear filtrate, elxxiv. 148; [8], v. 504; xiii. 25; Hesse, ibid. xii. 313; xiii. 4815 Godeffroy, Ocaterr. Zeitschr. f. Pharm, 1878, Nos. 1 to 12 (Am. Journ. Pharm, 1878, 178). For the action of silico-tungstic acid on alkaloids see Godeffroy, Archiv d. Pharm: ix. 434; chloride of antimony and stannous chloride see Godeffroy, ibid. 147, and Smith, Jahresb. f. Pharmacie, 1879, 166; arseno-molybdic acid, selenic and telluric acid, Brandt, Jabresb. f. Pharmacie, 1875, 341. Smith heats trichloride of antimony and projects the alkaloid into the fused mass. Morphine and codeine produce a greenish, narcotine olive- green, thebaine, brucine and veratrine, red colouration. 58 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. evaporation with white bole and re-solution in water may be tried. The iodide of silver and sulphate of barium are also at times very difficult to remove, and clear liquids can only be obtained by repeated filtration through double filters. Should the alkaloid, after liberation with caustic baryta, ‘be sparingly soluble in water, it may be precipitated simultaneously with the sulphate of barium. In this case it may be extracted from the dry precipitate by treatment with alcohol: or other suitable solvent. But those alkaloids that resist extraction by the method of agitation are generally freely soluble in water. Many allealoidss too, are easily attacked by alkalies, splitting up, on boiling, into acids and new complex amides. Atropine under such circumstances yields tropine and tropic acid ; hyoscyamine is resolved into the same two substances. (Cf. § 65.) How easily errors are thus caused may be seen from the number of Alkaloidal substances that have been described in text-books as’ special alkaloids, and which are in reality nothing but products of decom- position (acolyctine and napelline = aconine; lycoctonine = pseud- aconine).1 Curarine is another alkaloid easily: decomposed by alkalies. Certain members of this: class are also decomposed by boiling with dilute acids. If the alkaloid under examination is not easily attacked by baryta or lime, it may be precipitated by phospho-molybdic or phos- pho-tungstic acid (§ 63), and separated from its combination with either of these acids by baryta or lime, the excess of alkaline earth being removed by carbonic acid. These methods, which are sometimes of use in the quantitative estimation of certain alkaloids, will be discussed in detail in § 177. § 65. Estimation.—For the quantitative determination of alka- loids, one of the following methods may be feasible : 1. The alkaloid obtained in § 64 may be dried and weighed. 2. The substance removed by agitation according to §§ 55, 56, may be weighed, care being taken to avoid loss.? 1 T avail. myself of this opportunity to draw attention to the.more recent researches of Wright and Luff on the aconite-alkaloids. See Jahresb. f. Pharm. 1873, 131; 1874, 135; 1876, 169; 1877, 484; 1879,-189; and in Pharm. Journ, and Trans. On atesin of Aconitum heterophyllum see Wasowicz, Archiv d, Pharm. xiv. 193 (1879) (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], x. 310). See papers by Wright and Luff, etc., in Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vols. ix. x. and xi. 2 Compare the methods T have proposed. for the quantitative estimation, of trychnine, brucine, and veratrine, in § 174. Gtinther has successfully em- § 65. ESTIMATION OF ALKALOIDS. 59 3. The alkaloid may be precipitated from its aqueous solution by certain reagents, and estimated gravimetrically. Chloride of gold, or ‘sometimes perchloride of platinum (§ 173), may be advantageously used as precipitant: in the last case, as the amount of alkaloid and chlorine present may be ‘approximately calculated from the amount of gold or platinum contained in the precipitate. Alkaloids may often be estimated gravimetrically and volumetrically by precipitation with potassio-mercuric iodide (§ 174). I have discussed this subject fully in my ‘Chemische Werth- bestimmung starkwirkender Droguen,’! where I have shown that many alkaloids may thus be accurately estimated. I found, how- ever, that the precipitates produced were not always analogous in composition, and that therefore the precipitating power or value of the unit-quantity of reagent must be determined for each single alkaleid. The composition of the precipitate yielded by one and the same alkaloid may vary with the concentration of the solution, and a difference in the amount of sulphuric acid present may sometimes influence the result. A large excess of acid is incom- patible with the accurate estimation of certain alkaloids, such as brucine and coniine, whilst in other cases (nicotine, colchicine) it is necessary. The latter alkaloid, together with atropine and others, requires a considerable excess of the reagent for complete precipitation, and in its gravimetric estimation therefore this condition must obtain; on the: other hand, the: precipitate first produced is sometimes redissolved on the addition. of an excess of the precipitant. With regard to the reagent itself, I may observe that, according-to Mayer, it is not advisable to prepare it by dissolving iodide of mercury in iodide of potassium, the best method being to mix 13°546 gram of perchloride of mercury with 49-8 gram of iodide of potassium and water to make one litre. For details of experiments I refer to the work already men- ployed the method of agitation for the estimation of atropine. Compare Pharm. Zeitschr. £. Russland, 1869, p. 89 (Year-book Pharm. 1872, 236).- In colchicum also it would be more advisable to determine the alkaloid by shaking with chloroform than by precipitating with potassio-mercuric iodide. The. material should be extracted with pure water, and the solution made acid rather than alkaline before shaking with chlorofqrm. ~ 1 St. Petersburg, 1874, Schmitzdorff. 60 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. tioned, and will only remark here that, as a rule, the material may be extracted with water acidulated ‘with sulphuric acid, and that in many cases the estimation may be made in this liquid without further treatment, But if the presence of mucilaginous substances, etc., prevent this, and their partial removal by alcohol be necessary, the solution must be completely freed from spirit before titrating. The termination of the reaction is usually found by a drop of -the filtered solution yielding no precipitate with a drop of the reagent. ‘Aconitine and Nepaline—i cc. of potassio-mercuric iodide solution of the above strength indicates 0:0269 gram of aconitine, and the precipitate (if the estimation be made gravimetrically) has the composition C,H, ,NO,,1,+Hgl,. In the latter case a correction of 0-00005 gram of aconitine must be made for every cc. of solution. 1 cc. of potassio-mercuric iodide indicates 0-0388 gram nepaline (pseudaconitine). Atropine.—1 ce. is equivalent to 0:0097 gram atropine if the solution contain about 1 in 200, but in solutions containing 1 in 330 it is equivalent to only 0-00829 gram. The preci- pitate obtained by adding an excess of the precipitant to a solution containing about 1 in 200 to 300 has the composition (C,,H,,NO,1),+HgI, In working with solutions containing 1 in about 350 to 500 a correction must be made of 0:00005 gram of atropine for every ce. of filtrate (§ 174). Hyoscyamine.—1 ec. of the mercury solution is equivalent to 0:00698 gram hyoscyamine, the concentration being about 1 in 200. According to the more recent researches of Ladenburg henbane contains two alkaloids, one of which is isomeric with atropine, and identical with daturine and duboisine. Compare Berichte d. d. chem. Ges. xiii. 909, 1081, 1340, 1549 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans., [3], x. 759, 789, 790). [Ladenburg distin- guishes hyoscyamine from atropine by the melting-points of the alkaloids and their gold salts. In belladonna.a second alkaloid at least is present, which is possibly identical with hyoscyamine.? The second alkaloid in henbane has been named hyoscine by Ladenburg. This must not, however, be confounded with 1 For the present I make use of the old formula for aconitine, as the new does not agree so well with the volumetric determinations. 2 Compare Kraut, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, xiii, 165, § 65. ESTIMATION OF ALKALOIDS. 61 the hyoscine of Héhn and others. Its gold galt melts at a higher temperature than that of-atropine or hyoscyamine.] (See further in § 174.) Emetine.—1 co. af the potassio-mercuric iodide precipitates 00189 gram emetine. The precipitate has the composition CopHyoN 20,1, + Hgl,.! Coniine.—1 cc. indicates 0-0125 gram. coniine provided that the solution contain j to 1 per cent, of the alkaloid, as little free acid as possible, and, in addition, 3 to 4 per cent. of chloride of potassium. If these conditions are complied with the composition of the pre- cipitate will be (C,gH,,Ni).+ Hgl, (&§ 174, 180). Nicotine.—1 ce. indicates, 0-00405 gram nicotine; the composi- tion of the precipitate is C,,H,,N,1, + Hgl.. Strychnine and Brucine.—1 cc. precipitates 0'0167 gram strych- nine and 00197 gram anhydrous brucine (in the latter case as little free acid as possible should be present). The pre- cipitates have the composition C,,H,.N,O,HI+Hgl,, and C,,H,,N,O,HI + Hgl, (§§ 174, 180). Colchicine.—1 cc. precipitates 00317 gram colchicine, the con- centration being about 1 to 600, and the solution containing 7 to 10 per cent. of sulphuric acid. The precipitate appears to contain _ four equivalents of colchicine to one of Hgl,. Morphine and Narcotine.—1 cc. corresponds to 0:02 gram crys- tallized ‘morphine? and 00213 gram narcotine. (See also § 174.) Veratrine, sabadilline, and sabatrine.—1 cc. indicates, according to Masing,? 0:°0296 gram veratrine. Little sulphuric acid only should be present and a correction of 0-000068 gram veratrine made for every cc. of liquid. According to the same chemist, Lee, of the potassio-mercuric iodide is equivalent to 0-0374 gram sabadilline.and 0:03327 gram sabatrine. Correction for every cc, 000005 gram of the former and 0:0000408 gram.of the latter (§ 174). Physostigmine.—1 ec. precipitates 001375 gram physostigmine (Masing), Correction for every cc. 0000105 gram. The com- position of the precipitate is assumed to be C,,H,,N,O,HI + Hgl,. (See also. § 174.) 1 This formula, also, will have to be altered as soon as analyses of the pure emetine prepared by Podwissotzki are published. 2 For the application of potassio-cadmic iodide to the quantitative determina- tion of opium alkaloids see Lepage, Repert. f. Pharm. 1875, 613. 3 Archiy d. Pharm. ix. 310 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxii. 369). 62 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. Berberine.—1 cc. indicates 0°0425 gram berberine (Beach).! The precipitate is stated to contain almost exactly half its weight of pure berberine. Quinine.—According to Prescott? the double salt of quinine with iodide of mercury contains 34°6 per cent. of alkaloid, and is almost insoluble in water. From the recent researches of Hielbig? it would appear that no special advantage is to be looked for in the application of potassio-mercuric iodide to the quantitative estimation of quinine. Chelidonine and Sanguinarine.—From some experiments made by Masing I anticipate that 1 cc. of potassio-mercuric iodide will be found to indicate 001675 gram of the former and 0°01485 gram of the latter. (Compare also § 174 et seq.) § 66. Estimation of Theine, ete.—The quantitative determination of some alkaloids may be made as follows: The material is boiled with water, either pure or containing a little sulphuric acid, the filtered or strained decoction evaporated with magnesia or lime,® and the residue finely powdered with sand or some other inert substance. It is then extracted with ether, chloroform, or other suitable solvent, the filtered solution evaporated and the residue weighed. Ihave found this method well adapted for estimating the alkaloid in tea (without the addition of acid). Similar methods have also been proposed for the estimation of the total alkaloid in cinchona-bark, but the long-continued action of the dilute acid necessary to dissolve the alkaloid: appears to decompose part of it and renders the estimation inaccurate. (Com- pare § 176.) § 67. Extraction of Cinchona Alkaloids.—In a series of experi- ments in my laboratory the following method was found by Hielbig? to be the most advantageous; 25 grams of powdered bark are digested with 100 grams of 1 per cent. sulphuric acid at the ordinary temperature for twenty-four hours, care being taken to ex- 1 American Journ. Pharm, xlviii. 386. 2 Thid. xlix. 482. 3 Kritische Beurtheilung, etc. Diss. Dorpat. 4Compare my Chemische Werthbestimmung, p. 101. Also. Naschold. Journal f. prakt. Chem. cvi. 385, 5 Compare Cazeneuve, Jahresb. f. Pharm. 1875, 342. 5 Compare also Lésch, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, xviii. 545, and my re- marks on his method, Jahresb. f. Pharm. .1879, 165 (Year-book Pharm. 1880, 60). 7 Loc. cit. $68, 69. ESTIMATION BY TITRATION. 63 clude direct sunlight ; 500 cc. of spirit are poured in, and after two hours 25 grams of slaked lime are added to the mixture. The whole is then macerated for two days, and finally boiled for half an hour on the water-bath. To the filtrate, together with 100 cc. of wash-alcohol, the results of two following extractions, cach with 250 cc. of spirit and 100 cc. washings, are added. The mixture is neutralized with 25 drops of dilute sulphuric acid (1 to 7) or more if much cinchonine is present. After stand- ing twenty-four hours the spirituous solution is filtered, and the alcohol recovered by distillation, the process being stopped as soon as the liquid becomes cloudy (about 200cc.); 15 ce. of 2 per cent. sulphuric acid are then added, and the evaporation continued on the water-bath, carbonization being carefully avoided. The residue is treated with water, the resin filtered off and washed with a little dilute sulphuric acid. The alkaloid is then precipitated by carbonate of soda, and: the whole evaporated on the water-bath to about 20 ce. After cooling, the resinous preci- pitate is filtered off, rubbed down to a powder in a mortar with water, retransferred to the filter, washed, dried, and weighed, From the filtrate and wash-water the alkaloid is extracted by chloroform, and the weight thus found added. For the separa- tion of.the more important bark alkaloids from each other, see §§ 183, 184. § 68. Estimation by Titration.—If the alkaloid under examina-- tion has a powerfully alkaline reaction, it may be separated by the method of agitation, or according to §§ 66, 67, and esti- mated by titration with.4, acid. A method of this kind has been’ proposed by Schléssing and others for the quantitative determination of nicotine in tobacco. (See §§ 179, 180.) § 69. Separation of two or more Alkaloids.—In the methods described for the estimation of alkaloids it was assumed that ouly one was present. But two or more may be met with in the same plant. In attempting their separation their behaviour to solvents should be ascertained. Ether, for instance, may be used to separate quinine from cinchonine, narcotine from morphine, delphinine from delphinoidine. 1 Annales de Chim. et de Phys. xix. 230 (Ain. J. Pharm. xix. 68); also Wittstein and Brandt, Vierteljahresschrift f. prak. Pharm. xi. 351, and xiii. 322; Liecke, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. iv. 492; Kosutany, Anal. Best. einiger Bestandth. d Tabakspflanze. Diss, Altenburg in Hungary, 1873. 64 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. This method is not, however, always successful, and com- pounds of the alkaloids differing considerably in solubility, etc., must be looked for, applicable to the separation to be effected. Quinine may be separated from quinidine by precipitation with Rochelle salt, quinidine from cinchoniné by iodide of sodium, etc. Use may also be made of the difference in equi- valent weights. (Compare the estimation of brucine in presence of strychnine in § 174.) See also §§ 180 to 183. EXAMINATION FOR GLUCOSES SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL. § 70, Detection and Estimation of Glucoses soluble in Alcohol.— Both glucoses and cane-sugars may be present in that part of the alcoholic. extract (§ 48) which is soluble in water, but the amount can be but small, since the material is macerated at the ordinary temperature. It must, however, be taken into account, in order to avoid error. If thé alcoholic extract contain no tannin or bitter substance, the aqueous solution may be tested for glucose with Fehling’s solution (§ 83) without further treatment ; if found it may be determined quantitatively. Sugar may also. be qualitatively tested for by adding to the liquid under examination first potash and then dilute solution of sulphate of copper, as long as the cupric hydrate first formed is redissolved. Excess should be avoided. The liquid may now be divided into two portions, one of which may be warmed and the other allowed to stand in the cold in order to ascertain whether reduction takes place at the ordinary temperature, as well as on heating. If the glucose is accompanied by such substances as tannin, etc., the filtrate obtained after addition of acetate of ‘lead in their quantitative estimation (§§ 49, 52), or after precipitation of a separate quantity with basic acetate, may be treated, together with the washings, with a slight excess of sulphuric acid, filtered, washed and made up toa known volume. The sugar may then be estimated quantitatively with Fehling’s aolntion: The result must be added to the amount found in the aqueous extract (§ 83). Part of-the solution may be boiled for half an hour with 1 to 2 per cent. of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid in a flask fitted with an upright condenser. If more sugar be found after such treat- ment, the difference is to be-calculated as saccharose (§ 85). § 71, 72. TREATMENT WITH WATER, ETC. 65 Vv. EXAMINATION OF SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN WATER. MUCILAGE, ACIDS, GLUCOSES, SACCHAROSES AND OTHER CARBOHYDRATES, ALBUMINOUS SUBSTANCES, ETC. § 71. Treatment with Water.—The residue of the material after exhaustion with alcohol (§ 47) is dried at a temperature not above 40° C., and transferred to the vessel. previously used, which should likewise be dried. Water is then added in the proportion of at least 10 cc. for every gram of original substance, and the whole frequently shaken during twenty-four hours, The liquid is now filtered off through the same filter that has already served for such operations, and the filtrate set aside for examination. The residue is washed by repeated maceration and filtration, the wash- ings being reserved for treatment as directed in § 194. The in- soluble substance is not dried (§§ 92, 102, 105 et seg. ; 193 ef seg.). § 72. Total Solid Residue.—-10 cc. of.the filtrate are evaporated in a tared platinum dish, dried at 110° and weighed. The resi- due is then incinerated and the ash deducted. It should be ascertained if the ash is rich in carbonic, sulphuric, or phosphoric acid, chlorine, lime, magnesia or potash ; and if large quantities of sulphuric or phosphoric acid are present they should be estimated & 82). If the filtrate contain much sugar, moisture may easily be re- tained by the residue. In such cases Serrurier! advises the addi- tion of 4 per cent. of aleohol before evaporation. It is claimed that the residue is then porous and easily dried. EXAMINATION OF MUCILAGINOUS SUBSTANCES, DEXTRIN AND ALLIED CARBOHYDRATES PRECIPITATED BY ALCOHOL § 73. Mucilaginous Substances.—10 to 20 cc. of the aqueous extract (§ 71) are mixed with two volumes of absolute alcohol, and 1 Zeitschr. f. anal, Chemie, x. 491. 66 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN WATER. allowed to stand for twenty-four hours in a cool place in @ well- closed vessel. The precipitate is collected on a tared filter, washed with 66 per-cent. spirit, dried and weighed. Both filter and sub- stance are then incinerated and the ash weighed. that of the filter being deducted. If the precipitate itself possess the characters of vegetable mucilage (§§.195, 196) and contain. not more than 5 per cent. of ash, it may be assumed the latter corresponds to the lime and potash usually found in such mucilages. But if the percentage of ash be larger and it contain much carbonate of lime or potash, attention’ should be paid to the possible presence of salts of vegetable acids with these bases, such as acid tartrate of lime or potash, ete, (§ 74). That the precipitate really contains vegetable mucilage may be proved by its dissolving in water to a mucilaginous Jiquid which does not reduce Fehlings solution until after it has, been boiled for some time with dilute hydrochloric acid. Its concentrated solution is precipitated by basic acetate of lead. It is also occasioually precipitated by ferric chloride and thickened: by solution of borax or soluble silicate of soda. See also §§ 193 to 196. § 74. Vegetable Albumen.—Incomplete solubility of the mucilage precipitate would indicate the presence of albumen, but, by the method of examination adopted, the quantity will usually be so small that it may be neglected. (See also §§ 92 et seq.; 95 et seq.) If, however, Lassaigne’s test. show that the precipitate: contains much. nitrogen, the results of the estimation of legumin and albumen. which will be subsequently made, must be deducted from the weight of mucilage, etc. If, on treating the mucilage precipitate with a little water, a difficultly soluble crystalline sub- stance be. observed, examination should be made for tartrate of lime or acid tartrate of potash, which, if present, should be estimated by precipitating with neutral acetate of lead and should be deducted from the weight of the mucilage. § 75, Inwdin.—If subterranean parts of plants belonging to Composit or allied orders are under examination, they may, even though previously dried, yield a little inulin to water. After precipitation with alcohol it is not redissolved by water at the ordinary temperature, but is freely soluble when warmed to 56°. Tt is levo-rotatory, is converted by. treatment with dilute acid into levulose, and may be estimated by determining the § 76, 77. DEXTRIN, ETC._—SAPONIN 67 amount of’ sugar thus produced. The majority of the inulin is, however, left in the residue insoluble in water, from which it may be extracted as directed in § 102. § 76. Dextrin, etc—The filtrate and wash-alcohol from the mucilage precipitate (§ 73) are evaporated as rapidly as possible, at a temperature of 70° to 80°, to a syrupy consistence and again precipitated with 4 volumes of .absolute alcohol.. Certain car- bohydrates soluble in dilute alcohol, such as dextrin, levulin, sinistrin and triticin, are thus thrown down and should be filtered off as rapidly as possible. These carbohydrates may be distinguished from mucilage by their being’ more easily convertible into sugar and by their not being precipitated by basic acetate of lead. Dextrin is dextro- rotatory in aqueous solution, and yields grape sugar on boiling with a dilute acid. Levulm, sinistrin, and triticin vield levu- lose. The first of these three is optically inactive ; sinistrin and triticin are levo-rotatory (ap) = —32°456 and—43-579° respec- tively). None of the four are coloured either blue or red by iodine.! Sinistrin and triticin are precipitated by caustic baryta from solution in 40 per cent. alcohol. Carbonic acid liberates the carbohydrate from the compound thus produced (§ 198). Quantitative Estimation (§§ 199, 201 to 204).—The carbo- hydrates mentioned in the preceding paragraph are best esti- mated by boiling with a dilute acid and determining the amount: of sugar thus produced by titrating with Fehling’s solution. The barium precipitates of levulin, triticin and sinistrin. may be treated directly. with acid, If dextrin and glucose are present together, the results yielded by the estimation are as a rule somewhat too high, as a little sugar is precipitated with the dextrin. It should, however, be ascertained whether the dextrin-precipi- tate contain much nitrogen, and, if this is the case, whether the amido-acids discussed in §§ 101 and 242 are presént. EXAMINATION FOR SAPONIN AND ALLIED SUBSTANCES. §77: Extraction of Saponin.—if the precipitate obtained with alcohol in § 76 is rapidly filtered off, the majority of the saponin 1Tt was formerly thought that dextrin was coloured red by iodine. This colouration was due to an impority (soluble starch—erythrodextrin) contained in the dextrin examined. 5-2 68 SUBSTANCES SOLUBLE IN WATER. remains in solution, and is left behind on evaporating the alcoholic filtrate. It is soluble in hot 83 per cent. spirit and deposited again on cooling; but in absolute alcohol it is almost insoluble. Baryta-water, precipitates it from aqueous solution ; after washing with saturated baryta-water the saponin may be liberated from the compound by carbonic acid gas ; a few per cent. of baryta, however, always remain associated with the saponin thus obtained. It also forms an insoluble compound with basic acetate of lead. Its solutions have an unpleasant acrid. taste, froth on shaking, emulsify oils, etc. . On agitating with’ chloro- form it is taken up by that solvent and may be obtained in an amorphous condition by ‘evaporating the, chloroformic solution. (CE. § 55.) -The residue, moistened. with a few drops ‘of concen- trated sulphuric acid and exposed to the air, gradually assumes a reddish or reddish-violet colouration. It is a glucoside, yielding sapogenin as a resinous decomposition product sparingly soluble in’ water. § 78. Quantitative Estimation. —Christophsohn! and Otten? have adopted” the following two methods for the determination of saponin : A, 10 grams of the powdered substance are boiled three times in succession with distilled water, the decoctions strained (they filter very slowly), evaporated to a small bulk, precipitated with alcohol and filtered. The precipitate is exhausted with boiling alcohol (83 per cent.), and the spirituous solution added to the filtrate. ‘ After recovering the alcohol by distillation the residue is dissolved in water, concentrated and precipitated with saturated baryta-water. The precipitate is collected on a tared filter, washed with saturated baryta-water till the washings are colourless and dried first at 100°, subsequently at 110°. After weighing it. is ignited till the ash is white, the baryta estimated as carbonate in the usual way, calculated into oxide and deducted from the weight of the saponin-baryta, the difference being the weight of saponin from 10 grams of substance. For-the seeds of Agrostemma githago the following modification must be adopted on account of the large amount of starch rendering the extraction with water very tedious. A’ weighed quantity of ground air-dry seeds are 1» Fennel . * - 2°94, 85 (at 21°C.) >», Anise : . 63 ,, 85 (at 17°5° C.) § 142. Colowr-reactions.—I have observed the following colour- reactions with certain ethereal oils :? Solution of bromine in chloroform (1 in 20), in'the proportion of. 10 to 15 drops to one of oil, gives colourless mixtures with oils of turpentine, caraway, lemon, coriander and cardamoms ; yellow with bergamot, bitter orange and neroli ; slowly turning green with cloves, ginger, lavender, cajeput, cascarilla ; slowly turning greenish- blue with ol. menth. crisp., oils of juniper, pepper and galangal ; greenish-brown or brown with sweet marjoram, dill, cummin and valerian ; a more or less fine rose, red, or reddish-violet tint is gradually produced by rosemary; fennel, anise, star-anise, cinna- mon, nutmeg, thyme, peppermint, myrrh and parsley ; brownish- violet with mace; blue or bluish-violet with cubebs, copaiba, amomum, laurel, sandal-wood and sweet flag ; orange with oil of -worm-seed, oil of cedar-wood ; and with camphor. ‘UN, Repert. f. Pharm. xxii, 1, 1872; Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vi. 541 et sey. See also Godeffroy und Ledermann, Zeitschr. d. allgem. -oesterr. Apotheker Ver. xv. 381 e¢ seg. ; Jahresb. f. Pharm. 304, 1877. 2 Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], vi. 681; Archiv d. Pharm. [3], xii. 289. See also Hager, Pharm. Centralblatt, 137, 169, 195, 1870; and .Flickiger, Schweiz. Wochenschr. f. Pharm. 261, 1870. 122 ETHEREAL OILS. Impure Chloral Hydrate (2 drops to 1 of oil), resembles the fore- going reagent in the colouration it produces with many oils. It differs, however, in its behaviour to oil of lemon and bergamot, with which it assumes a reddish colour ; cloves, which turns red ou warming ; mace (fine rose-red), pepper { (reddish-violet), copaiba (dark-green), ‘valerian (greénish), cummin (fine green), cinnamon (green, with violet margin), and myrrh (reddish-violet). Alcoholic hydrochloric acid varies “in its action with the amount of acid it contains. A dilute solution is, to be preferred, as the colourations appear more slowly, but are purer. Dilute alcoholic hydrochloric acid in the proportion of 15 to 20 drops to 1 of oil yields colourless mixtures with oil of turpentine, caraway, coriander, cardamoms (cone. acid, cherry-red), cloves,. rosemary (cone. acid, deep cherry-red) ; yellow, mixtures with bergamot (cone, acid, orange to olive-green), mace (cone. acid, reddish-brown), dill (conc. acid, cherry-red), bitter orange, cummin (cone. acid, deep violet) ; brownish-red.with oils of eascarilla, lavender, sweet marjoram, worm-seed, juniper (conc. acid, red) ; rose to deep red or reddish-violet with oils of eubebs, pepper, copaiba, cedar wood, cin- namon,, nutmeg, thyme, laurel, sweet-flag and myrrh ; red, turning dlue, with oil of peppermint. Concentrated sulphuric acid (2 or 3 drops to | of oil) assumes with most oils a yellow colour, turning brown, and frequently passing finally to a fine red. . The latter colouration is observable with oils of caraway, mentha: crispa, swect marjoram, star- -anise, mace, dill, juniper, cubebs, copaiba, sage, winter-green, lavender, amomum, cascarilla, nutmeg, thyme, sandal-wood, peppermint, myrrh, and parsley. Oils of _cardamoms, cloves, fennel, anise, cajeput and laurel produce a viole/, cinnamon a green and blue colouration. If a drop of the oit is mixed with | ce. of chloroform and 2 drops of cone. sulphuric acid added, similar colours are produced? and imparted to the chloroform. “1 Jehn was the first to observe that’ this reagent: produced «, currant-red colour. with oil-of peppermint.. Its use is, however, open to objection, as it is not yet known what impurity causes the colouration, and it is therefore impos- ‘sible to prepare a reagent of constant composition. If 100 ce. of alcohol are saturated with chlorine, mixed with sulphuric acid (after partially separating the hydrochloric acid by evaporation) and the resulting metachloral distilled, a very satistactory reagent will be obtained, but its activity diminishes on keeping. "2 But not if petroleum spirit is used instead of chloroform. § 142. COLOUR-REACTIONS. 123 Frihde’s Reagent! resembles sulphuric acid in its action ; but the colours are purer and make their appeararice more rapidly. Very characteristic colours are produced with some oils by sulphuric acid mixed with.{th of its volume of a 5 per cent. aqueous solution of ferric chloride. The oils should be dissolved in chloroform, in which the colour- ing matter is also soluble and thus seen to advantage. Oils -of. pennyroyal, parsley, coriander, - fennel, anise, savin and turpentine cause no colowration in the chloroform, even after the ‘lapse of some time ; with oils of ledum and peppermint it assumes a red tinge ; with ledum- -camphor, and oils of thyme, cajeput, galangal, pepper, cubebs, copaiba, juniper, violet or bluish-violet ; with serpyllum, sweet marjoram, rosemary, caraway, dill, nutmeg, cloves, worm-seed, cinnamon, green or bluish-green; with oil of bergamot, etc., olive-green. Fuming nitric acid (5 drops to 1 of oil) gives specially charac- teristic colourations with oils of mace and nutmeg (blood-red), cubebs (grecn), copaiba (bluish- -violet), gaultheria (cherry-red), cinnamon (carmine), myrrh (reddish-violet), pimento (blood-red), and pennyroyal (violet). Picric acid (0; 05 gram to 5 to 6 drops of oil) is easily dissolved ty some oils in the cold (caraway, cardamoms, cloves, rosemary, mentha crispa, sweet, marjoram, anise, star-anise, dill, valerian, cummin, gaultheria, cinnamon, sweet flag); by others only on warming. Some of the solutions deposit ¢rystals on standing {turpentine, lemon, bergamot, sweet marjoram, mace, dill, galangal, bitter orange, worm-seed, valerian, cedar-wood, lavender, cajeput, nutmeg, thyme, laurel and sandal-wood) ; others gradually assume characteristic colourations: thus oil of mentha crispa becomes olive-green ; cloves, sweet marjoram, anise, star-anise, nutmeg, cinnamon, cummin, amomum and thyme, orange; fennel and myrrh, blood-red ; dill, cascarilla and‘galangal, brown ; worm-seed, reddish-brown ; sweet-flag, deep brown’; peppermint, deep grass green. Flickiger? recommends acting upon a solution of the ethereal. oil in bisulphide of carbon (1 in 15) with sulphuric and nitric acids. With oil of valerian and nitric acid (specific gravity, 1:2) he observed a green colouration of the bisulphide, and red of the avid 11 ce. cone. sulphuric acid with 0°01 gram molybdate of soda. ® Schweiz. Wochenschr, f. Pharm. 26i, 1870, 124 ETHEREAL OILS. layer ; with a mixture of both acids, blue. Gurjun-balsam oil behaved similarly, and oil of cubebs also turned blue with a mixture of both acids. Solid iodine added to ethereal: oils produces somewhat varying effects. With some oils, especially terpenes of the formula C,,H,,, the action is very energetic, and accompanied by evolution of both light and heat, whilst with others nothing of the kind is observ- able. Chromic.acid also reacts explosively with certain oils. Some oxygenated oils(carvolof cummin oil) yield crystalline sulphhydrates when mixed with alcoholic solution of sulphide of ammonium, from which the oil may be separated by decomposition with potush.! If hydrochloric acid gas is passed ‘through ethereal oils, crystalline or liquid Aydrochlorates are not unfrequently produced, which may be characteristic of the oil acted upon. The NOC] group sometimes combines with hydrocarbons -of the terpene series to form compounds of the formula C,,H,,NOCI, and, according to Tilden, this reaction also may be employed in dis tinguishing ethereal oils. ‘Tilden? obtained crystalline compounds with French and American oil of turpentine, with oil of juniper, sage, caraway, bitter orange, bergamot, and lemon. For the use of cohesion figures in identifying the various ethereal oils see Kate Crane’ and Somlinson.4 § 143. Fractional distillation.—Linnemann’s apparatus® (fig, 6) is very serviceable in fractionally distilling ethereal oils (§ 30). Aisa tube of about 40 cm. in length and 1 cm. in diameter ; at about 32 cm. from one end a second tube, B, is fused on at an angle of about 80°, so that it can be connected with a condenser. Just beneath the junction, and ata distance of 20 and 25 cm. from the end, bulbs are blown. At the upper end a thermometer is introduced, the bulb of which should.be in C. In the lower part of the tube about 8 cup-shaped pieces of platinum gauze are mserted. These are intended to receive the condensing vapour from the liquids of higher boiling points and wash, as it were, the vapour of more easily volatile liquids. Smaller apparatuses of 30 or 25 cm. in height may be used for special purposes. For distillation in a partial vacuum the appafatus represented in 1 Compare Jahresb. f. Pharm. 468, 1867. ? Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [3], viii. 188. 3 Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [3], v. 242. _ ‘Ibid. v. 280. 5 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. clx. 195, 1872. $144, FURTHER EX AMINATION OF ETHEREALOILS, 125 fig. 7 has been recommended by Thérner.1_ The method of using it is sufficiently intelligible from the figure, and requires no special description. § 144. Further Examination of Ethereal. Oils.—For details of the analysis of ethereal oils by fractional distillation, I refer to the examination of eucalyptus oil by Faust and Homeyer,? of parsley Fig. 6. vil hy Gerichten,? aud oil of sage by Muir and Suguira* In the investigation of oil of dill by Nietzky,5 of oil of valerian by Bruylants (see below) and of arnica by Sigel,® the fatty acids present in the oil are included. Ethereal salts. were found by 1 Ber. d. .1. chem. Ges. ix. 1868, 1876. See also Bevan, Chem. News, xxxviii. 183, 1879. : 2 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, vii. 63 and 1429, 1874 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxvii. 475). 3 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. ix. 258 and 1477, 1876 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxx. 78.) 4 Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], vii. 265, 1876 ; viii. 191, 1877. ® Archiv d. Pharm. (3], iv. 317, 1874 (Journ. Chem. Soe. xxvii.- 892), + Annal d. Chem. und Pharmr clxx. 345, 1873 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxvii. 377). 126 ETHEREAL OILS.. ~ Renesse! in the oil of Pastinaca sativa and by Méslinger? in that of Heracleum sphondylium. Fig. 7. Bruylants included aldehydal substances in his examination of oi} of tansy.® 1 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. clxi. 80 ;. clxxi. 380 (Journ. Chem: Soc. xxvi. 642; xxvii. 1145). ; 2 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. ix. 998. See also Zincke, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. clii. 1, 1869 ; Ber, d. d. chem. Ges. iv. 822, 1872. See: also Gutzeit, ‘Ueber das Vorkommen. des Aethylalkohols im Pflanzenreiche,’ Jena, Duftt, 1875 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxviii. 1245). 3 Ber, d. d. chem. Ges. xi. 449, 1878 (Journ, Chem. Soc, xxxiv. 157). § 145. RESIN-ACIDS, ETC. 127 RESINS, ANTHRAQUINONE-DERIVATIVES, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. § 145. Resin-acids and the more important methods for their separa- tion. With regard to the coniferous resin- acids, the observations made in § 131 may be supplemented by the following: Abietic acid) occurs in lamellar crystals, softening at 129° and melting at 144°, soluble in alcohol and éther, and forming salts with most bases. Prolonged heating converts it into its anhy- dride, which is soluble in absolute alcohol, and was formerly known as pinie acid. The alcoholic solution of this substance yields no crystals on evaporation ; it-is gradually reconverted into abietic acid ‘by the continued action of 70 per cent. alcohol. Pimarie acid, from Pinus pinaster, forms granular crystalline masses melting at 149°, diffieultly soluble in. ‘cold, but. easily in boiling alcohol, and soluble in ether. It resernbles abietic acid in most of its properties, but differs in possessing a bitter’ taste. For podocarpic acid see Oudemans ;? gardénin, Stenhouse and Groves 33 phyllic acid, Bougarel.* In isolating. resin-acids one of the following methods will be frequently found successful : a. Successive treatment with spirit of different strengths, finally: adding water and shaking with ether. It will be observed that resin acids are, as a rule, more easily soluble in dilute spirit than resin-anhydrides, wax, etc. It was by this method that I suc- ceeded in isolating. mongumic_acid.from a bark imported from Madagasear.® ‘The residue obtained on evaporating the ethereal extract was treated with 85 per cent. spirit, which left a wax undissolved. The ‘spirituous solution was evaporated, and the 1 Maly considered the acid formerly known as sylvic acid to be abietic ; Duvernoy regards it as a modification of pimaric acid. 2 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. vi. 1122; Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. clxx. 213 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxvii. 72). 3 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. ec. 311 (Journ. Chem. Soc. 1878). 4 Union Pharm. xviii. 262, 1877 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxii. 905). A sub- stance similar to that described under thé above name is often met with in the analysis of herbaceous and leathery.leaves.. It is soluble in boiling alcohol, and separates from such solution, after the wax, on evaporating and cooling. It crystallizes in colourless scales, dissolves with difficulty in water and glycerin, i is soluble in ether and chloroform, and also in warm potash, but pre- cipitated hy an excess of the latter. 5 Pharm. dcsy a. and Trans. [8], ix. 816 (1879). 128° RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. mass treated with 50 per cent. spirit, in which a little brown. resin was found to be insoluble. To the alcoholic solution ether was added, and then sufficient water to cause separation, On well shaking the ether dissolved the whole of the mongumic acid, the addition of a few drops of acetic or hydrochloric acid facilitating solution. The mongumic acid was then obtained by evaporating the ethereal liquid. b. Treatment of the mized resins with a solution of soda or potash tn dilute spirit, and recovery of the resin by the addition of acetic or hydrochloric acid and. filtering, or, if very finely suspended, shaking with ether. I adopted this method in separating a resin- acid from peony-seed.1 The mixed resins were treated with boiling 85 per cent. spirit, and the liquid kept at 0° for some time, to allow of the separation of-a little resin anhydride that had been carried into solution. To the filtrate water was added till the spirit was reduced to a strength of 50 per cent., by which the resin was precipitated. The mass was then dissolved in a solu- tion of soda in 50 per cent. spirit, again precipitated by the addition of acid, and finally decolourized in alcoholic solution by animal charcoal. In adopting this method the requisite strength of the spirit must be ascertained by preliminary experiments. ce. Treatment. of the mixed resins with aqueous soda or potash.— Any resin dissolved by the alkaline liquid may be generally re- covered by acidification with acetic or hydrochloric acid. (Com- pare also § 45).2 1t is, moreover, not unfrequently possible to obtain sparingly soluble combinations of the resin with silver, lead, barium, calcium, etc., by adding salts of those metals to the solu- tion of resinate of soda. This method is sometimes successful in cases of mixtures. of several resin-acids or of a resin-acid with other resinous substances soluble in solution of soda. The resins present may be separated by fractional precipitation ; or it may happen that only one is precipitated by the salt used, in which case, of 1 Archiv d. Pharm. [3], ix. 426, 1879 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxvi. 1048). 2 Chrysin, discovered by Piccard in the buds of the poplar (Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. vi..884, 1873; Journ. Chem, Soc, xxvi. 1286) might be isolated by this method. It is precipitated yellow by acids, is somewhat sparingly soluble in ether and alcohol, and almost insoluble in petroleum, bisulphide of carbon, chloroform, and benzene. ‘The latter, when warm, removes the so-called tectochrysin. An alcoholic solution of chrysin is coloured violet by feérric- chloride, and gives with neutral acetate of lead a yellow precipitate. soluble in excess and in glacial acetic acid, § 145. RESIN-ACIDS, ETC. 129 course, the others remain in solution ; or finally a mixture may be precipitated, in which, however, a separation maybe effected by treatment with solvents or by decomposition. with carbonic acid, etc. Hirschsohn met with a case of this description in his examina- tion of galbanum.1_ The resinous portion of the drug was digested with soda, and to the solution chloride of barium was’ added till no further precipitate was produced. From the dried barium precipitate boiling alcohol dissolved a rather large amount, which separated again on cooling, and contained only 1-07 per cent. of baryta. This portion must have been carried down either mechanically or in so loose a state of combination that boiling spirit sufficed to effect a decomposition into acid-and base. The alcoholic solution contained a second resin-acid, which was partly precipitated on passing carbonic acid through the liquid, and partly, in masses of fibrous crystals resembling asbestos, on the sub- sequent addition of water. Boiling 95 per cent. alcohol extracted it from the dried ‘precipitate. The dilute alcoholic liquid, after treatment with carbonic acid, was acidulated with hydrochloric acid, which threw down .a flocculent precipitate, soluble in ammonia. In addition to these three resins a fourth had escaped precipitation with chloride of barium. - It could be separated by passing a current of carbonic acid through the alkaline solution. ' In fractionally precipitating with silver or lead salts attention should be directed to the percentage of the metal and the melting point of the resin acid contained in the precipitates. These two points are frequently of service in identifying acids. d, The mixed resins may finally be separated by dissolving them in spirit and fractionally precipitating with alcoholic solution of acetate of lead. § 146. Resins and Gum-resins of -Commerce.—The examination of commercial resins and gum-resins, which generally consist of ethereal oil and various resinous substances frequently accompanied by mucilage, sugar, etc., was at my suggestion undertaken and carried out by Hirschschn. The following is an abstract of his results 2 1 Pharm, Zeitschr. £. Russland, p. 225 ef seg., 1875 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [3], vii, 369 ef seq.). 2 Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Bussland, 225 et seg., 1875 ;1 et seg., 1877. ‘Beit- rage zur Chem. der wichtigeren Harze, Gummiharze und Balsame,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1877. Archiv d. Pharm. [8], x. 481 et seq. ; xi. 54 et seg. 5 xiii. 288 et seg. Pharm. Journ. and Trans. viii. 389 e¢ seq. 9 130 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. 1. For the determination of the ethereal oil petroleum spirit may be used as a solvent.+ (See §§ 9, 22, 23,138.) But, ‘as elsewhere observed, part of the. resin will also be dissolved’; the residue obtained by evaporating at the ordinary’ temperature till the. weight is constant must therefore be heated to 110° or 120°, and the percentage of. ethereal oil calculated from the loss. The amount of resin dissolved by the petroleum spirit, which is thus simultaneously ascertained, may be of use in estimating the value of different varieties of a resin or in detecting adulterations (in the case of copal,-the better the quality of the resin the smaller the percentage of non-volatile substances soluble in petroleum spirit). The mixture (of ethereal oil and resin) obtained by evaporating the petroleum-spirit solution frequently yields colour-reactions with the reagents mentioned in § 142. 2. The residue insoluble in petroleum spirit is treated with ether and the substances dissolved estimated. It should be ascertained if ether takes up all the resin insoluble in petroleum spirit or if a further portion is removed ‘by subsequent treatment with alcohol. Gum-resins will of course always leave a residue insoluble in ether; consisting of sugar, gum, salts, etc. The ethereal solu- tion should be tested as to its miscibility with alcohol and the residue after evaporation for colour-reactions as mentioned . in 1. .8, The estimation of substances solublé in alcohol, both in the original drug and after treatment with ether, together with the qualitative examination of the solution, may likewise yield results of some value. In the case of gum-resins sugar is one of the prin- cipal. substances extracted by alcohol. (See §§ 70, 83 ef. seg. ; 200 el seg.) It should be ascertained whether a turbidity is produced by adding ammonia, ether, or alcoholic solution of acetate of lead to’ the spirituous extract from the original resin. 4, If a gum-resin is under examination, water will remove gum: (§§.73 ef seq.; and 193 eé seg.) and certain salts from the residue after treatment with alcohol, Note should be taken if a gum swelling, but not dissolving, in water is present. (See §§ 103 and 193 e¢ sey.) 5, Important results may also be obtained by treating the original resin with chloroform, ether, or satutated aqueous solution 1 The resin strould be rubbed down:as fine as possible with powdered glass, and then macerated with petroleum spirit. § 147. PAI0NIO-FLUORESCIN, ETC. 131 of carbonate of soda. The latter may cause a colouration or take up cinnamic acid (detected by the permanganate of potash reaction (§ 26), etc.), For details of the scheme published by Hirschsohn for the identification of the more important resins and gum-resins, reference must be made to the original papers, etc., already quoted, § 147, Peonio-fluorescin.—IE agitation with ether (§ 44) removes any substance from solution in caustic alkali it should be ascertained whether the same can be extracted froma solution in a carbonated alkali. It was found that pxonio-fluorescin! could be obtained much purer by using a carbonated rather than a caustic alkali, as the latter partially decomposes it, whilst the former does not. “Whether the seeds of other plants contain in their testa a body allied to, or identical with, pzonio-fluorescin, and possessing, therefore, a strong fiuorescence in ethereal solution, is a matter for investigation. Peonio-fluorescin is sparingly soluble in chloroform, benzene, and cold water (somewhat more freely in warm), but insoluble in petroleum spirit. It is precipitated from a warm (50°) aqueous ‘solution by gelatine, but not by acetate of lead or copper. On boiling with very dilute hydrochloric acid an-intense green colour is developed, which can be extracted by agitation with ether, and changes to a reddish-violet in contact with acetate of soda. Its solution in very dilute lime-water, extremely weak ammonia, or even chalky spring-water, gradually assumes a fine red. colour when exposed to the air. § 148. Anthroquinone-derivatives.—In treating . the- substances soluble in ether ($§ 36 and 46) with alkaline liquids, any change of colour, -especially to red, should be carefully noted. ' If such is the case there is reason to take into consideration the possible presence of certain anthraquinone derivatives, such as chryso- phanic acid, emodin, frangulic acid, alizarin, purpurin, etc. They are soluble in very dilute alkali, and are precipitated by hydro- chloric acid from the deeply-coloured (generally red) solutions, It frequently happens that these bodies do not occur ready- formed in the fresh substances, or in material that has been care- filly dried, but are present in the form of glucosides? (chrysophan, frangulin, ruberythric acid). The following are some of the characteristic properties of the foregoing anthraquinone derivatives. 1 Archiv d. Pharm. [8], xiv. 412. : 2 Compare my paper on Analyses of Rhubarb; Pharm, Zeitschr. f. Russland, 9—2 132 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. Chrysophanic acid, as obtained from rhubarb, senna,} ete., is almost insoluble in water, but if in combination with a base it can be extracted from aqueous solution by adding a strong acid and shaking with ether. The solubility in alcohol and acetic acid varies directly with the strength of the solvent (1 cc. of 86 per cent. alcoho] dissolves 0:°00017 gram at 20°; 1 cc. glacial acetic acid dissolves 0:00046 gram). Chrysophanic acid is sparingly soluble in petroleum spirit, but is dissolved by benzene and chloroform, especially when warm. It can be sublimed in flat rhombic prisms, which melt at 162°, are yellow in colour, and strongly dichroic. It is easily, dissolved. by alkaline liquids, both aqueous and ‘alcoholic, with production of 2 fine red colour, for particulars of the spectrum of which refer- ence must be made to Keussler’s dissertation. This colouration in contact with alkali serves as a means of detecting chrysophanic acid and allied substances microscopically, but it is preferable to employ baryta- or lime-water, as with these bases compounds are formed which are insoluble in water. Emodin agrees with chrysophanic acid in most of its properties, but may be distinguished by its insolubility in benzene, and greater solubility in ether and alcohol. . It melts at 245° to 250°, and crystallizes in needles from glacial acetic acid. Erythroretin and Pheeoretin may also be obtained from rhubarb ; they are both sparingly soluble in ether, freely in- aleohol; the former is coloured purple-red by alkalies, the latter reddish- brown.? Chrysarobin occurs in Goa powder ;? it is soluble in boiling benzene, and. forms a yellow solution with cone. sulphuric acid ‘(chrysophanic acid, red). It is not dissolved by dilute potash, but with concentrated it yields a yellow solution with a green fluorescence, On shaking this liquid with air for some time it turns red, and then deposits chrysophanic acid after acidulation, 65, 97, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3]. viii. 826), and the continuation of the paper by Greenish, Pharm. Journ. and Trang. [8], ix. 933. 1 Compare Keussler, ‘Unters. d., chrysophansaureart. Subst. der Senes- blatter und. der Frangulinsaure,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1879, and Pharm. Zeitsohr. f. Russland, 257 ef seq., 1878. See also Kubly, ‘Ueber das, wirksame Princip und einige andere Best. d. Setinesblitter,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1865, and Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 429 e¢ seg.,'1866 (Amer. Journ, Pharm, xxxvi. 874). 2 Compare Kubly, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, vi. 603; 1867. : 3 Compare Liebermann und Seidler, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, xi. 1603 (Journ Chem, Soc, xxxvi. 326). § 148. FRANGULIC ACID, ALIZARIN, ETC. 1338 Frangulic acid can be obtained as an orange-red powder, con- sisting of small acicular (? hexagonal) crystals, which melt at 255° and are not dichroic. . At a temperature of 18° 1 cc. of glacial acetic acid dissolves 000235 gram, 1 cc. of 96 per cent. spirit 0.018 gram. ‘The solutions of this substance in aqueous or alcoholic alkalies are also of a fine red colour, but prove to be somewhat different from those of’ chrysophanic acid when ex- amined spectroscopically. Keussler made the following observa- tions with aqueous solutions in caustic potash, under the conditions mentioned, in § 22: Diminished Undiminished Diminished No colours Intensity. Intensity. Intensity. observable. Chrysophanic acid ., 0°—13° 13°—34° 34°—38° 48° to end: Frangulic acid . - 0°—18° 18°-—38° From 38° to end gradual dimini- tion of intensity to complete dark- ness. Compare Plate I, 1 and 2.1 Alizarin forms orange-red prisms, which are also almost insoluble in cold water, but soluble in alcohol, ether, benzene, and aqueous alkalies. They melt‘at 215°, and can be sublimed with- out decomposition. Its alkaline solutions are violet, and yield purple precipitates with salts of calcium, barium and lead. Vogel? states that the -absorption-spectrum of a solution of alizarin in dilute alcoholic potash shows two dark bands, one. of which is exactly. divided by the line d, whilst the other begins a little before D, and may be traced some distance past that line. (Com- pare Plate L, 3.), An alcoholic solution of alizarin, after addition of ammonia, shows an absorption spectrum with a single ill- defined band in the green between D and F. (Plate I, 4). Purpurin shows under the last-named conditions two ‘le defined. absorption bands to the right and left of # (Plate I, 5), whilst an alcoholic solution made alkaline with potash absorbs dark blue powerfully, and shows two very deep bands between F and E, and EF and D, and one weak one at d) (Plate I, 6.) The difference between the spectra of alizarin and purpurin is so great that an admixture of 1 per cent of the latter can be detected with facility in the former. The direct detection of small quantities of alizarin in purpurin is, however, impossible, but, according ,,to 1 For frangnlin and frangulic acid, see also Faust, Archiv d. Pharm. claxxvii. 8, 1869 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], iii. 1033). ‘2+ Prakt, Spektralanalyse,’ Nérdlingen, Beck, 1877; and Ber. d. d. chem, Ges. x. 157, See also ibid. 175 and 550 (Journ. Chem. Soc. vol. xxxii.), 184 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. Schunk and Rémer,! indirect proof may be obtained by taking advantage of the unequal affinity of the two substances in alkaline solution for atmospheric oxygen. A solution in caustic soda is exposed to the air until it has become almost colourless and ceases to show the spectrum of purpurin after the addition of more alkali. By acidifying with hydrochloric acid and agitating with ether, the alizarin can be extracted, redissolved in atcolialle potash, and tested spectroscopically. The scale on Plate I. corresponds to that described in § 20. I shall subsequently come to speak of the spectra of chlorophyll, hematoxylin, and some other ‘colouring matters (partly taken from Vogel) also figured on the same plate. Purpurin forms orange-red needles; melting at 253°, and soluble in boiling water and alcohol, but more freely so in ether, bisul- phide of carbon, and boiling benzene, Aqueous solutions of alum dissolve it, forming yellow liquids with green fluorescence ; with dilute aqueous alkalies purple solutions are obtained ; it disaalven with difficulty in alcoholic soda, and is. precipitated by lime- and baryta-water. The erythroselerotin, or sclererythrin, isolated by Podwissotzky and myself? from ergot is, I think, possibly identical with, or closely allied to, purpurin. Alizarin is generally considered to be produced trom a glucoside, ruberythric acid, and. not to occur ready-formed in the madder plant ; ruberythric acid is possibly itself a product of the decom- position of rubian. The latter is said to be soluble in hot water and in aleohol ; from aqueous solution it. is not precipitated by’ solution of alum or lead salts, but probably it has not yet been obtained in a state of purity. Boiling solutions of alkalies dis- solve rubian with production of a red colouration and formation of alizarin, rubiretin, verantin, rubiadin and sugar. Boiling dilute acids induce a similar decomposition, whilst with cold dilute alkali it yields rubianic acid. Ruberythric acid is freely soluble in. hot water, in alcohol, and in ether. It crystallizes in yellow silky prisms, and forms blood- red solutions with alkalies. Basic acetate of lead precipitates it as a vermilion-red powder. Boiling with dilute acid resolves it 1 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. x. 175, 1877 (Journ. Chem. Soc, xxxi, 664). ? Archiv f, exper. Patholog. und Pharmakologie, . vi. 154, 1876 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vi. 1001, viii. 106). Sitz-Ber. d, Dorpater Naturf. Ges., 392, 1877. § 148. RHINACANTHIN, ALKANNIN, ETC. 135 into sugar and alizarin. ' According to Stenhouse, morindin is ideutical with ruberythric acid, morindon with alizarin (which is doubted by Stein), and munjestin with purpurin. With regard to the constituents of madder that have been here - mentioned, and some others that accompany or can be obtained from them, I refer in particular to the investigations of Schunk, Rochleder, Stenhouse and others, for an account of which Gmelin’s ‘ Chemistry ’ may be consulted. For rhamnin, xanthorhamnin, chrysorhamnin, and their allies, see Fleury and Biswanger,! Ortlieb, Liebermann, and Hiérmann.? Rhinacanthin, discovered by Liborius in Rhinacanthus com- munis, appears to possess some of the properties common to anthraquinone- -derivatives.? It occurs in the intercellular spaces in the rootbark, is soluble in ether, alcohol and dilute alkali, but insoluble in pure and acidulated water. Alkalies produce a deep red colouration, which is discharged or changed to greenish by acids. Alkannin is insoluble in water, but yields fine red: solutions with ether, alcohol, bisulphide of carbon, fixed and ethereal oils. The spectram is figured on Plate 1,11. Alkannin is uncrys- tallizable, dissclves in concentrated sulphuric acid (violet), in alkalies (blue), and in alcoholic ammonia, Bixin behaves similarly to water, alcohol and ether, It dissolves in aqueous alkalies also (but the compounds thus produced are sparingly soluble in alcohol), and is coloured blue by concentrated sulpburie acid.‘ Curcwmin® is also insoluble in water, but is dissolved yellow by ether and alcohol, brown by alkalies. Boracic acid colours it red, changing to dark blue on the addition of an alkali (For its spec- trum see Plate I, 12.) For cambogtc acid, which is dissolved yellow by concentrated sulphuric acid, see Johnstone® and Biichner.” 1 Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim, xxvii, 666 ; Repert. f. Pharm. civ. 54. _ 2 Bull. de la’ Soc. de Mulhouse, xxx. 16; Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. xi. 1618, See also Lefort und Stein, Jahresh. f. Pharm. 145, 1867 ; 127, 1868; 123, 1869 (Journ. Chem, Soc. xxxvi.). . : 3 Sitz Ber. d. Dorpater Naturf. Ges. 277, 1879 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [3], ix. 162). 4 Compare Stein, Chem. Centralblatt, 939, 1867. >See Linda und Daube, Journ. f. prakt. Chem. ciii. 474, and New Series, ii. 86, 1870 (Journ. Chem, Soc. xxiv. 152). 6 Phil, Mag. 281, 1839. 7 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm, xlv. 72, 1843 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xy. 129). 136 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. For grénhartin or taigusic acid see Stein and Arsandson” ‘Pipitzahoic acid also probably belongs to this group.” § 149. Detection of Anthraquinone-derivatives.—To prove that these substances, or others that have been separated with resins, or resins themselves, are entitled to be considered as anthracene- derivatives, they may be heated dry with zinc dust in a glass tube in the same way as in ultimate analysis (4¢.,.a° mixture of zinc dust with the substance at the end of the tube, followed by a layer of pure zinc), the products of decomposition being led into a cooled receiver? Anthracene and methylanthracene should be specially looked for; both of them are obtained in the form of crystalline sublimates. The former melts at- 213°, possesses a blue fluorescence, is insoluble in water, sparingly soluble in alcohol, but more. easily in ether, benzene and hisulphide of carbon, .When dissolved in benzene it forms a compound with picric acid, which separates out in red crystals. The action of bichromate of potash and sulphuric acid converts it into anthra- quinone.: If anthracene alone is obtained, a derivative of that body would be- indicated ; methylanthracene alone or together with anthracene would arouse suspicion of the presence of a methylanthracene derivative. .. The latter possesses, like anthra- cene, a powerful blue fluorescence ; it melts at 200°, forms with -picric acid a compound crystallizing in dark red needles, yields ‘with bichromate of potash, sulphuric and. glacial acetic acids, anthraquinone-carbonic acid, which is sparingly soluble in excess of, potash and melts at, 278°. Methylanthracene is only slightly soluble in ether, alcohol and glacial’ acetic acid, but freely in bisul- phide of carbon and benzene. § 150. Hematoxylin, etc.—Treatment with alkali also reveals the presence of hematoxylin ; but it must be observed that this substance can be removed by pure or acidulated water from the evaporation-residue of the ethereal extract (§ 38).4 With alkalies ¥ Journ. f._prakt. Chem. xcix. 1; Jabresb. f, Pharm. 165, 1866, 2 Compare Weld, ‘Annal, a. Chem. und Pharm. xev. 188, 1855 (Amer. Joutn. Pharm. xxx. 446). 3 Compare Liebermann und Graebe, Ber d, d. chem, Ges. i. 49, 104, 1868 (Journ. Chem. Soa. xxv.'139). +The extraction of hematoxylin with ether free from alcohol -and water is generally incomplete, as it is somewhat sparingly soluble in that menstruum ; a part, therefore, will probably be removed on subsequently treating "with -aleohol, § 150. BRASILLIN, SANTALIN, ETC. 137 hematoxylin produces a beautiful violet colour; it reduces alkaline copper-solution as well as sults of silver and mercury, and cannot be sublimed. The best method of extracting hematoxylin from vegetable substances (such as logwood) is to macerate first with water con- taining a little sulphurous acid and then exhaust with ether saturated with water. (For the spectrum, see Plate.I., 7 and 8.) Brasillin resembles hematoxylin, and, like it, is soluhla in ether, alcohol and water. Alkalies produce a carmine-red colouration, which disappears when the liquid is warmed with zinc dust, but returiis ou exposure to the air. The spectrum is shown on Plate I, 9. On boiling with peroxide of lead and water a strong fluorescence is developed. Santalin is soluble in. ether (yellow), and alcohol (red), but not in pure water. With dilute potash it yields a violet coloured solntion, from which chloride of barium precipitates a violet barium-compound. It differs from alizarin in its melting-point (104°), in not subliming, and in yielding no anthracene. (For spectrum see Plate I., 10.) § 151. Detection and Estimation of Gallic Acid, Catechin, ete.—In addition. o the foregoing substances gallic acid, catechin and pyrocatechin are extracted by water from the evaporation-residue of the ethereal. extract (§ 38). They are deposited in acicular crystals on evaporating an aqueous solution over sulphuric acid at the’ ordinary temperature, or may be removed by shaking with ether, cr preferably, acetic ether. If in sufficient quantity, gallic acid or catechin may be purified by re-crystallization from boiling water, the former being soluble in 3 parts of boiling and about 100 of cold water, the latter in 4and 16,000 respectively. Heated between waten-glasses, gallic acid yields a white sublimate of pyro- gallol, together with black non-volatile melangallic acid. Catechin - yields pyrocatechin. (CE §§ 38 and 42.) ‘Cone. sulphuric acid dissolves gallic acid colourless in the cold, but on warming the liquid becomes wine-red and crimson. The addition of water now causes the separation of rufigallic acid, which is coloured transient blue by conc. potash. If only traces of the latter acid are present they may be extracted, according to Barfoed,! from the aqueous liquid by agitation with acctie ether containing spirit, and the residue obtained on evaporation treated with potash. 4 Barfoed, Lehrb. d. org. qual. Analyse. Lief, 1, 63. 138 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. Under the influence of alkalies gallic acid turns rapidly green, red and reddish-brown. Like tannic acid, it yields inky mixtures with ferrous and ferric salts, but is not precipitated by gelatine from aqueous solution. It reduces nitrate of silver and alkaline- copper solution. Gallic acid is precipitated by acetate of lead, and is partially removed from aqueous solution by digestion with the hydrate of that metal. The precipitates are, however, neither quite insoluble nor of constant composition, so that they cannot be recommended as a means of estimating gallic acid except under certain conditions. If a solution of hydrate of lead in potash is boiled with very dilute solution of gallic acid, a rose or violet colour is developed, which is persistent for some time, especially in the presence of alcohol (Klunge). Catechin colours. cone. sulphuric acid, on warming, purple, changing to black. Solutions in aqueous potash, ammonia or carbonated alkalies gradivally absorb oxygen and become rose-red, scarlet, passing to dark red and finally black, The alkaline solu- tion produces at first no, colouration with ferrous sulphate, but a green tinge is subsequently. developed; acetate of soda is-said to turn the colourless mixture instantly violet-blue, and cause the separation of a bluish-black precipitate, A very small quantity of ferric chloride colours solutions of catechin green, but excess causes decolourization and formation of a brown precipitate. Like gallic acid, catechin does not precipitate gelatine, and acts as a reducing agent. The lead salt obtained by precipitation is not suited for the quantitative determination of catechin, as it easily decomposes (turning red on exposure to the air), A better method for estimating both. ¢atechin and gallic acid consists in agitating with ether or acetic ether and weighing the évaporation-residue, or preferably, titrating it with pérman- ganate of potash. (Cf..§ 52, VII. ; §§ 53 and 165.) Pyrocatechin is also easily soluble in alcohol, melts at 112°, and can be sublimed. Exposed to the air in alkaline solution it turns green and black ;. ferroso-ferrie salts colour it dark green. It reduces gold and silver salts and. alkaline-copper solution. With acetate of-lead a precipitate is formed, which is soluble in acetic acid ; solution of gelatine is not precipitated. '§ 152. Quercitrin, Quercetin, efc.—Quercitrin and quercetin, if present in the material under examination, might be partially extracted with ether (§ 36), by which, however, they are not very -§ 152. QUERCITRIN, QUERCETIN, ETC. 139 easily dissolved. They are both very slightly soluble in cold water; quercetin even in hot. They dissolve in the fixed and volatile alkalies, and in alcohol, crystallizing from the latter in yellow needles. Ferric chloride colours the alcoholic solu- tions green (quercetin red, on warming); acetate of lead pro- duces orange-red and brick-red precipitates respectively. Both quercitrin and quercetin reduce solutions of gold and silver salts, and also alkaline-copper solution after prolonged boiling. Heat- ing with mineral acids resolves quercitrin into isodulcite and quercetin (Lowe contradicts this, and asserts that water alone is given off), It may be extracted from aqueous solution by agitation with amylic alcohol! It.melts at 130° to 133°, and is insoluble in benzene, petroleum spirit, chloroform, and bisulphide of carbon. Tn close relation to, but not identical with, quercitrin or rutin stands the violaquercitrin recently isolated by Mandelin? from Viola tricolor. It was deposited in yellow acicular crystals on saturating the aqueous solution with benzene. Boiling with dilute acids decomposed it with production of glucose, quercetin, and a third hody as yet not further investigated. A body allied to quercetin appears to occur in the rhizome of Podophyllumn peltatum.? -According to Podwissotzky, the other important constituents of this drug are podophyllotoxin, which melts at 115° to 120°, is sparingly soluble in water, soluble in ether and chloroform, and precipitated from chloroformic solution by petroleum spirit; picropodophyllin, which is easily crystallizable, and soluble in 95 per cent. spirit, ether and chloroform, but insoluble in milk of lime and ammonia ;. and podophyllic ucid, Gentisin is said to require 2,000 parts of cold ether for solution, and must therefore be looked for in the alcoholic extract. It forms pale yellow silky needles, which can be partially sublimed without, decomposition, requires 5,000 parts of cold, 3,850 of hot water, 455 of cold and 62:5 of hot absolute alcohol for solution. Ferric "Compare Johanson, ‘Zur Kenntniss einzelner chemischer Bestandtheile der Wéeiden,’ etc. Archiv d. Pharm. [3], xiii. 110, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], viii: 69). For Liwe’s paper see Zeitschr. f. anal., Chemie, xiv. 238, 1875 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxix: 108). See also Liebermann and Ham- burger, Ber. d. d, chem. Ges, xii. 1178. 1879 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxvi, 944). 2 Sitz-Ber. d. Dorpater Naturforscher, Ges. 1882, p. 348. ® Compare Podwissotzky, Archiv f. Pharm. und exper. Pathologie, 29, 1880 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], xii: 217, 1011). 140 RESINS, .BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. salts precipitate it reddish-brown from alcoholic solution. Fused with potash it decomposes, yielding acetic acid, phloroglucin and° gentisic acid. The latter is isomeric with protocatechuic acid (§ 42), and is coloured deep blue by ferric chloride. An alkaline solution of gentisic acid becomes red on exposure to the air ; when heated it yields hydroquinone, melting at 169°. For thujin, see Rochleder and Kawalier ;? for rutin (insoluble in ether), and robinin, Zwenger and-Dronke ;° for luteolin, Molden- hauer,* Schiitzenberger, Paraf and Rochleder.§ § 153. Jalapin and Allied Substances.—To the group of substances that are soluble in ether, and can be removed by dilute alkali, but not by pure water, from the evaporation-residue of the ethereal -extract,-there belong further some glucosidal resins (§ 58), of which the jalapin of Ipomoea orizabensis may be taken as a representative. Jalapin is readily dissolved. by alcoliol, and in alcoholic solution is resolved ‘by hydrochloric acid into sugar and jalapinol; the latter is-soluble in ether, but only sparingly soluble in water. The action of aqueous solution of soda converts jalapin into jalapic acid:; the latter, after liberation with a strong: acid, is soluble in water, but only. sparingly soluble in ether. Jalapinol appears to occur ready-formed in scammony, and possibly in scammony-root also. Lampicin of Tampico -jalap resembles jalapin in most of its pro- perties, but differs in’ composition.6 The same may be said of 1 Compare Hlasiwetz-and Habermann, Annal. der Chem. und Pharm. elxxv. 62; Ber. d.d. chem. Ges. viii. 684 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxviii. 572). The actual gentian-bitter -is not identical with gentisin. ‘The former is easily soluble in water, is not thrown down by neutral acetate of lead, but precipi- tated by ammoniacal acetate and liberated from the precipitate by sulphuretted. hydrogen. It can be extracted with difficulty by agitation with benzene, but with ease by chloroform ; ferric chloride does not precipitate it. It is sparingly soluble in ether, and is said to dissolve in: conc. sulphuric acid with red coloura- tion, and to be decomposed by dilute sulphuric acid with production of sugar. (Compare Kromayer, loc. cit.). 2 Chem. Centralblatt, 449, 1858, , 3 Thid. 766, 1862. Annal. d. Chem, und’ Pharm. Supplement, i. 257 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxv. 32). _4 Annal. d, Chem, und Pharm. ec. 180, 1856. ? poe Rendus, lii, 92, 1861; Journ. f. prakt. Chemie, - xcix. 433, 1867. ® Compare Spirgatis, N. Repert., f, Pharm. xix. 452, 1870; Kébler und ane N. Jahrb. f. Pharm, xxxii. 1, 1869 (Pharm. Journ. aad Trans. [3], 1. 444 § 154. ESTIMATION OF SANTONIN. 141 the convolvulin of true jalap, which is distinguished by its insolu- bility in ether, and of turpethin,' which is insoluble in ether, but differs in composition from convolvulin. All these glucosidal resins dissolve in-cone, sulphuric acid with purple colour. § 154. Estimation of Santonin.—The following method may be adopted for the quantitative estimation of santonin (§ 45) in worm-seed :? 15 to 20 grams of the material are digested on a water-bath for 2 hours with 15 to 20 cc. of a 10 per cent. caustic soda solution diluted with about 200 cc. of water, filtered and washed. The filtrate and washings are concentrated to 30 or 40 cc, cooled, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and at once filtered. ‘The pre- cipitate is washed first with 15 to 20 ce. of water, and then with an 8 per cent. soda solution, and any crystals of santonin that may thus be separated subsequently added to the principal portion. The filtrate from the hydrochloric acid precipitate is . acidified and shaken with 3 successive portions of 15 to 20 ce. of chloroform. The chloroformic solutions are washed with water and evaporated to‘dryness ; the residue is dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of soda, filtered if necessary (washing the in- soluble portion with a very little water), and. acidified with hydrochloric acid. After standing for 2 or 3 days in a cool place the santonin is filtered off, washed with 10 to 15 cc. of: 8 per cent. solution of soda, dried at 110°, and weighed. A cor- rection must be made of 0002 gram for every 10.ce. of mother- liquor, and 0-003 gram for every 10 cc. of washings. Santonin can also be extracted by boiling with milk of lime. 15 to 20 grams of worm-seed are digested with 200 ce. of milk of lime diluted with 400 cc. of water on the water-bath for 6 hours, boiled for half an hour and filtered. The residue is again boiled with 10 cc. of milk of lime diluted with 200 cc. of water. The filtered decoctions and washings are evaporated to about 30 ce., excess of hydrochlaric acid added, and at once filtered (the preci- pitate being treated with soda as before). The filtrate must stand for 5 or 6 days in a cool place, when the santonin may be collected and washed with soda-solution. The small amount that 1N. Repert. f. Pharm. xiii. 97, 1864 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxi. 374). 2 Compare Archiv d. Pharm. fh, xiii, 806, 1878 (Amer, Journ. Pharm, 1. 296). 142 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. remains dissolved in the mother-liquor and washings may. be removed by shaking with chloroform. Santonin is almost insoluble in cold water, but is dissolved by ether, alkalies and boiling alcohol. It melts at 169°, turns yellow on exposure to light, produces no colouration when dissolved in conc. sulphuric acid, bat colours: alcoholic potash transiently carmine. -If a solution of santonin in sulphuric acid is heated to 150°, and a drop of a dilute solution of ferric chloride subse- quently added, the mixture assumes a red tinge, gradually chang- ing to violet. § 155. Picrotozin, etc-—Amongst other substances to be looked for in the ethereal extract the following may be mentioned : Picrotoxin.—Soluble in 150 parts ‘of cold, and 25 of boiling. water, as well as in alcohol, chloroform, and amylic alcohol. From aqueous solution (§ 55) it may be extracted by the. last'two solvents, and also by ether, but not by benzene! It erystallizes with facility from water and alcohol in four-sided prisms, reduces alkaline copper solution, and dissolves yellow in- conc. sulphuric acid. If dry picrotoxin is mixed with 6 parts of nitrate of potash, and sufficient conc, sulphuric acid to form a pasty mass, a brick- red colour is developed on adding a solution of soda.(1 to 3) in excess. The reaction succeeds better if the picrotoxin is‘moistened with nitric acid, dried on the water-bath, mixed with a very little sulphuric acid, and then with solution of soda. “Digitalin.—According to Schmiedeberg,? this glucoside is in- soluble in water and dilute soda, but soluble in warm dilute acetic acid. Alcohol, alone or mixed with chloroform, dissolves it easily, but in pure ether or chloroform it is more sparingly soluble. It is a colourless crystalline glucoside, yielding glucose and_digita- liresin by decomposition with hydrochloric acid in alcoholic: solu- tion. It dissolves yellowish green in boiling hydrochloric acid, brown in sulphuric acid, the latter solution becoming violet on the addition of bromine water (§ 55). Digitoxin accompanies digitalin in. foxglove ; it crystallizes in pearly plates and needles, is not very soluble in ether, and insoluble in water and benzene. Chloroform and hot alcohol 1 See also Gaabe, ‘Unters iiber einige Derivate des Picrotoxins’ Diss. Dorpat, 1872. * Archiv f. exper. Patholog. und Pharm. iii, 16, 1874 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [3], v. 741). § 155. DIGITALEIN, DIGITONIN, ETC. 143 dissolve it freely.’ Boiled with dilute acids in alcoholic solution, it is transformed into toxiresin (soluble in ether) without the simultaneous production of sugar. With hydrochloric acid it’ gives a reaction resembling that of digitalin, but is not coloured violet by sulphuric acid and bromine water. Digitalin, digitoxin. and toxiresin are all characterized by very energetic physiological action that may be of use in their identification.! I take this opportunity of referring to three other constituents of foxglove,- which, however, are insoluble in ether. They are the following : Digitalein.—This substance agrees in its physiological action with digitalin and digitoxin, but differs from them in its solubility in water and cold absolute alcohol. It is sparingly soluble in chloroform, and is precipitated from alcoholic solution by the addition of a large quantity of ether. Boiling with dilute acids decomposes it into glucose and digitaliresin. Sulphuric acid and bromine produce’ the same colouration as with digitalin. Tannic acid and basic acetate of lead precipitate it from aqueous solution (§ 55). Digitonin is, as already observed (§ 79), allied to saponin ; it is amorphous and soluble in water, to which it imparts the property of frothing. Ether precipitates digitonin from alcoholic solution more easily than it does digitalein. Baryta-water, tannic acid, and basic acetate of lead precipitate it from its concentrated aqueous solution. Boiling with hydrochloric acid resolves digitonin into glucose, digitoresin and digitonein, with a gradual development of a garnet-red ‘colouration. Cone. sulphuric acid colours it brownish red, which is not changed to reddish violet by bromine. Digitin is a resinous substance that can be obtained in warty crystals from alcoholic solution. It is insoluble in water, ether, benzene and chloroform, and possesses no marked physiological action. For coriamyrtin compare Riban.? For ericolin, which is decomposed by hot dilute sulphuric acid, yielding glucose and ericinol, see Rochleder and Schwartz.? 1 Compare my ‘ Ermittelung d. Gifte,’ 2nd ed. 272 et seg. 2 Bull. de la Soc. chim. de Paris, vi. 87, 1864; vii. 79. 1865 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxvi.'114). 3 Annal. d. Chem. uid Pharm. Ixxxiv. 366, 1852, and Chem. Centralblatt, 61, 1853. Compare also my ‘Ermittelung d. Gifte,’ 2nd ed., 300 et seq. 144 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. Ericinol is characterized by its odour. (Compare also §§ 55 and 167. Pai (cf. § 167), the aromatic constituent of vanilla, is very sparingly soluble in cold petroleum spirit, but might be partially carried into solution in the presence of fixed or ethereal oil; as a rule, however, it may be found in the ethereal extract. It is colourless, crystalline, possesses ‘the pleasant ‘odour of vanilla, and is soluble in 183 parts of water (at 18°), in 4:4 parts of alcohol (specific gravity 0°803), and in 6-24 parts of ether. It melts at 82°, and is soluble in dilute soda ; ferric chloride colours ‘the aqueous solution dark bluish-violet. ‘Being an aldehyde of methylprotocatechuic acid, it combines with acid sulphites (§ 33), and it is upon this property of vanillin that the follow- ing (Thiemann and Haarmann’s) method of estimation is hased :! The ethereal extract of about 30 grams of vanilla is evaporated to 150 ce.; and thoroughly-shaken for'10 to:20 minutes with a mix- ture of water and saturated aqueous solution of bisulphite of soda. ’ The ethereal solution is separated and again shaken with 100. cc. of the bisulphite mixture. The aqueous solutions are united and washed with pure ether to remove impurities. To every 100 cc. there are then gradually added 150 ec. of a mixture of 3 vols. of pure sulphuric acid with 5 vols,. of water. The sulpharous _ acid evolved is received- into solution of soda, the remainder being expelled by passing a current of steam through the liquid. After cooling, the vanillin, which has been liberated, is extracted by shaking with 3 to 4 successive portions of ether, and can be weighed after evaporating the ethereal solution. Ostruthiin, which resembles vanillin in being sparingly. soluble in petroleum spirit,’ is not precipitated by that liquid from ethereal ‘solution. It crystallizes in delicate, pale yellow needles, melting at 91°; is insoluble in cold water, sparingly soluble in boiling water and benzene, freely in alcohol and in ether. The alcoholic solution possesses a feeble blue. fluorescence, which is increased by the addition of water. With aqueous alkalies it forms strongly fluorescent solutions, from. which carbonic acid precipi- tates the ostruthiin unaltered.. It gives no characteristic reactions 1 Zeitschr. f. anal. Chemie, xv. 350, 1875 (Journ. Chemi. Soc. xxix. 112). ? Compare Gorup-Besanez, Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm, elxxxiii. 321, 1876 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [3], vii. 984). § 155. PEVOEDANIN, OREOSELON, ETC. 145 with metallic salts, nor does it yield angelic acid or allied sub- stances when acted upon by alkalies, Peucedanin? is allied to, but not identical with, ostruthiin. It yields no valerianic or angelic acid, but: is ‘decomposed by the action of acids into oreoselon and methyl-compounds; it is, in -fact, dimethyl-oreoselon. Peucedanin melts ‘at 76°, is ‘colourless, crystalline, insoluble in cold water, but freely soluble in alcohol and ether. Oreoselon'can be obtained from peucedanin ; it is almost insoluble in cold water, but soluble in alcohol, ether and benzene. Bisul- phide of carbon, ammonia and dilute alkalies dissolve it only when warmed, and the latter solution reduces alkaline copper salts. The alcoholic solution is not. dltered by ferric chloride. A blue fluorescent solution is yielded by: conc. sulphuric acid, but not by alkalies. Fused with an alkali, it yields acetic acid and resorcin (§ 42), Athamanthin.2—The statement that this substance is divaleryl- oreoselon requires further investigation. It crystallizes in colour- less needles’ melting at 79°, is insoluble in water, but.dissolves in diluted alcohol and in ether. Laserpitin? forms colourless prisms, melting at 114°, and is sparingly soluble in water and alkalies, but freely in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzene,.and bisulphide of carbon. Cone. sulphuric and fuming nitric acid dissolve it with red. colouration ; ‘boiling with aleoholic potash is'said to decompose it-into angelic foal and laserol. Cubebin can also be obtained in colourless crystals, mélting-at 120°, difficultly soluble in cold, more easily in warm water, and soluble in 26 parts of ether, 76 of cold and 10 of boiling alcohol. It can be-removed from aqueous solution by shaking with benzene dr chloroform. Cone. sulphuric acid is coloured red by cubebin. Aqueous alkalies do not dissolve itt (Cf. § 55.) Betulin is likewise tolerably freely. soluble in ether and boiling- 1 Compare, Hlasiwetz-und Weidel, Annal d. Chem. und Pharm, clxxiv. 67 3 Heut, ibid, clxxvi, 70. J ourn, Chem. Soe, xxviii. 258, 772). 2 Compare Schnedermann und Winkler, Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm. li. 315, 1844; Hlasiwetz und Weidel, ibid. clxxiv. 67. 3 Conipare Feldmann, ‘ Ueber das Laserpitin.’ Diss. Gottingen. 4 For an analysis of cubebin compare Schmidt, Jahresb. f. Pharm. 51, 1870 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3h ii. $70), For cubebin see Weidel, Jahresb..f. Pharm. 68, 1877 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. 1. 257). 10 146 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. alcohol, but insoluble in water and petroleum.spirit. It dissolves in cone. sulphuric acid, from which it can be’ precipitated by water. Betulin forms white crystals, which melt at about 200°, and are not attacked by aqueous alkalies. Anacardic acid can be obtained as a white crystalline mass, melting at 26°, freely soluble in alcohol and ether, and dissolving in cone. sulphuric acid with blood-red colouration.? Cardol is a colourless oil accompanying anacardic acid in the eashew nut. It is soluble in alcohol and in ether, but not in water, and possesses powerful vesicant properties (not shared by anacardic acid). It can be removed from suspension in water by agitation with chloroform. Contact with dilute potash fora short. time does not result in the loss of the vesicant property of cardol, as is the case when the alkali is concentrated and the action pro- Jonged. The tough mass thus produced becomes red on exposure to the air, and gives with basic acetate of lead a precipitate that shows the same peculiarity. § 156, Absinthiin, etc—The following bitter principles are also soluble in ether : absinthiin? (dissolves in conc. sulphuric acid with brown colour, passing to violet. See also § 55), adansonin,* alchornin,® anthemic acid,® antirin,’ aristolochia-yellow,? arnicin,? asclepiadin,' beberic acid," cailcedrin,!? caryophyllin's (coloured blood- red by concentrated sulphuric acid, cf. § 55), cascarillin 4 2 Compare Hausmann, ‘ Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Betuling,’ Gottingen, 1878. 2 See Staédeler, Annal d. Chem: und Pharm, Ixiii. 187, 1847 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xx. 139). 3 Compare Kromayer, Archiv d. Pharm. cviii. 129, 1868. 4Compare Walz, Jahrb. f. prakt. Pharm.. xxiv. 100, 242; xxvii. 1; Wittstein, Vierteljabressch. f. prakt. Pharm. iv. 41. => Compare Frenzel, Archiv d. Pharni. xxiii. 173, 1829; Biltz, ibid. xii. 46, . 1826. ‘ ® Compare Jahresb. f. Pharm. 51, 1867; 46, 1871. . ™ Compare Walz, Jahrb. f. prakt. Pharm. xxvii. 74, 129 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xxxv. 295). ‘ 8 Compare Frickinger, Repert f. Pharm. [3], vif. 12. § Compare Walz, N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xiii. 175; xiv. 79; xv. 329, 1860, 1861 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxiii. 451). 10 Compare List, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. Ixix. 125, 1849. 4 Compare Maclagan, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xlviii. 106, 1543; lv. 105, 1845 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xix. 118). 12 Compare Caventou, N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xvi. 336, 1861. 33 Compare Bonastre, Jahrb. f. Pharm. xi. 103; and Jahn, Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm. xix. 833, 1837. 144 Compare Trommsdorf, N. Journ. f. Pharm. xxvi. 2, 142; and Duval, N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. viii. 95, 1857. § 156. ABSINTHIIN, ETC. 147 (the same), chimaphilin,! chiratin? and ophelic acid, cicutin,? columbin.* ; Cotoin® crystallizes in quadratic prisms, is sparingly soluble in cold water, freely in alcohol, ether and chloroform. It melts at 130°. Ferric chloride colours the alcoholic solution dark brown.. Warming with nitric acid colours cotoin blood-red, paracotoin brown. The latter melts at 152° (uncorrected). A description of leucotin, oxyleucotin and hydrocotoin will be found in the re- . Searches on cotoin and paracotoin above referred to. Llaterin® is sparingly soluble in ether, and is coloured yellow by cone. sulphuric acid. 1 to 2 drops of carbolic acid produce a red tinge, which changes to crimson on the addition of the same quantity of conc. sulphuric acid. (See also § 55.) I may mention further, erythrocentawrin,’ eupatorin,® guacin,? _ hop-bitter.° (To isolate the hop-bitter Isleib exhausts hops with cold water, absorbs the bitter principle with charcoal, extracts it from the same with 90 per cent. alcohol, distils, and, after separating the resin, shakes.the resulting liquid with ether. He confirms the statement that hop-bitter is not a glucoside, but, on hoiling with dilute acids, combines with a molecule of water yielding sparingly soluble lupuliretin. Part of the hop-resin may be removed from aqueous solution by shaking with petroleum 1 Compare Fairbank, Vierteljahresschr. f. prakt. Pharm. ix. 582, 1860 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxii. 256). 2 Compare Kemp, Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], 1, 251, 1870; Héhn, Archiv d. Pharm. elxxxix. 229, 1869. 3 Compare Wikszemaki, ‘Kin Beitr. z. Kenntniss der giftigen Wirkung d. Wasserschierling.’ Diss, Dorpat, 1875, and Jahresb. f. Pharm. 493, 1875. 4 Compare Boedecker, Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm. lxix. 37, 1849 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xx. 824). 5 Compare Hesse, und Jobst. Neues Repert. f. Pharm, xxv, 23, 1876 ; Ber. d, d. Chem. Ges. x. 149, 1877; Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. excix. 17, 1879 (Pharm. Journ. Trans. [3], vi. 764 ; vii. 495, 1019 ; x. 521, 541). _ § Compare Zwenger, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xliii. 359, 1842; Walz, N. Jahrb. f, Pharm. xi. 21, 178, 1859; Kéhler, N. Repert. f. Pharm. xviii. 577, 1869. 7 Compare Méhu, Jahresb. f. Pharm. 70, 1866 ; 92, 1870; 56, 1871 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxviii. 303). § Compare Righini, Journ. f. Pharm. xiv. 623. ®Compare Pettenkofer, Repert. f. Pharm. Ixxxvi. 311; Fauré, Jahrb. f. Pharm. xxii. 291, | “10 Compare Lermer, Vierteljahresschr. f. prakt, Pharm. xii. 504, 1863 ; Bissell, Amer. Journ. Pharm. xlix. 582, 1877 ; Griessmayer, Ber. d. d. Chem. Ges. xi. 292, 1878 (Journ, Chem. Soc. xxxiv. 449); Isleib, Archiv d. Pharm, [8], xvi. 345, 1880 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xl. 101) ; Cech, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. xx. 180, 1881 (Journ, Chem. Soc. xl. 946). 10—2 148 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. spirit. Griessmayer has availed himself of this property of hop- resin in the examination'of beer. Cf § 55.) Other bitter prin- ciples are hurin, jervasic acid? juniperin,® liriodendrin,* lycopin,®: marrubin,® mangostin,’ masopin® and meconin.® The last-nained is soluble in hot water, and can bé extracted from aqueous ‘solution after acidification wath sulphuric. acid, by shaking with ‘benzene, chloroform, or amylic aleohoL With benzene it can be obtained fairly pure, and can be detected by conc. sulphuric acid, in-which it. dissolves without at first producing any colouration ; but the solution, gradually assumes a’greenish, and in the course of twenty- four hours a reddish tinge. If the liquid is then warmed,’ the colour changes to émerald-green, blie and violet, and becomes finally red. Meconin is accompanied in opium by meconic acid, which is sparingly soluble in water and cther, but more easily in alcohol. Boiling with water or-dilute acids decomposes meconic acid ; with ferric chloride it strikes a-blood-red colour, which is not discharged by a little hydrochloric aci or chloride of gold. It can be removed-from aqueous solution by shaking with ‘amylic alcohol. Meconate of calcium is soluble, but the magnesium salt only sparingly so. Chelidonic acid from Chelidonium majus is sparingly soluble both-im cold water and in alcohol.1° There may be further mentioned here, methysticin™ (which is slightly. soluble in cold ether and dissolves in pure.conc. sulphuric acid’ with fine reddish-violet, i in commercial with blood-red coloura- tion), Lawain,! narthecin,? nucin (coloured purple by alkalies), + Compare Boussingault and Rivero, Aunal, de Chim. et de Phys. xxviii. 430 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. ii. 846);, 2 Compare Weppen, Jahresb. f. Pharm. 31, 1872 (Journ, Chem. Soc, -xxvi, 906). 2 Compare Steer, Wiener Acad, Atnz, B. xxi. 383, + Compare Emmet, Repert. f. Pharm. Ixxv. 88 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. iii, 5). * Compare Geiger, Repert. f. Pharm, xv. 11. *Comparé. Kromayer, Archiv d. Pharm. cviii. 257, 1862. 7 Compare W. Schiaidt, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xciii. 83, 1854 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxvii. 331), ‘8 Compare Genth, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xlvi. 126, 1843. 9 Compare Peiletier, Annal. d..Chem, und Pharm. Ixxxvi. 190, 1858, and Anderson, xeviii, 44, 1856. See also my ‘Ermittel. d.-Gifte,’ 2nd ed., 238. 10 See Lerch, Chem. Centralblatt, 449, 1846. " Compare Nilting and Kopp, Monit, scientif. [3], iv. 920, 1874 (Pharm. Journ, Trans. [3], vii. 149), 32 Thid. : 18 Compare Walz, N. Jahrb, f. Pharm. xiv. 345, 1862, 14 Compare Vogel and Reinschauer, N. Report. £. Pharm., v. 106 (1856) ; vi*. 1 (1858). § 157. LICHEN ACIDS. 149 plumbagin} (coloured cherry-red by small quantities of alkalies), polygonic acid,? quassin® (which is soluble in water, can be removed by shaking with benzene or chloroform. See also §55), rotilerin* sicopirin,® tanacetin,® tanghinin,’ torazacin,® xylostein,? xanthosclerotin, or scleroxanthin. § 157. Lichen Acids anid allied Subsiances.—Amongst the consti- tuents of plants that are soluble in ether a number occurring in lichens may finally be mentioned here. Some of. them possess the characters of acids, as, for instance : Roscellic acid, which is itself insoluble in water, but forms-soluble alkaline salis. It can be detected in'the gonidia by alkanna.!! Others aré characterized by yielding béattifully coloured com- pounds when acted upon by alkalies, ferric chloride or chlorinated lime, properties that would indicate some relation to orcin and allied bodies. Others, again, possess.the chemical characters of ethereal salts, being resolved by alkalies into stronger acids. and alcohols. To the former group belong the following : Lecanoric acid (diorsellic acid), which is coloured deep ted by chlorinated lime (avoiding an excess), and is decomposed at 153° ‘into orcin and carbonic acid. Orsellic acid, which undergoes a similar decomposition at 176°, 1 Compare Dulong, Jahrb. f. Pharm, xiv. 441. ? Compare Rademacker. = Compare Wiggers, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xxi. 40, 1837; Gold- schmidt und Weidel, Ber. d. Wiener Akad. lxxiv, 389, 1877 (Journ. Chem, Soc. xxxiv. 80), See also my ‘Ermittelung d. Gifte,’ 2nd ed., 300 et. seg. ; and Jahresb. £, Pharm. 619, 1878. Also Christensen, Archiv d. Pharm. xvii. 481, 1882. * Ocmpare Anderson, Chem. Centralblatt, 372, 1855 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xNxii, 325) ;.Gtoves, Jahresh. f. Pharm. 161, 1873 (Pharm. Journ. Trans. [3], iii, 228). ® Compare Peckolt, Zeitschr. d. Oesterr. Apotheker-Ver, 289, 1876 (Pharm. Journ. Trans. [3], vii. 69). ® Compare Leroy, Journ. de Chim. med. xxi. 357; Leppig, ‘Chem. Unters. d. Tanacetum. vulgare,’ Diss Dorpat, 1882, 7 Compare Heury, Journ. de Pharm. x. 52 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, viii. 102). 8 Compare Kromayer, ‘ Die Bitterstoffe,’ 97 ; and Polex, Archiv d. Pharm. xix. 50, 1840. ® Compare Hiibschmann, Pharm. Vierteljahresschr. v. 197; and Enz, ibid. 196, 1856. 1 Compare Dragendorf and Podwissotzki, loc. cit. 14 Compare Schunck, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm..1xi. 66, 78 ; also Hesse, exvii. 332, 1861 (Journ. Chem. Soe. iii. 153). ae Sobunels Annal d. Chem. und Pharin, xli. 157, 1842 (Journ. Chem. Soc. i. 71) 3 liv. 261, 1845 ;. lxi. 64, 1847 ; Stenhouse, ibid. Ixviii. 57, 1848 3 exxv 353, 1863 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xx. 221) ; Hesse; cxxxix. 22, 1866. 150 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC. and with alkaline solutions at a temperature as low as the boiling- point.1 Both this and the foregoing acid form salts of ethyl when boiled with alcohol. @yrophorie acid, which is sparingly soluble in ether, yields orcin on decomposition with alkali, and turns red on exposure to am- moniacal air.’ Parellie acid, which is only slowly coloured under the same conditions.® Ceratophyllin, which strikes a violet colour with ferric chloride and blood-red with chlorinated lime.* Patellaric acid, which, in alkaline solution, turns red when ex- posed to the air. Ferrie chloride colours it. blue; chlorinated lime, blood-red.5 Evernic acid yields orcin by dry distillation, is coloured dark- red by ammoniacal air, but only yellow by chlorinated lime® _ Everninic acid (oxyusnetinic acid?) is also coloured yellow by chlorinated: lime, but does not change when exposed to ammonia- cal air. Usnic acid behaves in a similar manner, but an alkaline solution turns red on exposure to air, and the acid itself yields betaorcin by dry distillation.’ . Carbusnic acid’ (is sparingly soluble in ether) gives no colour’ reactions. Vulpinie acid (chrysopicrin), which is more easily soluble i bisulphide of carbon and chloroform than in ether, is obtainable in yellow crystals and forms yellow salts with alkalies. Boiling with baryta-water resolves it into alphatoluic acid, oxalic acid, and methyl-alcohol® It may therefore be placed in the group of 1 Schunck, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xli. 157, 1842 (Journ. Chem. Soc. i, 71); liv. 261, 1845; lei. 64, 1847; Stenhouse, ibid. Ixviii. 57, 1848; oxxv. 353, 1863 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xx, 221) ; Hesse, cxxxix. 22, 1866. 2 Compare Stenhouse, ibid. lxx. 218, 1849. 3 Compare Schunck, ibid. liv. 274, 1845 ; Strecker, Ixviii. 114, 1848. 4 Compare Hesse, ibid. exix, 365, 1861, 5 Compare Weigelt, Journ. f. prakt. Chem. evi, 28, 1869. 6 Compare Stenhouse, ibid. Ixviii., 86, 1848 ; Hesse, ibid. xlvii. 297, 1861. 7 Compare Knop, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm, xlix. 103, 1848 ; Rochleder and Held, ibid. xlviii. 1, 1843; Stenhouse, ibid. Ixviii. 97, 114. Knop and Schnedermann, Journ. f. prakt. Chem. xxxvii. 363, 1843; Hesse, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cxvii. 343, 1861. ® See Hesse, ibid. exxxvii. 241, 1866; Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. x, 1824, 1877 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxii. 896). ° Stein, Chem. Centralblatt, 556, 1864; 432, 1865. See also Spiegel, Be: d. 4. chem. Ges. xiii. 1629, 1880. : § 157. LICHEN ACIDS. 151 ethereal salts previously mentioned. The same is the case with erythric acid (sparingly soluble in ether), which is regarded as diorsellinate-of erythrite,! picroerythrin (orsellinate of erythrite), and betaerythric acid? (orsellinate of betapicroerythrin). For picrolichenin compare Alms, Stenhouse, and Groves ;3 for cetraric and lichenostearic acid, Schnedermann and Knop ;* for variolinin, Robiquet ;> stictic acid, Schnedermann and Knop ;® lobaric acid, Knop;’ atranoric acid (hydrocarbo-usnic acid 2), zeorin, sordidin, Paterno ;° calycin, Hesse.? Microscopical examination shows that the majority of these acids adhere in the form of minute granules to the exterior of the hyphez, in heteromerous lichens almost exclusively in the cortical portion of the upper surface, or, in old specimens, on the margin of the thallus (Physicia parietina).1° To test for a lichen-acid yielding orcin as a product of decom- position, the substance under examination, or part of. the’ lichen itself, may be heated with dilute potash, chloroform added, and the warming continued for some time in the water-bath. If such an acid is present, homofiuorescin will be produced, and the solution will appear reddish-yellow by transmitted, and show a fine yellowish-green fluorescence by reflected light. Usnic acid is said not to give this reaction, which is yielded -by lecanoric, erythric and evernic acid (by the last-named after continued boiling with milk of lime). ‘Erythric and lecanoric acid are extracted from the lichen by digestion with ammonia, and are precipitated by acetic acid. On warming, erythric acid passes into solution whilst lecanoric acid remains undissolved. 1 Compare Heeren, Schweiz. Journ. ux. 313; also Schunck, Stenhouse, Strecker, Hesse, already quoted. 2 See Menschutkin, Bullet. de la Soc. chim. [2], ii. 424, 1864. Lamparter, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cxxxiv. 2438, 1865. 3 Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm, i. 61, 1832 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xvi. 262) ; ibid. clxxxv. 14, 1877 (Proc. Roy. Soc. 1x. 68). 4 Annal, d. chem. und Pharm. lv. 144, 159, 1845. * Annal. de chim. et de Phys. xlii. 236. 6 Jahresb, f. Pharm. 76, 1845. 7 Chem. Centralblatt, 173, 1872 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxv. 639). 8 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. x. 1100 and 1382, 1877 (Journ, Chem, Soc. xxxi. 89 ; xxxii, 270), x » Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, xiii. 1816, 1880 (Pharm. Journ. Trans. [3], xi. 471 10 Compare Schwartz in Cohn’s ‘ Beitrage zur Biologie d. Pflanzen,’ ii. ‘Part II, and Archiv d. Pharm. [3], xix. 124, 1881. 152 RESINS, BITTER PRINCIPLES, ETC Usnic acid, which occurs in yellow crystals, yields a colourless ammonium salt. § 158. Orcin and Betaércin. Estimation of Orcin,—Orecin and beta- orcin, which have already been mentioned as products. of the decomposition of certain constituents of lichens, and which ‘some- times occur ready formed in plants, can be obtained in colourless acicular crystals soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Exposure to light colours them reddish ; alkalies, chlorinated lime and forric chloride, violet. By the action of ammonia and air orcin yields a blue colonring matter, whilst,-:nder the same conditions, beta- orein gradually turns red. Orcin melts at 58°, betaorein at a temperature above 109°. Reymann estimates orein in-lichens by titrating with bromine- water,' by which monobromorcin is first. produced and subse- quently converted into tribromorcin. To the solution of orcin in a stoppered -bottle titrated bromine-water is addéd till the precipitate has assumed a. yellowish, colour and excess of bromine is present, which is then estimated by iodide of potassium and hyposulphite of soda. The amouui. of orcin present is’ calculated from the equations : C,H,0,+Br, = HBr+C,H;BrO, C,H,BrO, + 2Br, = 2HBr + C;H,Br,0, and TANNIC ACIDS. § 159. Constitution.—In estimating tannic acids an. error has generally been committed in overlooking too completely the chemical differences existing. between the various substances that have received this-name. It has usually been considered sufficient to determine quarititatively the vaino of a reagent in terms of gallotannic acid, the tannin most easily procurable, and to apply the ‘results thus obtained to the estimation of other tannins. This would be admissible under the assumption that all tanpins possessed approximately identical equivalent weights and pro- duced nearly identical chemical effects, But: it has already been shown in § 52 that such is not the case. Jt will be sufficiont here to repeat that tannins exist which do-not allow of com parisons with one another, even swith regard to their constitution. At present. many tannic acids may be assumed to be g/ucesides, 1 Ber, a. d. chem Ges. viii. 790, 1875 (Journ. Chein. Soc. xxvii. 1299). §160 GLUCOSIDAL NATURE OF TANNINS 153 splitting up under the influence of dilute acids into gluoose and some sacond substance, but'of a number it must be demed that they, possess any such ghueosidal characters. § 160. Glucosidal nature.—In. enumerating the characters of a newly discovered tannic acid, it is, therefore, important to ‘state whether it-has been found to be a glucoside or not (§ 61). The examinatign may be made by heating weighed quantities ef the tannin with 1 to 2 percent, aqueous “hydrochloric acid in sealed tubes to-100° for several hours, allowing them to stand’ for‘spme time after being opened, in order to observe whetber any spay ingly soluble decomposition-produet separates qut in the cold. If this is the case, the substance may be filtered. off, but at the same time it is-advisable to ascertain whether any portion that may remain in solution cannot ‘be removed by shaking with. ether, acetie ether or chloroform. After warming to expel. dissolved traces of those liquids, the solution may be examined for glucose 8S 61,. 83, et seg. 200, ef seq.). The decomposition-products that are thus obtained, together with glneose, are sometimes crystalline, as, for instance, gallic acid, from the tannin of galls, sumath, 1oyrobalans, dividivi {cf..§ 151), and the yellow ellagic acid from the tannic acid of the pomegranate and.bablali fruits. But they are generally amorphous, difficultly soluble in pure or acidified water and in pure ether; soluble in water containing ammonia, and freely soluble in spirit; they are, as a rule, deep in colour, and agroe in all essential properties with the phiobaphenes mentioned in §§ 48 and 108. Some are so sparingly soluble that they may be of use in the quantitative estimation of the respective tannins. This is especially the case if, after the. action of the acid, the liqiid is syaporated to.dryness and treated with water, when they often remain behind alinost entirely insoluble. Substances of this ‘description are yielded by the decomposition of the tannic acid of oak, willow, elm, fir, birch, and acacia-bark, as well as by that from rhubarb, male-fern, ledum, wine, and by many others, Chemically the phlobaphenes approach many resins, with whieh they share the solnbility in alcohol and slight solubility in water. differing from them in their solubility in dilute ammonia, but resembling them again in the substances they yield when fused with an alkali. (Ch § 42) Lignin and suberin also appear to be connected-with the phlobaphenes. 154 TANNINS. The phlobaphenes mentioned in § 48 may, as stated, have been produced from tannins during manipulation, whilst those in § 108 will probably have existed ready-formed in the material under examination. But, although phlobaphenes are insoluble in pure water, they are dissolved by solutions of tannic acid, sugar, and other sub- stances, and small quantities may therefore have been extracted by water. § 161. Proneness to Decomposition.—The determination of the glucosidal or non-glucosidal nature of a tannin is sometimes a matter of considerable difficulty, because, on the one hand, it is not always easily separated from any glucose with which it may be contaminated, and, on the other hand, many tannins readily decompose, yielding bodies resembling their mother-substances in possessing a similar action on hide, gelatine, etc. . A decomposi- tion. of this kind is observable with gallotannic acid, which, especially on prolonged heating in aqueous solution, apparently undergoes dissociation into a polygallic acid and sugar. Some tannins, too, from barks, etc., appear to be capable of parting with a portion of their glucose without completely losing their action on gelatine, etc., which, however, rapidly diminishes, even at the ordinary temperature, on allowing the aqueous solution. to stand, It is not surprising, therefore, that very varying statements are ‘met with as to.the glucosidal nature of a tannin, and especially the amount of glucose certain members of the class can be made to yield. And yet it is most important to determine whether glucose can be obtained from a tannic acid or not. The produc- tion of a sparingly soluble and possibly crystalline body from an easily soluble amorphous tannin by the action of hydrochloric or sulphuric acid (§ 160) is insufficient proof of its glucosidal nature, since non-glucosidal tannins undergo a similar decomposition. As «rule the action of dilute acids on a tannin results in the formation, apart from glucose, of a single decomposition-product belonging to the aromatic series (gallic acid, ellagic acid, phloba- phenes, etc.), but the researches on the tannic acids of the Nymphacez recently carried out in my laboratory by Griining prove that two or more decomposition-products can be obtained from one tannin. From Nymphea alba and Nuphar luteum non-glucosidal tannic acids were isolated, undergoing no further separation by fractional precipitation with lead, and: yielding, § 162. PURIFICATION. 155 when warmed with a dilute acid, gallic and ellagic acids together with a phlobaphene.! § 162. Purification—The ease with which tannins decompose tenders their preparation in the state of purity desirable for accurate investigation a matter of considerable. difficulty, and we may pindilentle assert that this has not been attained with the majority of the substances belonging to this class that have hitherto been described. In preparing pure tannins the following hints may be useful, in addition to those given in §§ 49 to 51 and 60: 1. If a tannic acid is to be separated from the alcoholic extract it is very advisable, after evaporating, to mix at once with a con- siderable quantity of water. Alcohol dissolves phlobaphenes and . resinous substances, together with tannic acid, and strong aqueous solutions of the latter are known to be capable of taking up the former, even if otherwise insoluble in water (§ 160). 2. In precipitating the aqueous filtrate with acetate of lead, it -is advisable to add the reagent in successive portions, rejecting the first (generally more deeply:coloured) and last precipitates, as they are usually contaminated with foreign substances to a con- siderable extent. 3. The lead precipitates should be washed and treated with sulphuretted hydrogen as rapidly as possible, to avoid decomposi- tion of the tannate of lead. 4. The filtrate from the sulphide of lead should be evaporated, if possible, in a partial vacuum, and only to the consistence of a thin syrup. The remainder of the water may be evaporated over sulphuric acid and lime at the ordinary temperature, the opera- tion being completed in vacuo. It will frequently be found advantageous to.shake the filtrate, before evaporating, with ether or acetic ether, which would remove any gallic acid that might be present. Many tannins may be purified by dissolving in water, adding chloride of sodium, and removing the tannic acid by shaking with acetic ether or a similar solvent. This method has been. successfully used by’ Loewe for sumach-tannic acid and some others,? and by Raabe for rhatania-tannic acid? It should be. 1 Beitrage zur Chemie der Nymphaceen, Diss. Dorpat, 1881. 2 Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem: xii, 128 ; xiv. 35, 44 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxvii. 171 ; xxviii. 75). 3 Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 577, 1880. 156 TANNINS. observed that gallic acid must be removed by shaking with ether before chloride of sodium is.added, and that certain tannins are partially precipitated by saturating their aqueous solutions with salt ; some also can be precipitated from their aqueous solutions by sulphuric or other mineral acid, but this method seldom yields them in a sufficient state of purity for-our purpose. § 163 Tannins-insoluble in Water—The tannic acids of alder? and hop,? together with some others,.are stated to be insoluble-in water after isolation. In some instances the tannin may possibly have been partially decomposed during the process of isolation (§§ 48, 161), In any case in whieh tannins sparingly soluble in water are anticipated, the lead precipitate should be decomposed in the presence of spirit. There are also a number of bodies which resemble one or other of the tannins in certain of their properties (as, for instance, in being precipitated by acetate of lead), but are insoluble in cold water. Pzeniofluorescin might be placed in this class. § 164. It not unfrequently occurs that a single plant contains two or more tannins: for example, in addition to their own pecu- liar tannins, both oak and willow bark contain a little gallotannic acid ; myrobalans and divi-divi contain gallotannic and ellago- tannic acid. If the presence of more tlian one tannin is antici- pated, the method of fractional precipitation should be tried, or, if that is unsuccessful, the examination of the products obtained by warming with acids may afford the information required, as was the case in the investigation of oak and willow bark ; gallic acid can be removed by shaking with ether, whereas oak-red oannot, § 165. Notes on some of the more important Tanning —tIn. the following notes thosa tannins will be mentioned first that are ‘not glucosides, an yield principally pyrocatechin (§ 43) by destructive distillation. Catechu-tannic avid is probably produced from catechin (catechuic acid) by loss of the elements of water.° In estimating catechu- 1 Compare Reichardt, Chem. Centralblatt, N. F. i. 12. 2 See Etti, Polyt. Journ, cclxxxviii- 854, 1878 (Journ. Chem. Soe. xxxiv. 797) ; Bissell, Amer, Journ. Pharm. [4], xlix. 582, 1877. 388 44 and 147. 4Compare Johanson, loc. cit. : * Compare Loewe, Zeitschr. f. anal, Chem, xiv. 35, 44, 1875. ® Compare Etti, Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm, elxxxvi, 327, 1878 ; Zeitachr. £. onal. Chem. xii, 285, 1873°: xiii, 118, 1874 3 Jonrn, f. prakt. Chem. ev. 32. § 165. CATECHUIO ACID, ETO. 157 tannic acid good results can bo obtained by using a 1 per cent. solution of gelatine in saturated solution of chloride of ammoniuni as indicated in § 52, xii. ; chloride of ammonium should he added to the tannin solution also.1 Lehmann has shown that the liquid may be dilufed within certain limits without affecting the result to any notable extent, and that it is advisable to promote the. subsidence of the precipitate by adding powdered glass and vigorously stirring. He determines the end of the experiment by removing adrop with a filtering tube and testing it with solution of gelatine on a watch-glass with dark bemiersunil. The tannin solution should be mixed. with an. equal volume of saturated chlo- ride of ammonium solution. Each cc. of the reagent indicates 0°0139 gram catechu-tannic acid. No other constituents of catechu are precipitated by gelatine. Catechuic acid (§ 151), whichis easily converted into catechu- tannic acid, should not be reglected’in dv ermining the value. of acatéchu. Lehmann endeavoured to estimate it from the differ- ence in the amount of permanganate of potassium required (cf. § 52, vii.) before and after precipitation with gelatine (by which catechu-tannic acid. alone is removed). The results he obtained were, however, somewhat too high, since an infusion of catechu contains other substances besides catechuic and catechu- tannic acids that act ipon permanganate of potassium. A more successful process‘ consisted in removing the catechuic acid by shaking with ether, as directed in § 151, and ‘then titrating it with permsnganate of potassium, reckoning 4°84 parts of catechuic acid for every 16 parts of oxygen consumed. Rhatania-tannic acid, like the two preceding substances, yields phloroglucin and protocatechuic acid when fused with potash.? Fof this tannin also Giinther recommends the estimation with solution of gelatine, calculating 001302 to 001323 gram rhata- nia-tapnic acid for every cc. of gelatine solution. The load pre- cipitate, which is tolerably stable but not quite insoluble in water, contains, according to Giinther, 31-26 per cent. of oxide of lead. 1 Lehmann, ‘ Vergl. Unters. einiger Catechu und Guinbicr-Proben,’ Diss, Dorpat, 41, 1880; Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, No. 18, 1881. ” Compare Raabe, log. cit, Raabe contests the giucosidal character of rhatania-tanni¢ acid, and is of opinion that it simply loses water when converted into rhatania-red. Seé also Chem. Centralblatt, xii, 467, .1867; Annal, a. Chem. und Pharm. oxliji..274, 1867, in which Grabowski, like Wittstein, still meiatains the production of glucose in the decomposition. 158 TANNINS. Raabe found 33-4 per cent. of oxide of lead in the lead-salt, and 16°64 of oxide of copper in the copper-salt.? Morintannic acid, which occurs together with morin and maclurin in fustic, also yields phloroglucin and protocatechuic acid by fusion with potash. Boiling water extracts morin from the. wood in the form of a calcium-compound, which is sparingly soluble in cold water, and is deposited, therefore, from the de- coction on cooling. Alcohol acidified with sulphuric acid decom- poses the compound, dissolving the morin ; the latter crystallizes from alcoholic solution in yellow naadles, which are sparingly soluble in cold, but more freely in boiling water. With acetate of lead the boiling alcoholic solution gives an orange-red precipitate containing 58-4 per cent. of oxide of lead. According to Loewe, an aqueous solution yields both morin- tannic ocid and maclurin to acetic ether. By dissolving the evaporation-residue in cold water and adding. chloride of sodium an amorphous precipitate of the former is obtained, whilst the latter crystallizes out on standing. Maclurin is insoluble in-a mixture of equal volumes of water and saturated solution of salt,’ whereas morintannic’ acid is dissolved. Morintannate of lead contains 64:23 per cent. of oxide of lead. ‘No accurate method. of estimation is known. The doubt that has recently been thrown upon the glucosidal nature of rhatania-tannic acid renders it very desirable that kino-, tormentil- and bistort-tannic acids should be examined afresh.? These tannins yield similar products when fused with potash.: Kino-tannic acid is characterized’ by the disposition its alcoholic’ solution shows to gelatinize. According to Giinther both kino- and tormentil-tannic acids can be estimated by gelatine-solution (see above, and also § 52, xii.), 1 ce. of which indicates 0:0130 gram kino, and 0:0168 gram tormentil-tannic. acid. For ellago-tannic-acid see below. The tannin of the horse-chestnut,? which is likewise non-glucosidal, 1 Possibly there is another copper-salt containing 22 to 23 per cent. CuO ; that would, at least, appear probable from some experiments of Giinther. 2 For the tannin of kino see Hisfeldt, Annal, d. Chem, und Pharm. xcil. 101, 1854 ; for its crystalline decomposition-product, kinoin, see Eiti, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. xi. 1879 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxvi. 159). Tormentil-tannic acid is discussed by Rembold, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cxlv. 5, 1868 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xl. 311). 3 Compare Chem, Centralblatt, x. 318 ; xii. 513. § 165. GALLOTANNIC ACID. 159 _ is partially precipitated from aqueous solution by chloride of ' sodium, and by acid sulphite of potassium. The aqueous. or ‘alcoholic solution turns dark cherry-red when warmed with hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, and deposits red. flocks ; bichromate of potassium produces a dark colouration and brown precipitate ; with ferric chloride it strikes a green, or, if the solution is am- moniacal, a violet colour ; it is not precipitated by tartar emetic. No method is known by which it can be accurately estimated. ‘Amongst the glucosidal tannins those may be mentioned first which, when boiled with dilute acids, yield, in addition to glucose, erystal-line decomposition-products. The most important of them is—. Gallotannic acid, the decomposition-product of which, gallic acid, has been already alluded to (§ 151). Its quantitative esti- mation is comparatively easy, as fairly accurate results can be obtained both volumetrically by titration with gelatine-solution or with permanganate of potassium, and gravimetrically by pre- cipitation as tin (stannous), copper, or lead-salt. A few sources of error must, however, be: here alluded to.. In the first place, if the tannic acid has been extracted by water, mucilage and gallic acid may also have passed into solution ; the latter is pre- cipitable by gelatine in the presence of mucilage. That is avoided by extracting with spirit. In the second place, gallic acid, as already pointed out, acts upon permanganate of potassium. In titrating with a solution of that substance, therefore, either the gallic acid must. be removed by shaking with ether, or, as sug- gested by Liwenthal, and mentioned in §§ 52, 53, two estima- tions must be made, the one before, the other after, precipitating the tannic acid with gelatine, the calculations being made from the difference. In precipitating with acetate of lead or copper (but not with ammonio-chloride of tin), gallic acid is also partially carried down, and should therefore be previously removed. From a solution containing about 2 per cent. of tannin the tin precipi- tate will contain 19-77 to 19°79 per cent. of stannous oxide, the lead 50°00 per cent. of oxide of lead, and the copper 38:28 per cent. of oxide of copper. Hammer’s method (§ 52, xi.) may, as already stated, be best applied to the estimation of gallo-tannic acid. The tannins of sumach,! knoppern galls, valonia and algaro- 1 Compare Giinther, ‘Beitr. zur Kenntn, der im Sumach, etc., vork. Gerbs.,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1871 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxiv. 762) ; Loewe, Zeitschr. f. anal. “160 TANNINS. billa! correspond exactly to gallotannic acid, and all that has been said of the latter.is equally: true of the former. Théy are always accompaniéd by gallic acid in the materials that yield them. Some of these also contain the. so-called. ellago-tannic. acid, which is found in notable-quantities in myrobalans, divi-divi and. bablah fruits.’ This ellago-tannic acid, which, as far as Loewe’s experiments show, is nota glucoside, diifers from gallotannic acid in yielding ellagic in the place of gallic acid,-a change that can be brought about by water alone at a temperature of 108 to 110” Ellagic acid can be obtained in.sulphur-yellow crystals, which are almost isoluble in boiling water. or in ether, and sparingly soluble in alochol. Notwithstanding, however, its slight solubility in ather, small quantities can be removed from aqueous solution by shak- ing wich that liquid. Ferrie chloride produces fist a green, thon an inky colouration. I1t is soluble in potash, and is precipitated by acetate of lead from an alovholic solution in the form of lead- salt, containing 63 per cent. of oxide, The dry substance freated with zine dust yields the hydrocarbon ellagene (C,jH,,), which earmot: be combined with picric acid. Whether ellago-tannic acid has been prepared ina state of purity, and. whether it is identioal with punico tataia aeid,? are questions which we may for the prosextt leave but of considera- tion. According to. Rembold, the latter also, yields ellagie acid, Special methods for the estimation of these two substances have not as yet been ‘published. For nymphza-tannic acid see-§ 161. Gallotannic and gallic acids also occur in tea, accompanied by quercetin (possibly present.in sumach also, § 152), and by the so- culled boheic‘acid.4 The latter is not thrown down when acetate of lead is added’ to a hot infusion of tea, but is —precipitated on Chem. xii. 128, 1878 (Journ. Chem. Soo, ‘xxvi. 748); xiv, 46 (tannin of knoppern-galls), 1 Compare Godeffroy, Zeitschr. d. Oesterr. Apoth. -Ver. 182, 1879 (Year-bouk Pharm. 215, 1879). 2 Compare Giinther, Joc. cit. Also my observations in the Jabresbericht f. Pharm. 192, 1875 ; and Loewe, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem, xii. 128; xiv. 35, 44. 3 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm: oxlifii. 285, 1867. I may observe that in the pomegranate bark also the substance yielding ellagic acid is accompanied by gallotannie acid, and that Rembold obtained: sugar by the decomposition of the former. 4 Compare Hlasiwetz, Annal. d, Chem, und Pharm. exlii. 233. § 165. QUERCITANNIC ACID. 161 adding ammonia. Tt is pale yellow, amorphous, and easily soluble in alcohol. Caffea-tamnic! acid yields sugar and crystalline eaffeie acid. Caffeic acid is easily soluble in alcohol, sparingly in cold water, and strikes a dark green colour with ferric chloride, which is turned red by soda. It reduces silver salts on warming, but not alkaline copper solution. Like’ caffea-tannic acid, caffeic. acid yields pyrocatechin by dry distillation, The former is also coloured. green by ferric chloride. Its a: -moniacal solution turns green when exposed to the air (viridic acid), According to Giinther’s experiments, it cannot be quantitatively determined by precipita- tion with copper, lead, or gelatine. Titration with permanganate of potassium might possibly yield approximate results. The following tannins. are provisionally considered by many chemists io be glucosides (see note); they yield amorphous de- composition-products resembling phlobaphenes. (Cf. § 160.) Quercitannie acid, which is probably identical with the tannio acids of willow. and elm. bark,? is one of the less stable tannins, ‘and is, therefore;.extremely difficult to purify and to estimate (§ 161). The copper and lead salts seem specially liable:to be decomposed by the combined action of air and water, whilst even the tannic acid itself in aqueous solution rapidly undergoes change. To. have any value, therefore, estimations by gelatine or perman- ganate of potassium must be made with perfectly fresh infusions. But the mucilaginous and other substances that are simultane- ously dissolved by water from the oak-bark, also act upon the. reagents and render the estimation inaccurate. By extracting with alcohol such foreign substances are excluded’; but the estima- tion cannot be made iu alcoholic solution, and distillation can scarcely be effected without partial decomposition of the tannin. 1 See Hlasiwetz, Annal. d.. Chem. und Pharm. exlii. 220, 1867 (Amer. Journ. xxxvill. 504); also Mulder und Olaanderen, Jahresb. f. Chem. 261, 1853. 2 Compare E. Johanson, ‘ Beitr. zur Chem. d, Hichen-, Weiden-, und Ulmen- rinde,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1875 ; Grabowski, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. exlv. 1, 1868. For oak-red see aioe Bottinger, ibid. ccii. 269, 1880, Loewe has re- gently contested the glucosidal nature of quercitannic acid. Compare Zeitschr. f. anal, Chem. xx. 208, 1881 (Journ. Chem. Soc, xb 901). Loewe believes oak-red to be a kind of anhydride produced from the tannic acid by loss of 4 or 3 molecules of water. Bottinger (Ber. d. d. Chem. Ges. xiv. 2390 ; Journ. Chem, Soc. xl. 1041) considers quercitannic acid itself to ‘be a glucoside, and pofnts out the difference between that substance and another constituent of oak-bark also soluble in water and capable of tanning. The latter was tho body isolated by Loewe. ll 162 TANNINS. The best results would probably be obtained by extracting directly with alcohol, evaporating the tincture in a partial vacuum, treating the residue with water, quickly filtering and estimating at once with gelatine or permanganate of potassium. (C& §§ 51, 52, VIL and XIL) In standardizing the solutions, ‘it may be useful to remember that, according to Giinther’s experiments, quercitannic acid, though differing greatly in other respects: from gallotannic acid, possesses the same quantitative action on permanganate of potassium. It must be observed that tannie acid is deposited when its solution is completely saturated with chloride of ammonium ; ‘it is advisable, therefore, when precipitating with gelatine, to follow the directions given for titr: ating catechu-tannic acid.. Quercitannic acid is sparingly soluble in etber; ferroso-ferrie salts produce inky. mixtures with its aqueous solution; other of its properties are mentioned in § 49, 51 The lead salt obtained by precipitation with a slight excess of the acetate contains 56 to 57 per cent. of oxide, the copper salt 29°5 per cent. The oak-red produced. artificially from the tannic acid is identical with the phlobaphene that occurs naturally in the bark. It is likewise coloured black by iron salts, yields protocatechuic acid and phloroglucin when ‘fused with potash, and possesses the properties of a phlobaphene as enumerated in §§ 108, .160. The tannins of the pine! birch, many species of acacia, etc., which have been but little investigated, may possibly resemble quercitannic acid in many of their essential characters. Flix tannic acid? is resolved, on boiling with acids, into glucose and red flocks of filix-red ; the latter closely resembles cinchona- red. Cinchona-tannic acid *® undergoes a similar decomposition with prodnction of cinchona-red. Its lead salé is somewhat easily soluble in acetic acid. 1 Compare Kawalier, Wiener Akad. Ber. xi, 354 ef seg. ; Rochleder und Kawalier, ibid. xxix. 22 e¢ seg. ; Wittstein Vierteljahresschr. f, pract, Pharm. iii, 14, 1854. * See Malin, Chem. Centralblatt, xii. 468, 1867. For tannaspidic acid and pteritannic acid, the former of which Malin'believes to be impure filix-red, see Luck, ibid, 657, 676, 1851. Compare further Grahowski, Aunal. d. Chem. und Pharm. oxlii. 279, 1867. 3 Compare Rembold, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. exliii, 270, 1867, and Schwarz, Chem. Centralblatt, 193,.1852. § 166. GLUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. 163 Cinchona-nova-tannic acid yields, according to Hlasiwetz, under the same conditions, sugar and cinchona-nova-red ; the latter is easily soluble in ether. For ipecacuanho-tannic acid? see Willigh and Podwissotzki; for leditannic acid, Willigh® and Rochleder and Schwarz;* for nucitannic acid, Phipson ;° for the tannin of maté, Arata;® for celastrus-tannic acid, Dragendorff.’ Information concerning some other tannins may be gained from Gmelin’s ‘ ‘Chemistry.’ OTHER GLUCOSIDES. § 166. Cyclopin, Rhinanthin, etc.—Cyclopin, which, however, cannot, without some consideration, be classed with the tannins, is a glucosidal substance found by Greenish,* in the so-called Cape or Bush tea. It is freely soluble in water, and is precipitated from solution by acetate of lead, as well as by digestion with the oxyhydrate of that metal ; from the combinations with lead thus obtained, it can be liberated by sulphuretted hydrogen. Ether precipitates it from alcoholic solution. Boiled with 4 per cent. hydrochloric acid, cyclopin decomposes into glucose and cyclopia- red, which latter is insoluble in ether. With strong hydrochloric acid, the solution turns rapidly red. Cyclopin is not precipitated by gelatine or tartar emetic, and does not possess an astringent taste. In the plant producing it, it appears to be easily converted into oxycyclopin, which is insoluble in alcohol, and undergoes a similar decomposition to cyclopin itself. Another glucoside that yields a deeply coloured decomposition- product when boiled even with very dilute acids, is the rhinanthin, occurring in various species of- Rhinanthus, Alectorolophus, and Melampyrum.’ It can be obtained in colourless acicular erystals, soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether, and not preci- 1See Hlasiwetz, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. Ixxix. 130, 1857. 2 Journ. f. pract. Chem. li. 404; Pharm, Zeitschr. f. Russland, xix. 1. Pharm. Journ. Trans. [3], x: 642. 3 Chem. Centralblatt, 790, 1852, 4 Zeitschr.f. anal, Chem. y. 668, 1869, 5 Thid. p. 812. 6 Jabresb. f. Pharm. 164, 1878. Compare also Byasson, ibid. 7 Archiv d. Pharm. [8], xii. 113, 1878. 8 Sitzb. d. Dorpater Naturforscher-Ges. 345, 1880 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [3], xi, 549)... It is accompanied by the crystalline cyclopia-fluorescin, which is soluble in ether and alcohol but sparingiy soluble in water. Potash dissolves it with yellow colour and production of a fine green fiuorescence. ® Compare Ludwig, Archiv d, Pharm. cxlii, 199, 1879. 11—2 164 G@LUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. ‘pitated by acetate of lead. Boiled with dilute [hydrochloric acid it yields rhinanthogenin, which is of 3 a dark bluish-green colour, and insoluble in water. Some alkaloids, too,. possess the property of yielding, under similar conditions, deeply coloured decomposition-products, as’ for instance, rhceadine, thebaine (§ 189). § 167. Other important Glucosides ; Solubility —A. remarkable peculiarity of the above, as well as a number of othr glucosides, is that, although more or less easily dissolved by alcohol, they are sparingly or not at all soluble in ether. Certain glucosides that have been mentioned, where necessary, in the foregoing chapters show a similiar insolubility i in ether (compare convolvulin, § 153 ; digitalein and digitonin, § 155; chrysophan, $148, etc.); in fact, this negative property may be said to be characteristic of the majority of glucosides. Nitrogen enters into the composition of some few of the members of this class, and certain of them, when acted upon by férments or acids, yield in addition to sugar a volatile decomposition-product of characteristic odour ; but this is not the case with most of them. The following are some of the better- Inown glucosides that are soluble in alcohol, contain nitrogen, and yield a volatile decomposition- product. -Amygdalin and laurocerasin} are both tolerably easily soluble in water (amygdalin in 12 parts), and in boiling alcohol of sp. gr. 0°319, but more sparingly in cold. “They are insoluble in petro- leam gant and are precipitated by ether from alcoholic solution. Amygdalin crystallizes with facility in bitter scales belonging to the monoclinic system... Laurocerasin has not yet been obtained in, jeryetale. They are both leyo-rotatory. ‘Cone. sulphuric acid dis- solves them with pale.reddish-violet colour. Emulsin easily resolves them into glucose, oil of ‘bitter almonds, and hydrocyanic. acid, the latter body being produced in larger quantity from amygdalin than from laurocerasin. The reason for this is to bé found in the fact that in lauroceyasin half of the cyanogen in the amygdalin group has been already converted into formic acid, so that lauro- cerasin may be regarded as amygdalate of amygdalin. On boiling amygdalin and laurocerasin, therefore, with baryta-water, the former will yield one molecule of ammonia for every rrolecule of ‘ Compare Lehmann, ‘ Ueber das Amygdalin der Kirschen, Plaumen,’ ete. Diss. Dorpat, 1874. § 167. AMYGDALIN ; ESTIMATION. (65 barium salt formed, whilst from the latter only one of -the former can be obtained for every two of the latter. Methods for the quantitative estimation of amygdalin have been proposed by Rieckher? and Feldhaus.? -That of the latter is ba-ed upon the decomposition of the amygdalin by emulsin in aqueous solution and estimation of the, hydrocyanic acid produced. Almonds are freed from oil, powdered and macerated with water for twenty-four hours. The hydrocyanic acid is then distilled off in a current of steam, received in ammoniacal water, and estimated as eyanide of silver. Anyone that has distilled bitter-almond water, or brought hydrocyanic acid into contact with powerful alkalies, will know that this method is very faulty. To obtain even approximate results I think it must be necessary that (a) the flasks in which the maceration is conducted should be completely filled with the mixture, and (6) the use of ammonia or other powerful base should be avoided. In Rieckher’s.method the amygdalin is decomposed by hydrate of barium, a reaction which, according to Lehmann, takes place tolerably smoothly. One reason for preferring this process to Feld- haus’s is, that ‘the result can be checked by estimating on the one hand the ammonia liberated, and “on the other the amygdalate of barium produced. The latter can be determined in the solution after expulsion of the ammonia by removing the excess of barium with carbonic acid gas, and then decomposing with sulphuric acid the amygdalate of that metal which has-been left in solution. From the sulphate of barium thus obtained the amount of amyg- dalin acted upon can be calculated. This method cannot, how- ever, I think, be applied directly to almond meal deprived of fat, but only to the impure amygdalin obtained by exhausting with boiling alcohol and precipitating with ether. Myronate of potassium crystallizes in rhombic prisms, which are - freely soluble in water; sparingly in cold alcohol, but are dissolved by warm (50° to 60°) 85 per cent. spirtt. Myronic acid itself is also soluble in cold strong spirit, but rapidly decomposes. In aqueous solytion myronate of potassium is easily resolved by ferments, especially by the myrosin of white and black mustard (but not, 1 It is remarkable that Lehmann could find cane-sugar in the seeds of the apple, pear, cherry, plum, peach, and bitter almond, which contain‘ crystal- lizable amygdalin, whilst sweet almonds yielded glucose only. aN, Jahrb, f, Pharm. xxiv. 65. 3 Archiv d. Pharm. ‘elxvi. 52. 166 GLUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. by emulsin) into volatile oil of mustard (sulphocyanide of allyl, § 29), characterized by its extreme pungency, glucose and bisul- phate of potassium. A quantitative estimation might possibly be made by freeing the finely-powdered seeds from oil, exhausting with warm 85 per cent. spirit, and digesting the tincture for some time with carbonate of barium. From the filtrate the alcohol might be recovered by distillation, the residue dissolved in water, and digested with myrosin at a temperature of about 40°, the barium being finally precipitated as sulphate by the addition of hydrochloric and sulphuric acid. One molecule of sulphate of barium indicates one of myronic acid.* White mustard contains no myronic acid, but in its stead another glucoside, to which the name of sinalbin has been given. Like myronic acid, it dissolves in boiling 85 per cent, spirit, separating out again to a great extent on cooling. It is crystal- line, insoluble in ether and bisulphide of carbon; sparingly soluble in cold, freely in hot alcohol, and in water. Alkalies colour it yellow, nitric acid transiently blood-red. It reduces alkaline copper solution, and is precipitated by mercuric chloride and nitrate of silver, Warm solution of caustic soda converts it into sulphate and sulphocyanide of soda; myrosin into glucose, acid sulphate of sinapine and sulphocyanate of acrinyl (C,H,O, NCS). Sulphocyanate of sinapine, which also occurs in white mustard, is not glucosidal, and differs from sinalbin in being more easily. soluble in cold alcohol, and in yielding the sulphocyanide reaction directly with ferric chloride.? Ericolin and ményanthin® are -glucosides containing no nitrogen, but yielding easily volatile decomposition products. The former has been described in $155. Menyanthin is freely soluble in warm, water and in alcohol, but insoluble in ether. Cone. sul- phuric acid dissolves it with the gradual production of a reddish- violet colouration. Warming with dilute sulphuric acid resolves. it into glucose and menyanthol, the latter possessing a penetrating odour. Menyanthin is precipitated by tannic acid, but not by acetate of lead. 1 Compare Will und. Korner, Aunal. d. Chem. und Pharm. exxv, 257, 1863. (Am, Journ. Pharm. xxv. 323.) 2 Compare Will und Laubenheimer, Annal. «..Chem. und Pharm. oxcix. 150, 1879 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], x. 918). Babo und Hirschbrunn, ibid, Ixxxiv. 10, 1852. 3 Compare Kromayer, foc. cié, ; Liebelt, Jahresb. £. Pharm, 119, 1877 § 167. CONIFERIN, 167 Pinipicrin is described by Kawalier! as being freely soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in pure ether, and not precipitable by basic acetate of Jead. Its decomposition-products resemble those of ericolin. Of glucosides which yield either fixed or difficultly volatile decom- position-products not possessiig.any characteristic odour, the follow- ing may be mentioned. Coniferin is sparingly dissolved by cold, but freely by warm water and by alcohol. It crystallizes in glistening needles, and melts at 185° (uncorr.). With conc. sulphuric acid it forms a violet solution, and when moistened with hydrochloric acid and phenol develops a blue colouration. Dilute acids resolve coni- ferin into sugar and a resinous substance ; with emulsin it yields a crystalline decomposition-product. The latter, which is sparingly soluble in water and alcohol, can be removed by ether from its aqueous solution. Its melting-point lies between 73° and 74°. Coniferin, when exposed to the air, gradually acquires a vanilla- like odour, a change rapidly brought about by warming with dilute sulphuric acid and bichromate of potassium, and caused by the decomposition of the coniferin with the production first of the methyl-ethyl ether of protocatechuio aldehyde, and finally of vanillin? (§ 155). The reaction with hydrochloric acid and phenol may be used in testing for coniferin microchemically in the cam- bium of conifers. , The identity of this substance with the coniferin of Tangel,* detected in sections of conifers by the red colouration produced by conc. sulphuric acid and phenol, must be left for the’ present an open question. Miiller* has shown that the latter also occurs in thost-indigenous trees (Salix, Populus, Prunus, Acer, Quercus, etc), and is to be met with in abundance, especially in the autumn, in the hard bast and alburnum. According to Miiller, the phenol only hastens the appearance of the red colour. Arbutin® ia sparingly soluble in cold alcohol, ether, and cold + Chem. Centralblatt, 705, 724, 1853. ; -? Compare Tiemann und Haarmann, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. vii. 609, 1874 (Journ, Chem. Soc. xxvii. 895). See also Kubel, Journ. f. pract. Chem. xevii. 243, 1866. 3 Flora, Ivii. No. 15, 1874. 4 Thid. No. 25. 5 Compare Kawalier, Chem. Centralblatt, 761, 1852; Strecker, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cvii, 288, oxviii. 292, 1861; Hlasiwetz and Habermann, ibid. clxxvii; 334, 1875 (Journ, Chem. Soc. xxix. 78, xxx. 298). 168 GLUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. water, but the latter solvent dissolves it with facility when warmed. Dilute sulphuric: acid resolves it into glucose, hydro- ‘quinone and methyl-hydroquinone. Both of the latter can be extracted by shaking with’ ether, and, when warmed with’ dilute sulphuric acid and peroxide of manganese, yield quinone, recog- nisable by its characteristic iodine-like odour. Acetate of lead does not precipitate arbutin. Daphnin® differs from arbutin.in being precipitated by acetate of lead. It is sparingly dissolved by cold, but freely by warm water and. by alcohol, and i is insoluble in ether. “Alkalies colour it yellow. Acids and-ferments resolve it-into sugar and daph- netin ; the latter can be partially sublimed without decomposi- tion. Certain other constituents of mezereon bark yield umbelli- ferone (§ 27) by dry distillation. : Salicin crystallizes i in colourless needles and scales, which have a powerful action on polarized light, and are freely soluble in boiling water and alcohol, but much less so in cold. It is insolu- ble in ether. From aqueous solution it can be extracted by amylic alcohol (§ 56). Hydrate of lead does not combine with it. Boiling with dilnte. acids decomposes salicin into sugar and sali- genin or saliretin, both of which substances can be removed by shaking with ether, If an ‘aqueous solution of salicin or saligenin is boiled with dilute sulphuric acid and bichromate of potassium, salicylous acid is produced. (Cf. § 25.) Conc. sulphuric acid ‘dissulves salicin, saligenin, and saliretin with production of a fine red colour. Salicin strikes a beautiful violet with Frihde’s reageut. These reactions can also be employed for the microchemical detec. tion. of, salicin. Populin yields benzoic acid in addition. to the above-mentioned decomposition-products when acted upon by dilute acids (cf. § 26), and sali¢ylous acid when warmed with chromic acid, With conc. sulphuric acid a red colouration is developed, and with Fréhde’s reagent a violet, which, however, is somewhat less intense than that yielded by salicin ‘arid similar conditions. It is con- siderably less soluble than the latter in water and in alcohol; and can be removed from aqueous solution not only by amylic alechol {like salicin), but also by chloroform and (with difficulty) by 1 Compare’ Zwenger, Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm. xc. 63, 1858 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxiii. 325), 8167. BENZOHELICIN,. ETC. 169 benzene (§ 55). Populin decomposes with far greater facility than salicin. Benzohelicin,! detected by Johanson in willow bark, forms colour- less crystals, soluble in water and alcohol. With conc. sulphuric acid it turns yellow. Friéhde’s reagent does not produce a violet colouration, © Boiling with not over-dilute hydrochloric acid resolves benzohelicin into glucose, benzoic acid, and a resinous substance that dissolves blood-red in conc. sulphuric acid. Philyrin? is much less soluble in water and alcohol than is salicin, and yields under the influence of dilute acids, glucose and philygenin, a polymer of saligenin. Both philyrin and philygenin dissolve in conc. sulphuric acid with red ‘colouration. _Phlorrhizin® crystallizes in colourless needles sparingly soluble in cold water, easily in hot, Ethyl and methyl alcohol dissolvé it with facility, ether with. difficulty. Dilute acids resolve it into glucose and phlorrhetin. Conc. sulphuric acid forms red solutions with both phlorrhizin and phlorrhetin ; with Fréhde’s reagent a splendid royal-blué colouration is rapidly developed. Moistened with ammonia and exposed to the air, phlorrhizin turns yellow, red, and finally blue. 4gsculin can likewise be obtained in colourless needles soluble in 12°5 parts of boiling, 672 of cold water ; in 24.of boiling, and 120 of cold: absolute alcohol. Chloroform removes it from " aqueous solution (§-55). Boiling with dilute acids resolves it into glucose and esculetin, -The latter yields a yellow solution with alkalies ; it.is. also soluble iu bisulphite of ammonia, and if such a solution be mixed, with’ ammonia and shaken with air, at first blood-red and subsequently a deep blue colour is developed. The very characteristic blue fluorescence of zsculin is increased by alkalies and destroyed by acids, Fraxin possesses a similar fluorescence, and can also be obtained in colourless’ crystals. It is more sparingly soluble in water and absolute alcohol than esculin, but more freely in ether, to’ which it imparts its fluorescence. Ferric chloride is said at first to strike 1See Johanson, loc: cit. Picia, Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm. Ixxxi. 245, 1852; xevi. 375, 1855 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxiv. 241, xxviii. 259). ? Compare Campona, Annal. d; Chem, und Pharm, lxxxi. 245, xevi. 375. ‘3 For isophlorrhizin, see Rochleder, Journ, f.- pract. Chem. civ. 397, 1868 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xli, 419). 170 GLUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. a green colour and subsequently yield a yellow precipitate. Fraxin is thrown down by acetate of lead.+ Syringin (§ 55) crystallizes in colourless needles, dissolves with difficulty in cold water, more easily in hot water and alcohol, but is insoluble in ether. Basic acetate of lead does not precipitate it from aqueous solution. Conc. sulphuric acid dissolves it with deep blue colouration; Fréhde’s reagent, blood-red passing to violet ; cone. nitric acid, deep red, Chloroform extracts syringin from aqueous solution.” For globularin see Walz ;3 for coriamyrtin compare § 155; for piltosporin see v. Miiller ;* for somaderin see de Vrije Colocynthin can be obtained in-yellowish crystals which dissolve in cone. sulphuric acid with the gradual production of a fine red colour ; Fréhde’s reagent produces a cherry-red. Tt is extremely hitter, enaily soluble in water and aleohol,.but insoluble in ether. Benzene (§ 55), or better, chloroform or amylic alcohol, extracts it from aqueous solution ; it is precipitated by basic acetate of lead and by tannin. Bryonin is also precipitated by the latter reagent.® For ononin, which gradually assumes a cherry-red colour with conc. sulphuric acid, see Hlasiwetz,’ Apiin, crystallizes in shining silky needles soluble in hot water or, more easily, in hot alcohol. Ether does not dissolve it. Ferrous sulphete colours the aqueous solution blood-red. Both alcoholie and aqueous solutions gelatinize on cooling. In dilute alkalies’ apiin dissolves with yellow colouration. For datisein, which is also coloured yellow by alkalies, see Braconnot® and Stenhouse.® Ferric chloride precipitates it green ; 1 For # number of other glucosides and allied substances (argyrescin, aphrodzscin, ete.) discovered by Rochleder in horse-chestnuts, see Journ. f. pract. Chem. Ixxxvii,.26, 1863 (Amer, Journ. Pharm. xxav. 290), 2 For the nearly allied ligustrin, see Kromayer, Archiv d. Pharm. cv. 95 1861 ; for syringopicrin (easily soluble in, water), ibid. cix. 26, 1862. 3°N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. vii.-1, 1857; xiii. 281, 1860, 4°The Organic Coxstituents of Plants,’ Melbourne, 1873. » Chem. Centralblatt, 92, 1859; Jahresb. f. Pharm. 208, 1872. See Blume, Amer, Journ. Pharm. xxxi. 342, ‘6 N. Jahrb. £, Pharm. ix, 65, 217, 1859 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxi, 249). 7 Chem, Centralblatt,.449, 470, 1855, 3 Annales de Chimie et de Physique [2], iii. 277, 1816, 9 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm, xcviii. 166, 1856 (Journ. Chem, Soc. ix, 226). For helianthic acid compare Ludwig und Kromayer, Archiv d, Pharm. [2], xcix. 1, 1848 (Amer, Journ. Pharm. xxxii. 135). § 167. HESPERIDIN, ETC. 171 acetate of lead, yellow. Zander! has recently found a glucoside allied to datiscin in the seeds of Xanthium strumarium. For physalin, which can easily be extracted by shaking with chloro- form (§ 55), see Dessaignes and Chautard ;? for dulcamarin, see Geissler.2 The latter is soluble in acetic ether, insoluble in ether, chloroform, bisulphide of carbon, and benzene. It is precipitated by tannin, and by basic acetate of lead. Cone. sulphuric acid dissolves it with red colouration passing to rose; with alkalies it forms reddish-brown solutions. . Hesperidin shows a disposition to form sphero-crystals. It is sparingly soluble in water and cold alcohol, freely in warm alcohol and acetic acid, but insoluble in ether. Ferric chloride colours it brownish:red ;* conc. sulphuric acid gradually bright red (limonin the same). Acetate of lead produces no precipitate. IE a solution in dilute potash is evaporated to dryness, the residue is ‘coloured red, passing to violet when warmed with excess of dilute sulphuric acid. Hesperidin can he recognised under the micrescope as sphero-crystals soluble in warm alcohol. Crocin (polychroite) forms a dark red powder sparingly soluble in ether and water, more easily in alcohol. Cone. sulphuric acid colours it blue. Dilute acids resolve it into glucose and crocetin (insoluble in water), a saffron-like odour being developed during the decomposition. Basic acetate of lead precipitates crocin.® Glycyrrhizin® is deposited from glacial acetic acid in sphsero- crystalline massés of prismatic needles, After purification with acetic acid it is almost insoluble in water (forming a jelly with it), but may nevertheless be extracted {in combination with bases) from liquorice-root by that menstruum. It contains nitrogen, is sparingly soluble in absolute, more easily in boiling 90 per cent. 1¢Chem. iiber die Samen von Xanthium strumarium,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1880. 2N. Repert. f. Pharm. i. 216, 1851 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxv. 135, 136). 3 Archiv d. Pharm, [3], vii: 289, 1875 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [3], vi. 1020). “Compare Hoffrnann, Ber: d. d. chem. Ges. ix: 250, 685, 1876 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxx. 420, 421); for aurantiin, murrayin, limonin, ibid. ; also Hilger, ibid. 26 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxix. 709). For naringin, see Archiv d. Pharm. [3], xiv. 139, 1879. See also Dehn, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. ii. 103, 1866 ; and Tiemann und Will, Ber. d..d. chem. Ges. xiv. 946, 1881. 5 See Weiss, Journ. f, pract. Chem. ci. 65, 1868; Stoddart, Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vii. 238, 1876. 8 Compare Habermann, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. .cxcvii. 105, 1879 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], x. 45, 1879). Habermann changes the name to glycyrrhizie acid. 172 GLUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. alcohol,-and is almost insoluble in ether. Conc. sulphuric acid precipitates it from aqueous solution ; acetate of lead and chloride of calcium, from alcoholic. Neese’s method for the quantitative determination of glycyrrhizin is based upon the precipitation by sulphuric acid. For panaquillon, see Garriques ;! for thevetin, compare de Vrij ;” for chamelirin, see Greene.® Cyclamin (Primulin) is crystalline and dissolves freely in water ; the solution froths when shaken. It is easily soluble in dilute alcohol also, but sparingly in absolute, and insoluble in ether.* It‘is said to bear a close resemblance to saponin. (Cf. §§77 et seg. ; § 167.) For gratiolin, see Marchand® and Walz ;® for paridin, Walz™ and Delffs.® For convallarin and convallamarin, see Walz.® The: former is sparingly soluble in water, but imparts to it the property of frothing ; it is freely soluble in alcohol, but insoluble in ether. The latter dissolves more easily in water, is precipitated by tannin, and turns’ gradually violet when exposed ‘to the air in contact with sulphuric acid. Warming with hydrochloric. acid colours it red, Convallamarin can be extracted by shaking with chloro- form (§ 55). Helleborin and. helleborein.!°—The former is sparingly soluble in cold water, freely in alcohol and chloroform ; the latter easily in water, more sparingly in alcohol, ‘and insoluble in ether. It can be extracted by shaking with chloroform (§ 55). Both dissolve 1 Chem. Centralblatt, 721, 1854 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xxvi. 511), 2N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xxxi. 1, 1869. ,Compare also Jahresb. f. Pharm. 112, 1877; Blas, Amer. Journ. Pharm. xli, 310. 3 Amer, Journ, Pharm, 1. 250, 1878. 4 Compare Mutschler, Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm. clxxxv. 214, 1877 (Year-book Pharm, 145, 1878). See also Luca, Compt. Rend, Ixxxvii. 297, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], vii. 876, 1877). 5 Journ, de Chim. méd. xxi. 517 (Amer, Journ. Pharm. xvii. 281). ‘6 Jahrb, f, Pharm. x. 317, xiv. 70, 1852, xxi. 1, 1863, where certain other ‘constituents of gratiola are also treated of. (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxi. 340). ' 7 Jahrb, f. Pharm. iv. 3, v. 284, vi. 10; N. Jahrb: f. Pharm. xiii. 174, 1860. - 8 Thid. ix. 25, 1858. 9 Thid. x. 145, 1858 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xxi. 577). 10 Compare Husemann and Marmé, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm, exxxv. 55, 1865 (Pharm, Journ. and Trans, [2], vii. 621; 1866). § 167. SCILLAIN, SENEGIN; SAPONIN. 173 in conc. sulphuric acid, with immediate production of a fine red colouration. For digitalin and digitalein, see § 155. Seillain, a glucoside obtained from Scilla maritima, resembles digitalin in physiological action. It is sparingly soluble in cold water, but freely in alcohol, and when boiled with dilute hydro- chloric acid is decomposed into sugar and a second substance, soluble in ether. Concentrated hydrochloric acid is coloured red when boiled with scillain, and this is followed by the separation of a greenish flocculent deposit. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves it brown, with green fluorescence, -and the solution is coloured bluish-red by bromine. Basic acetate of-lead, does not precipitate scillain.? Saponin and digitonin are likewise glucosides ; they have already been described in §§ 77, 78, 79,.155, where mention has been made of .their insolubility in absolute alcohol. My object. in referring to them again here, is to draw attention to-the resem- blance they bear, in many respects (frothing of the solution, etc.), to the preceding glucosides (cyclamin, etc.). The following sub- stances are also allied to saponin : . Senegin—which, however, is possibly identical with saponin— was found. by Christophsohn? to differ from that body only in the rapidity with which the violet colouration was produced by sulphuric acid. It can be estimated by the methods detailed in § 78, Christophsobn also proved that both saponin and‘ senegin are accompanied in the drugs yielding them by another substance that has a much more powerful action on the heart than either of those principles themselves. This other substance remains in soluticn after separation of the-saponin by baryta-water, but could not be obtained in a state of purity. Melanthin, found by Greenish? in the seeds of Nigella sativa, 1s not precipitated by ether from alcoholic solution. It resembles saponin in being freely soluble in weak spirit, but may be distinguished by its slight solubility in water, and in the ease 1 Compare Jarmerstedt, Archiv f. exp. Pathol. und Pharmacol. xi. 22, 1879 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. lii. 91). ® Loe. cit. 3 Sitzb, der Dorpater Naturf. Ges. 240, 1879; 94, 1881. Pharm, Journ. and Trans, [3], x. 909, 1918, xii. 681. 174 GLUCOSIDES OTHER THAN TANNINS. with which it splits up into sugar and melanthigenin. when boiled with a dilute acid. The so-called smilacin was also formerly regarded as allied to saponin, but the researches of Fliickiger! have shown that under this designation a mixture of substances has been described, the principal constituent of which was named parillin. This body stands in close relation to sapogenin, the decomposition-product of saponin ; and as the latter is contained in sarsaparilla,? it is probable that parillin is produced from it during the life of the plant, According to Fliickiger, parillin is not soluble in cold water to any appreciable extent but dissolves in 20 parts of boiling, It is taken up by spirit of sp. gr. 0°83 more easily than by stronger or weaker ‘alcohol? Its reaction with conc. sulphuric acid re- sembles that of saponin. Boiled with 10 per cent. sulphuric acid it, decomposes into stigar and parigenin, with production of a green fluorescence. A similar fluorescence is also observed when hydrochloric acid gas acts upon a solution in a mixture of chloro- form and alcohol. Sapogenin resembles parillin in most of its properties. Roch- leder is of opinion that it still retains a little sugar, and is there- fore really the result of an incomplete decomposition of saponin. The violet colouration gradually produced ‘when sapogenin is dissolved in conc. sulphuric acid serves to distinguish the body from digitoresin, which, according to Schmiedeberg, yields a yellow solution. (See § 155.) Indican may also be mentioned here, as, although it is not a substance that can be unconditionally ranked as a glucoside, it may nevertheless be compared with thém as regards its constitu- tion: By the decomposition of indican indigo-blue is produced, together with a kind of sugar called indiglucin. I leave it, how- ever, an open question whether the formation of indigo-blue is preceded by that.of indigo-white, which, it is true, readily yields that substance by absorption of oxygen. Indican appears to oceur in many plants (leaves, etc.), but to undergo a partial decomposition when they are slowly dried, and the black or blue 1 Compare Fliickiger and Hanbury, ‘Pharmacographia,’ 646. 2 Otten, ‘ Histiol. Unters. der Sarsaparillen,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1876. Otten estimated the saponin by the methods given in § 78. 8 Archiv d. Pharm. [3], x. 535, 1877 (Pharm, Journ, and Trans. [3], viii. 488), §168. OTHER BITTER PRINCIPLES. 175 colouration of the leaves produced thereby would arouse a sus- picion of its presence. Cold spirit extracts indican ; the solution is best evaporated in a current of dry air at the ordinary temperature. Foreign bodies may be removed from the aqueous solution by shaking it with freshly precipitated hydrate of copper, but the copper that simultaneously passes into solution must be subse- quently removed by sulphuretted hydrogen. The aqueous solution must also be evaporated at the ordinary temperature, the residue dissolved in cold alcohol, and the indican precipitated by ether. Dilute acids decompose this unstable body, as above described, with production of indigo-blue. The latter is characterized by its insolubility in waiter, alcohol, and ether and solubility in carbolic and fuming sulphuric acids. It can be sublimed, and yields indigo-white (soluble in water) when boiled with glucose and an alkali. Advantage might be taken of the latter property testing for indican in dried vegetable substances. The residue of the material after exhaustion with water might be boiled with an alkali and glucose; from the solution thus obtained the indigo-blue would be again precipi- tated by passing a current of air through it. § 168. The following bitter principles have not as yet been shown to be glucosides ; but they are likewise sparingly soluble in ether, more freely in alcohol: Antiarin,! aristolochia-bitter,? calendulin® (gelatinizes with water), californin‘ (appears to be 9 mixture of alka- loids, of which loturin, which is strongly fluorescent in acid solution, is especially interesting); carapin,> crategin,® cusparin™ (coloured green by nitric acid, red by mercurous nitrate); quinodin® (quin- ovic acid, obtained by boiling quinovin or quinova-bitter with acids, is said to resemble cholic acid in gradually turning red with 1 See de Vrij and Ludwig, Zeitschr. d. oesterr. Apoth. Ver. 92, 1868 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xxxv. 474). 2 See Walz, Jahrb, f. Pharm. xxvi. 73. Gmelin’s ‘Organic Chemistry.’ 3 See Stoltze, Ber. Jahrb. f. Pharm. 1820. 4See Mettenheimer, N. Jahrb, f. Pharm. i. 341, 1870. Hesse, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, xi. 1542, 1878 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxvi. 73). 5 See Caventou, Vierteljahresschr. f. pract. Pharm. x, 422, 1861 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, xxxi. 231). ® See Leroy, Journ, de Chim. méd. xvii. 3. 7 See Saladin, ibid, ix, 888 (Amer. Journ. Pharm, v. 846). 8 Compare Gmelin, ‘Handbook of Organic Chemistry.’ Staeder’s method of estimating quinovic acid in certain cinchona barks (N.-Tijdschr. voor de Pharm, in Nederl. 152, 1878) was pronounced unsatisfactory by de Vrij (ibid. 306). 176 ALOINS. sulphuric acid and sugar) ; enicin! (is said to dissolve green in cone. hydrochloric, red in sulphuric acid. It can be extracted by shaking with benzene (§.55), but, is partially precipitated from aqueous: solution by basic acetate of lead) ; gerantin,? lactucin and its allies,? linin,* lupinin,® mudarin,® olivil,” quercin® (very slightly soluble. in absolute alcohol) ; sparattospermin.® § 169. Aloins,—There is another group of non-glucosidal bitter principles to which I should like to direct attention ; viz, that of _. the aloins—a series of closely allied but not identical chemical in- dividua. All the members of the group are-soluble in. water and alcohol, sparingly only in. ether ; but it must’ be observed that the - separate aloins show notable differences in their behaviour to water. That. obtained from Natal aloes is the most: difficultly soluble, whilst the aloin of Cape aloes,’ which. is ‘possibly isomeric with rataloin, is comparatively freely dissolved.1° All the aloins can be obtained in yellow crystals,’ but show a great disposition to form supersaturated aqueous solutions in which, perhaps, they exist in an amorphous state and free from water of crystallization. From such solutions the aloin can be 1 See Nativelle, Journ. de Chim. mdd. xxi..69, and Scribe, Comptes rendus, xv. 802, See also my article on the det *tion of foreign bitters in beer in the Archiv.d. Pharm. [3], iv. 293, 1874; also ‘Kubicki, ‘Beitr. zur Ermittel. fremder Bitterstoffe im Biere,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1874 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], v. 566, 1875), and Jundzill, ‘Ueber die Ermittel. einiger Bitterstoffe im Biere,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1873. 2 See Miiller, Archiv d, Pharm. [1], xxii. 29, 1828. 3 Compare Ludwig and Kromayer, Archiv d, Pharm. exi. 1, 1862; also Kromayer, ‘ Bitterstoffe.’ 4 See Schroeder, N. Repert, f. Pharm. x. 11, 1861. 5 Compare Landerer, ibid. i. 446, 1854. This Jupinin must not be con- founded with the glucoside of the same name discovered by Schulzé and Barbieri in 1878. Compare Ber. d. a. chem. Ges. xi. 2200 (Journ, Chem. Soe. xxxvi, 467). © Compare Duncan, Phil. Mag. x. 465. 7 Compare Pelletier, -Annal. ‘de Chim. et de Physi: ue, iii, 105 5 and Sobrero, N. Jahrb. f. Pharm, iii, 286, 1855. ® See Gerber, Archiv d. Pharm. xxxiv.-167, 1831. *'See Peckolt,' Zeitschr. d. allgemeinen cester. Apoth..Ver. 138, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], ix. 162, 1878). ‘ 1 According to Treumann’s researches (‘ Beitr. z. Kenntniss der Aloé,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1880) the following are the formule of the various aloins (containing water of crystallization) calculated to the same number of atoms of oxygen. Barbadces aloin =C,gH,,029, 6H,0; Cape aloin=OgH.30.9, 6H,O ; Socotra aloin=C4;H 200, 6H,0 ; Natal aloin = Cz5F 560203 Zanzibar aloin=C. ss 59Oa09 6—7H,0 ; Curagao aloin=C,,H,.0.9, 6H,O. See also Fliickiger, Schweiz. Wochenschr, f. Pharm. 331, 1870 ; Pharm. Journ, and Trans. (31, ti, 198, 1871. § 169. ALOINS. 177 gradually obtained by diffusion, but it is often long before they deposit crystals (most easily obtained from Natal aloes). Ferric chloride colours them, without exception, greenish-black (Natal aloin very slowly) ; they are all gradually precipitated by basic acetate of lead; perchloride of platinum colours Barbadoes and Curacao aloin by degrees red to violet, Socotra and Cape aloin greenish-brown, Natal aloin yellowish-brown ; chloride of gold pro- duces a moreor less fine raspberry-red, passing generally into violet ; with strong hydrochloric acid, Natal aloin alone becomes violet; mercurous nitrate colours Barbadoes and Curagao aloin reddish. All the aloins are precipitated from aqueous solution by bromine- water, in the form of sparingly soluble brominated compounds, which contain frevuently, but not invariably, 40 to 44 per cent. of bromine. The opinion expressed in my ‘Chemische Werthbestim- mung sterkwirkender Droguen,’ that. these bromine-precipitates might be used in determining the value of the different varieties of aloes, was baséd upon some experiments of Kondracki’s;! but since Treumann has shown that one and the same aloin can yield more than one substitutien-preduct, I have been shaken in this opinion. The applicability of another method of, estimating the value of an aloes by ascertaining how much tannin is necessary to precipitate and redissolve one of the constituents, has also been rendered doubtful. I was convinced that this body precipitable by tannin was a decomposition-product of aloin, or possibly an amorphous modification, and that it acted directly as a purgative; Kondracki’s experiments confirmed this supposition by showing that the more active an aloes was, the greater.was the amount of tannin solu- tion required in titrating. But as more recent experiments have proved that:the aloins themselves when taken in sufficient quantity have a purgative action (whether direct or indirect, I am unable to say), and the attempts to compare the amount of aloin in an aloes with that of the substance precipitated by tannin have not met with success, I feel myself compelled to retract for the present the statements made in my ‘ Werthbestimmung’ on this subject. The aloin is accompanied in aloes by a resinous substance which does not dissolve when the aloes is treated with about 10 parts of water, but which is soluble in concentrated aqueous aloin-solutions, in hot water, and in alcohol. Another body, probably.non-pur- gative, also occurs-in dried aloe-juice ; it is freely soluble in cold 1 Beitr. z. Kenniniss der Aloe, Diss. Dorpat, 1874. 12 178 ALKALOIDS. water, and is possibly an oxyaloin. Bromine does not appear to precipitate it from aqueous solutions. § 170. Carthamin, ett.—Some substances, more freely soluble in alcohol than in ether, and characterized by. their yellow colour, have been already mentioned. in § 152, in connection with quercilrin (rutin, robinin, luteolin, etc.), and whilst referring to them here, I will also allude to carthamin, the colouring. matter of safflower! It has been obtained in the form of an amorphous powder, of an orange-green colour and metallic lustre. It is sparingly dissolved by water, but easily by aqueous alkalies and alcohol; from alkaline solution it is precipitated by acids. It dissolves in ether, and stains silk rose- or cherry-red. ALKALOIDS, § 171. Colour-reactions.—The following reagents may be recom- mended for producing colour-reactions with alkaloids: Pure sulphuric acid ; sulphuric acid, containing a little nitric acid (1 im 200); sulphuric acid, containing 0:01 gram of molybdate of soda in each cc. (Frohde’s reagent) ; sulphuric acid and sugar ; sulphuric acid and bichromate of potash; nitric acid (sp. gr. 1:3); cone. hydrochloric acid ; ferric chloride. The reactions are best’ ob- served when a few drops‘of a solution (in alcohol, ether, chloro- form, etc.) are allowed to. evaporate in a’small dish and a drop or two of the reagent added to the residue. In testing with sul- phuric acid and sugar, it is generally better to mix the alkaloid. as intimately as possible with 5.parts of sugar and add the sulphuric acid to the mixture. Déelphinoidine should be mixed with as con- centrated a solution of sugar as possible before the addition of sul- phuric acid, If bichromate of potash and sulphuric acid are to be used in combination, it is advisable to dissolve the alkaloid in the acid and drop a crystal of bichromate into the solution. Sulphuric acid and nitrate of ‘potash may be employed in the same way in place of the mixed sulphuric and nitric acids. Ferric chloride should be used in aqueous solution, and be as neutral as possible.” Some’ of these reactions. might be used in testing for alkaloids microchemically. The following table contains a few of the re- actions of the more important alkaloids. 1 Compare Schlieper, Annalen der Chemie und Pharm. Iviii. 857, 1846. 2 All these reactions are described at greater length in my ‘Ermittel. d. Gifte.’ 179 § 171. REACTIONS. “pdind oxy saqeriq B89]xNO[O0 See oururedoso£ “pqdd you ssopnofoo | sselinofoo | ssaztmoroo | ssapMofoo S€9].NOTOO _ "par-ALrayo : 2 ANO[Od WINL199 Jo oplxo pues pjosormydjng ae me man ye par as par-moped |" = eu Mesax) > cantq deep’ S,9pqory Up Wo} gea18 : NOG aq} SINO]OI prow apropaorpAy ‘ou0p oe ; ee oe pus pax “ Taei8-umoiq| weets-aMorg|"*" “ eulaug “qo]OIA pry duNngd ues qusy ureurealy Sy] upewmed| pert-poord, ueeid BSETINOTOD | = pat *" SUIpLouryd [acy -[NS ul UOTINTOs oy} AINO[CO auIMOLg aa q3z] Ureuces [qT uyeutes}] ssepInojoo | ssepanojoo | ssefrmojoo | sxeyINOyoo |" euTUTYd)eq ‘ontg aes tee oa por pox per “+n eupreng “‘payerodeao Woy ONprsor oarttpeysfs0 '@ gaATE] MOPNIos pie otLoTqOOIpAY eu ad Ssepojoo | SsBfANoJoD | BSeTINOJOO | sso;INO[OD | sseTINO[OD | sBeTTNOTOD |". “* auyTUOD > ‘ouramb oP] oT S89]INopoo | Bsejanojoo | Ysjuee1d | seajznajoo | ssepanojo» | ssepinofoo |** auiprumd ; -gsujod £q por pamopdo - ake ; : : sf onprsax ang ‘Ceme opvy 0} pamolle UOEYy ‘usaId} BEEEMOTOO eniq moras * aoyos ent moyes |“ etearqozog 8} Fog? Uy UoTNIOS oUF 07 a1yedaTes een : Bayppe Sq peonposd anojoa onpg ey JL) Ssepmoroo eniq Morpak wots anyy asoqes =f"; ettIOrYDTAH "MOTPVINOTOO par TIA posodurooep 4 Aqprder sf plod go eprxopyo Bata “gyda ong, aan 108 oo tee oon cts 1 - oupmeumnd % ae “eAOKe “pydd you ssepinojoo | ssey.Mojoo ay B¥ayAnojod | sseTanoyod | sBeyInojoo |" eurprucyoUID 38 poser] Moy ssopINo[Oo uTeurEY ad ssajinojoo | ssefanojoo | sraztnoyoo | seaprnojoo | ssaftnojoo | BeefINeyoo | sa~oyoUTD “unis -sejod Jo epeet eee pus vruoume qq uaoiq-par ‘eruourme Aq Use | : : pednojoo Sf WOLN[Os JoyeA-aULLoTYO omT| ‘pidd you |moyed Fysy] seoprmojzoo | sHayno[cs | Yystuessi | sse]MMOJOD | SsefINoJoo | ssayINojOO |" ouUNy “[OYOOTS UT OTANjOsut st eprpoi ar ap re oF ane uses. ssepmnojoo |** otuepieyD atanoraut-orssejod qyTH opsyidooad ony, aed ast aay eee aa Bae : ase “ OULIaGELe ‘eraouruty Aq per paanojoo SE Suyyerodeaa puew 107eM oUpIO]yO : uy Zutajosstp Aq paureyqo onprsex eqy| “pydd you ssopmofoo | ssapinctoo | ssapmoroo | ssajinojoo | ssapmnofoo | ssepinojoo f°" ** ouTegED “cantsseyod jo oyeworyorg Aq por aug pour sy} (8.1) pow oLNYdMe yn} “Ip UL uOTNoR Y ‘pedoyoaep sf mo[oo , eijepeu & ppe -oplojqored WIM psplog| al Rsofina[oo per par B89] M0TOO por esepinopoos |’ s* - euponag suoFeANOIOO pat.e ssonpoid pre oworqsorpsy jo Agtyuenb & [TeuIs 007 40U UT OULLeq.1eq JO MOTNIOS € 04 19zBAs : es euTZ0[Yo Jo sdoup Mey B Jo UOT}IPpe ou ase as per-umoiq, [8812-uM0.g| fe maer3-sarjo | uea18-daqjo |" **" oULIAagaog| ‘i por-umorq |ueer8-ua01q one ee73-aayo | wexi8-aatjo > soeqeg *ydnd 43 seqund}] ‘pydd you ssapinojoo | sgojinofoo | sseyInojoo | ssajinojoo | ssa_tnojoo | ssapmooo. |v" ** euTdonuy : *onyq Bun? ATP fen | 9d mopped UA0IQ uM0Iq ayeqdpoad pos oypqhjouoydsoyd yy] ‘jos “be ur SeafTnojoo | -qsjppet ~aolfes perany | 7e7OTA “pers | yopora “peas |" *~ oulUCOY ‘SNOTLOVEY UIHLO SI9%ed oH o0eg| fon |-asepaoa| Fours | SON + |rostreial -aomny 2 12 ALKALOIDS. 180 “3 por- £119 yo pot-ALieqo | par-Aueyo : mod por aaorjo£ “ped qa[ors ‘pead | oug ‘pers | oug “pars ji" euyproreto, -] “jou -TMOIq | 5 . par par-Lu1ayo | pei-Aireyo ‘ ‘OH urydd) -ysypper | « por aopes —|-Auszoyo'perd| ontg ‘ped | eug “pers | ong-pi " OUETPOIOA . morad motos ostrer0 sae por pad-pooyg ["" “** aupwqay ‘omeyo axrE| ‘pydd you | -ssepmoypoo | sseprnozoa | ssapmozpoo | ssepropoo | Ssaptnopoo. | S8a]ANO[OD. | sseTINOTOD |’°" suyUrOIqoo' : ‘ : weed deep | we pungorreq yy a ‘e1qnyos Apseo ST plod pue oupxeyz Jo opropya afqnop oy re oid nee mn oe ass aye por see 9UTXRy por a “oP BILOITOIG, PU [OTA : ALA Wey} IOUY sf UMNpIeD Jo eprxo pus | “ydd weald og [youn j : : Fost 4q paonposd uoyyeanojoo onyq oy, -WepAaAord [Fa {‘anyq] ssep.tno[oo,"| ssaymozoo pei | SB8QEMOToo *| SEETINOTOD | SBajIN0{0d |-~ euTuTp sg ssapino[ood ue ~poTOyA wA0Iq BSOLINO[OD | ssopIHojoo | eulBeshydeyzg, ; ‘euraefos Aq pot ’ : : pemofoo sf prow opNydins pur poyooys qsIp USIP. yo souanjoa [enbo jo ean}xyur joy V oe oa ee aug, Upsreu ents a “por guar | -par qusy fs * aurTEyog) = . Sis “qO[OTA YSIp | JoTOTA ystp | pot-Asaeqo | par-ALieyo ; ‘OUTIVOIOA WL} oa rn por oul mopyes | -per “pe. “pat "p' ouy ‘peas | eug ‘peas [© onuyequgy aopjos Toorfopoysfyd ur so_vem TORAL 4opoya stp | JeTOLA~ys pos-Arseyo | par-Aieyo 7 as i wy ‘pol-oULM Mook -per ‘perd | -pod “pe, eug * euy ‘peas | — euITTFpeqeg| “TOs , wMoig ss ‘OH uy ‘ydd on oe esuvio | wey} ‘aorpa] nae weo18 "pers | us0I8 ‘pesd fe avepradig u2eeid oF - oe oe ssaptnopoo | ssepmojoo j* ewpdreooytg| “snaeyoy seonpoid aurat -Bysosktq ‘[OMooye Ul eyqnyjos st eprpor oLMosour-opssejod yim eyezIdrood ogy, . “per sinojoo sur] Jo SpLIoryo, 39 MoNNIOS! me WsIpper pox a ae por ‘pers | per pers {+ oupmsrjsosdqg “ppow opmmydns Gyr poutyes ‘onig sun], oat SB9LTLLO[OO agueto ee mr SHapEINO[OD | SAeLINo}OO | ** ouLloavdeg: 3 “outTy W008 OX] oe ane }. we one ae pax ‘pers per ‘pura | pox ‘pera | + omppedon “poqurodeao uayat onpyeer snoydious . : OB SOALOT UOPNOS plow oLto;qoorpAY oy nee ese SSOLMO]OO. | SSO[INoTOo | ssayMo[co | sso;TNoTOD | ss9LMoTod ggoTANojoo |" "* OUTJOOTN| “pozerodesd sf pyoe “Ydyns ‘Trp Uy “Tos : ‘ 3 qerora Aueq - ey} ueyM pedojssep sf Ihojoo pat oupy| Hen ae Seo]. NOTOS te a on sqetppex | -dsex ‘puid | +‘ eupjoorey : onyq pue par-pooj “aUTPOT Jo TOTINIOS ByNTIpP YT por ‘ue018 asueto Bur |Farwany pouezsjou woyM onTq Wing speysh10 oY]; ae ia s80].TNOTOO mopos j-u mod q| as -umy‘morpes|‘4013 = “pead]s' “ eupgoreNy ‘a70 “canisseqzod jo apravéo 4 ‘ : : “PLLIey ‘IOATIS JO oyeI}IM ‘soyepor seoNpey ony TAMOIq S8O]-TM0TOO sored qo[olA par qoyoya SsapINofoo [+s + oupydr07Y ONT SLIM SppIOTYO o111ayz : enyq, OIL B pus ppv opMYdins yp pourres| ssopanopad | use18-eaTo au moat . }.dasp ‘pera por | onyq ‘pera | ssepmmojoo [+ ** emrepog : w98818 INST | weed 4U St] : e BSOLTMOTOD ; ssaTANOTOo 2 ica oy ‘ores ueTy Smnqad|"** | omar r i Lotryty <, “ sxeSns-- SONH+ ss SNOILOVAY UTHL 3195 PM} p : i Fog a 0 To%et Some TOH ‘uo SONTL ASOT) FOReH- Fost OS°H: nd) = “dIotvaTy §§ 172, 173. SUBLIMATION, ETC. 181 § 172. Other Tests.—For. information concerning optical tests for alkaloids, see Buignet.1 Upon polarization (§ 185), in particular, see Hesse? For the absorption spectra observable ‘in colour-re- actions of alkaloids, see Meyer? and Poehl.4 The temperature at which alkaloids sublime has been deter- mined by Armstrong, in an apparatus similar to that described i in § 17 for ascertaining the melting-point of fats. The alkaloid is placed ona coverslip, ‘to which a-glass ring 4 to 3 inch high is cemented, and on which a second coverslip is laid. As soon as a cloud is observéd on the latter, the temperature is noted. The sublimate is subsequently examined microscopically as to its crystalline or amorphous character. Mercury or easily fusible alloys may be used to heat the alkaloid. For the appearances observable during the microsublimation of alkaloids, see Helwig, Guy, Waddington, and others.® The crystalline form of alkaloids has been closely investigated by Erhard.® § 173. Platinum and Gold-salts—The following list contains the percentage of platinum and gold in the double chlorides of those metals with some of the more important, alkaloids (dried at 100°). Double Salts of Gold. Platinum. -\tropine ; F 31°37 . = Aconitine . ‘ 22°06 s ‘ —_ Amanitine . ‘ 44°23 5 ‘ — Berberine ‘ iy 29°16 ‘ ‘ 18°11 Brucine 7 ‘ _ ri . 16°52 ' Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. [8], xl. 252, 1862 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxiv. 140). ; 2 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. clxxvi. 89, 1875 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vii. 191), and excii. 161, 1878. See also Oudemans, ibid. clxxxii. 33, 1877 (Year-book Pharm. 75, 1878); Arch. Néerland. des Sciences exactes et naturelles, x. 193, 1875 ; 5; and amongst older works that in particular of Bouchardat, Annales de Chimie et de Physique-[3], ix. 218. See also Poehl’s paper subsequently quoted. 3 Archiv.d. Pharm. [8], xiii. 413, 1878. 4 Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 353, 1876. 5 Compare Helwig, ‘Das Mikroskop- in der Toxicologie,’ Mainz; Guy, Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [2], viii. 718; ix. 10, 58, etc. ; ‘Waddington, ibid. [2], ix. 266, 409 ; Stoddart, ibid. 173 ; Brady, ibid. 234; Ellwood, ibid. [2], x. 152; Tedsewicle, Brit. Rev. Ixxxi. 262. ®N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xxv. 129, atc. ; xxvi. 9, etc.,'1866. Amongst the older works are Hiihnefeld’s ‘Chemie der Rechtspflege,’ Berlin, 1823 ; Anderson, Chem. Centralblatt, 591, 1848; Taylor, ‘On Poisons ;? Guy, ‘Principles of Forensic Medicine ;’ Brand et Chaudé, ‘Médecine légale,’ Paris, 1858. 182 ALKALOIDS. Double salt of Gold. Platinum. Caffeine z 3 37-02 2 ‘ 24°58 Cinchonine . — . . 27°36 Cinchonidine . 3 _ . < 27°87 Codeine 7 . _ ‘é : 19°11 Coniine’ _ * 5 29°38 Curarine _ . 32°65 Delphinine . 3 26°7 . . _ Delphinoidine ‘ 29°0 ‘ . 15°8 Emetine é ‘ — * 29°7 Hyoscyamine : 34°6 . . _ Morphine. ‘ — 7 ‘ 19°52 Muscarine . . 43°01 F s _ Nareotine . - _ ‘ . 15*7-15°9 Narceine 7 , -—- ‘5 14°52 Nicotine : s — é , 34°25 Papaverine . ‘ ~ 3 . 17°82 Pilocarpine . 3 35°5 ‘ - 23°6-25°2 Piperine 7 . _ . . 12°7 Quinidine ¥ é 40°04 é z 27°38 Quinine ‘ : 40-00 % ‘ 26'26 Strychnine ‘ 29715 Cis ‘ 18°16 Thebaine . _ ‘ J 18°71 Theobromine . 3 _ . ‘< 25°55 Veratrine . 21°01 e _ § 174. Estimation of Alkaloids,—In estimating the alkaloid in leaves or easily pulverizable stalks, it will frequently be found practicable to exhaust the powdered substance with spirit, evaporate the tincture, and extract the residue with acidulated water. The solution thus obtained may then be titrated with potassio-mercuric iodide, as directed in § 65. But if the material ‘contains much starch, or is difficult to powder (as, fox instance, aconite root), it is better to allow it to soak in about twice its weight of dilute sulphuric acid (1 in 30) before extracting with alcohol, as, otherwise, larger fragments of the substance are not uniformly penetrated by the spirit. In estimating atropine, the drop-test (that is, the addition of a drop of the precipitating solution ‘to a filtered drop of the liquid to be precipitated) cannot be used. It will be found advanta- geous to add at once sufficient of the reagent to precipitate the greater part of the alkaloid ; after standing several hours, until the supernatant liquid has become clear, more of the reagent may be added, and so on as long as a precipitate is produced. The liquid clears more rapidly as the end is approached, till at last an interval of five to ten minutes is sufficient. Atropine may also. be estimated gravimetrically ‘by adding § 174. ESTIMATION OF STRYCHNINE, ETC. 188 excess of potassio-mercurie iodide, dissolving the precipitate in alcohol of 90 to 95 per cent., evaporating the filtered solution; and weighing the residue, which contains 40-9 per cent. of atropine. For. hyoscyamine the same precautions are: necessary as for atropine.! In estimating coniine gravimetrically with potassio-mercuric iodide, I obtained. results that’ were far below the truth; the compound. precipitated is somewhat freely ‘soluble. (See also §§ 175, 180.) Nux Vowica and St. Ignatius’ beans contain two alkaloids, strychnine and brucine, which differ in the intensity, at least, of their action on animals, and this fact must not be lost sight of in determining the value of those drugs by titration with potassio- mercurie iodide. I have therefore proposed the following indirect method of determining both alkaloids: 2 ; 15 to 30 grams of the finely rasped seeds are exhausted by boil- ing three times in succession with-dilute sulphuric acid (1 in’ 50), pressing the residue each time. - The decoctions are united (about 700 cc.), nearly (but not quite) neutralized with magnesia and evaporated to a syrup in the water-bath. To the residue 2-4 times its volume of 90. per cent. spirit is added, and after standing, the precipitated mucilage is filtered off and washed. The filtrate and washings are evaporated to about 30 to 50 ce. and, whilst still acid, well shaken with chloroform. The chloro- form is then separated, the aqueous liquid made alkaline with ammonia, and the agitation with chloroform repeated as long as any alkaloid. is removed. The alkaloidal residue obtained by evaporating the chloroformic-solution is dried, weighed and dis solved in hydrochloric. acid; the excess of acid is removed by eva- poration, and the solution titrated with potassio-mercuric iodide. The weight of strychnine can be calculated from the. expression w=5'566 (00197 =xc—m) and that of brucine from y=6566 (m—0-0167 xc), where ¢ is the number of cc. of reagent used and m the weight of the mixed alkaloids. It is still better to weigh the hydrochlorates of the alkaloids and calculate the strychnine salt from the expression 2=6'1733 (002152 xe—m), and the .} Compare my ‘ Werthbestimmung,’ 32, and Thorey on the ‘ Distribution of Nitrogen in black and white henbane,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1869, and Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 265, 333, 1865 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], xii. 874). 2 See my ‘ Werthbestimmung,’ 64. Compare also Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russ- land, 233, 1866. 184 ALKALOIDS. brucine salt from y=7'1733 (m—0 01852 xc), ¢ being the same as in the previous expressions and m denoting the weight of the mixed hydrochlorates. Titration of morphine and narcotine with potassio-mercuric iodide serves only as a check on the weight of the alkaloids after isolation (§§ 182, 187 ). The total alkaloid in opium cannot be estimated volumetrically with that reagent. For a method of examining chelidonium compare § 65 and my : Wertltbestimmung,’. p: 98. ‘The presence in éevadilla seeds of three alkaloids, all of which act upon potassio-mercuric iodide, renders it impossible to do more with this reagent than compare the extracts of two or more different samples of seeds with one another.! If an approximate separation of the three alkaloids is desired, it must be remembered that, according to the inyestigations of Weigelin,? all three -are re- moved together by shaking with chloroform; that sabadilline is almost insoluble in ether, but is dissolved by 150 parts of water at the ordinary temperature ; that sabatrine is freely ; soluble in ether and soluble in 40 parts of cold water; and finally that. veratrine is said to be taken up by 10 parts of ether aud 1,000 of cold water. The researclies of Harnack and Witkowski have proved? that the calabar bean also contains two alkaloids (calabarine and physostigmine), differing from one another in physiological action. For this reason the estimation of the total alkaloid by titration with potassio-mercuric iodide has only a limited value, but the alkaloids might possibly be separated, and estimated gravimetri- cally, as the calabarine precipitate is insoluble in-alcohol whilst that produced by physostigmine is soluble. § 175. Coniine, pilocarpine, etc.—Zinofisky has shown that coniine can be accurately estimated by phosphomolybdic acid in solutions free from ammoniacal salts.‘ The strength of the reagent was such that 1 cc. precipitated 0:05 gram of coniine. 1 Compare E. Masing, Archiv d: Pharm. [3], ix. 310, 1876 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxii, 367). 2 Compare Weigelin, * Unters. iiber die Alkaloide der Sabadillsamen,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1871 (Journ. Chem. Soc, xxv. 828). See also P. G. A. Masing, ‘Beitr. z. gerichtl. chem. Nachw. des Strychnins u..Veratrins,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1868. 3 Compare Archiv f. exper. Patholog. und Pharmacol,y. 401, 1876 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], viii. 3). *‘Die quant. Best. d. Emetins, Aconitins und Nicotins,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1872 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [8], iv. £42). § 175. ESTIMATION OF PILOCARPINE, ETC. 185 The same. reagent has been employed by Poehl! for the gravimettic estimation of pilocarpine, but that chemist admits that the results obtained are only approximate. By his method 10 grams of jaborandi leaves are extracted with 100 cc. of water containing 1 per cent. of hydrochloric acid; the infusion is precipitated with acetate of lead, the excess of which is removed by hydrochloric acid, and then, after filtration, phosphomolybdic acid is added. The precipitate is collected, washed with water containing a little hydrochloric acid, dried at 100°, and weighed. It is said to contain 45-66 per cent. of pilocarpine. In estimating the alkaloid in solutions of the pure substance, phosphomolybdic acid would probably in many cases yield better results than potassio-mercuric iodide ; but there is a certain danger attending -its use, and that.is the possibility in many cases of ammonia and amidic compounds being precipitated with and calculated as alkaloid. Of: pilocarpine in particular it must be observed that, according to Christensen, the composition of the phosphomolybdic acid precipitate, as given by Poehl, ‘requires revision. Phosphomolybdate of quinine (dried below 70°) contains, accordiag to Prescott, 27-3 per cent. of quinine. For cases in which phosphotungstic acid may be employed see § 177. Attempts have also been made to estimate alkaloids by means of tannic acid,? by either drying the precipitate produced or liberating the alkaloid from it with oxide of lead or other base, drying and weighing. My objection to the former of these two methods is that the tannates of the alkaloids are scarcely ever constant in their composition. The latter might be adopted in certain cases provided that the precipitated tannate is sufficiently sparingly soluble, and that the alkaloid itself is not attacked, as curarine is, by the oxide of lead used to decompose its tannate (§ 64). 1 ‘Unters. d. Blatter des Pilocarpus officinalis,’ St. Petersburg, 1877 (Year- book of Pharm. 28, 141, 1881). See also Harnack and Meyer, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cciv. 67, 1880 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3]; xi. 551, 587; 608) ; and Christensen, Pharm. Zeitschz, f. Russland, xx. 1881 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], xii. 400). ? Compare, for instance, Lefort, Journ. de Pharm. -et de Chimie, ix. 117, 241, 1869 (Pharm. Journ. and Travis. [3], ii. 1029 ; iii. 63). See also my ‘ Werthbestimmung,’ 40. 186 ALKALOIDS. Hager? and Hielbig® have both experimented on the estimation of. certain alkaloids by precipitation with picric acid. I have no doubt that in many cases very satisfactory results might be obtained by combining precipitation by picric acid with extraction by agitation with solvents, and in this opinion.I have recently ‘been confirmed by - experiments published by Hager on the quantitative determination of nicotine. Hager recommends precipitation with picric acid at a temperature of 15°, washing with an aqueous solution of the precipitant, and finally drying at a temperature not exceeding 40° to 50°. He found the’ nicotine precipitate to contain 27 per cent. of alkaloid. § 176. Estimation of Caffeine—1 may supplement the method given in § 66 for.the estimation of this alkaloid by the following remarks; Ether® extracts the alkaloid in a state of greater purity than chloroform, and yields therefore a correspondingly better result; but the mass must be very finely powdered, and the treatment with ether repeated several times to be certain of dissolving the whole of the cafieine. I haye also used a mixture of 3 parts of ether with 1 of chloroform with success. In estimating the alkaloid in guarana it is not advisable to extract with acidified water, nor is it necessary in determinmg the theine in tea. Lieventhal4 extracted the powdered tea directly with chloroform, by which, however, far less than the total quantity of theine was dissolved. I must make the same objection to Claus’s method,5 which consisted in extracting with ether, shaking the ethereal extract, with dilute sulphuric acid, neutralizing the aqueous solution with magnesia, evaporating to dryness, and again extracting with ether. Moreover, it would be difficult to remove the whole of the theine from ethereal solution by shaking with acidified water.® 1 Pharm. Centralblatt, x. 187, 145, 1871, Compare also Medin and Almén, Jahresb, £, Pharm. 1871. 2 Loe. cit. ’ Compare Wurthner’s investigations, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 711, 1872; and Weyrich, * Ein Beitr. z. Chemie des Thees und Kaffees,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1872 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxvi. 1235), : fom Zeitschr. f. Russland, 369, 1872 (Year-book of Pharm. 239, 5 Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 357, 565, 1862, ° For the less recent methods of Péligot and Zéllner, see my.‘ Chem. Werthbestimmung,’ 59. For other methods see Comaille, Zeitschr. f. anal. § 177. ESTIMATION OF THEOBROMINE, 187 § 177. Theobromine.—Trojanowsky found that the theobromine in cacao-seeds might be.estimated by the following process!: 5 grams of the powdered seed are freed from fat by treatment with petroleum spirit, dried, rubbed down with powdered glass and water to a thin paste, mixed with an equal weight of calcined magnesia, and dried in the water-bath at 60° to 70° C. The residue is again finely powdered, and exhausted hy boiling with 80 per cent. spirit. The decoctions are filtered whilst hot, and evaporated to dryness in a beaker. From the dry extract petroleum spirit will dissolve a little more fat; after having been again dried, the mass is thrown.on to a tared filter, and washed with cold spirit till nearly colourless. Jt is then dried and weighed, and to the weight of theobromine thus obtained 0:0007 gram added for - every cc. of wash-spirit.? Wolfram estimates theobromine in-cacao-seeds by precipitating with phosphotungstic acid 3 (§ 64), and subsequently separating Chem. xv, 474, 1876 (Year-book of Pharm. 20, 1876); Markownikoff, ibid. xvi, 127, 1877 (Year.book of Pharm. 104, 1877); Cazeneuve and Caillol, ibid. xvii. 221, 1878. The latter replace the magnesia in the above method with lime, and the ether with chloroform ; Markownikoff also uses chloroform, In working upon coffee-beans it will be found very difficult to reduce them to the fine powder necessary to ensure the success of the estimation. This may be best accomplished after the beans have been thoronghly dried at 100°C, : Weyrich, however, has shown that the amount of caffeine contained in a sample of coffee is no criterion of its quality, and even the estimation of the ash, potash and phosphoric acid in addition to that of the caffeine does not furnish data free from objection. Levesie estimated (Archiv d. Pharm. [8] viii. 298, 1876; Journ. Chern. Soc, xxxi. 752) fat, mucilage, tannin and cellulose, but with unsatisfactory results. The determinations of the theine, substances soluble in water, ash, etc., in tea, made by Weyrich, showed the possibility of detecting adulterations, but not of judging of the quality. 1 found 40 per cent. spirit adapted for the separation of the cinchonine and ‘amorphous _ 1 Compare my ‘ Werthbestimmung, 66. Even it the greater part of the free ammonia present be allowed to evaporate, the coraplete precipitation of brucine is a matter of difficulty ; that portion of the alkaloid that remains in solution must therefore be removed by shaking with benzene. 2 See Hertel, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, Nos. 13 to 18, 18381 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [3], xii. 498). . _3 Nieuw Tijdschrift voor de Pharm. in Nederl., 322, 1869; 7, 1870; 161, od an d, Pharrn, [3], xiii. 243, 1878 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxvi. 231). 5 Kritische Beurth. der Method. zur Trennung und quant. Best. d. China- alkaloide,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1880. 102 ALKALOIDS. alkaloid’ of cinchona bark. The latter found 1 part of cincho- nine dissolve in 1,100 parts of spirit of that strength, but, as the solution obtained in the separation of the alkaloids is’ not a saturated one, he ‘recommends the addition of 0°0002 gram cinchonine for every ‘cc. of such spirit used. He also found pure ether (free from water and alcohol) very suitable for the same purpose, as it dissolves so little cinchonine that a correction is. scarcely necessary. The mixture of both alkaloids must be com- pletely dried in the water-bath, and then very carefully powdered. The séparation of two alkaloids by means of ether may also be accomplished by allowing the ethereal solution of both to evaporate gradually, and, if one should separate in crystals, removing the. other by slow washing with ether in the fcrm of vapour. By this method I succeeded with Marquis! in separating delphinine from delphinoidine in perfectly colourless crystals. . The flask a, containing the mixed alkaloids (Fig. 8, A), was inverted in the wide-mouthed bottle, . b, into which about 10 ce. of pure ether had been poured. The apparatus was then allowed to stand for several days at the ordinary temperature, during which ether-vapour from } was continually condensing in a, and dropping back into 6, saturated with delphinoidine. The apparatus figured in 8 B, allows of the process being, to a certain extent, regulated ; the funnel a, containing the flask, can be raised or lowered at pleasure. ? Archiv f. exper. Pathol. und Pharmacol. vii. 55, 1877. § 183. SEPARATION BY PRECIPITATION. 193 For the separation of morphine from narcotine by ether, see § 187. Ether and chloroform (free from alcohol) can also be used to separate the former from codeine and thebaine. Morphine can be separated from thebaine, codeine, and narcotine, by the method of agitation; the last three are removed by benzene from ammoniacal solution, whilst scarcely traces of morphine are dissolved. In a similar manner delphinine and delphinoidine may be sepa- rated from staphisagrine by agitation with ether, in which the latter is insoluble ;! after removing the first two, staphisagrine may be extracted with chloroform. § 183. Use of Salts, etc. ; Separation of Quinine and Cinchonidine, efc.2—Instances of the use of saltsin the separation of alkaloids may be found in the employment of tartrates for the quantitative estimation of quinine and cinchonidine in the presence of quinidine and cinchonine (cf.-§ 184, I.); by means of éodide of potassium or sodium, quinidine can be separated from cinchonine and ‘amorphous alkaloid’ (cf. § 184, IV.). Wittstein recommended conversion into oxalates in alcoholic sovution for separating strychnine and brucine ;* quinine may be freed from cinchonidine by precipitation as hera- pathite* (cf. § 184, IT). The separation of calabarine from physostigmine by potassio- mercuric iodide, has already been described'in § 174; the same method might perhaps be feasible with chelidonine and sanguinarine.® Chloride of gold can be used in separating mauscarine ‘from amanitine, as the double: salt of the former is wore soluble in water than that of the latter.® Perchloride of platinum wu> the salt used in-separating paytine from the other bark alkaloids, as the double salt of platinum with that alkaloid is very sparingly soluble in water. By medns-of the same salt, ammonia. may be separated from those alkaloids and amides that yield double salts of greater solubility (§ 98). It must, however, be borne in mind that certain alkaloids undergo 1 See the-paper- by Marquis and myself previously quoted. 2 Comp. Moens, loc, cit.; Johanson, Archiv d. Pharm, x. 418. 1877; Hielbig, loc. cit. 3 Vierteljabresschrift f. pract. Pharm. viii. 409, 1859. 4Compare Herapath, Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [1], xi. 448; xii. 6; de ‘Vrij [3], vi. 461°; N. Tijdsehr. voor de Pharm. 1881; Hielbig, loc. cit. 5 See my ‘Chem. Werthbestimmung,’ 102. 6 Compare Harnack, Archiv f. exper. Pathol. und Pharmacol. iv: 82, 1875. 13 194 ALKALOIDS. rapid decomposition when precipitated in combination with chloride of gold and platinum (eg. curarine). § 184. Quantitative Separation of Several. Alkaloids from one another.—Such, cases occur in the examination of cinchona barks. Although several of the many alkaloids in these barks are present in such minute quantities that ‘they may generally be neglected, there are at least five the detection and estimation of which are of importance in valuing samples. These are quinine, cinchonidine, quinidine, cinchonine, and the so-called amorphous alkaloid. The mixed alkaloids are extracted and estimated as directed im § 67. For their quantitative separation from one another, I propose using Moens method, which has been recognised by Hielbig, after numerous experiments, as suitable for the purpose.) I. The mixed alkaloids just referred to are dissolved in acetic acid,? without the pplication of heat, and the solution evaporated to dryness, care being taken that the-residue does not turn brown. This is then dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of water and filtered. From the solution, which should not be evaporated, quinine and cinchonidine are precipitated together by (about ‘5 of a gram of) tartrate of ammonia and soda, which is preferable to the Rochelle salt usually used. After standing twenty-four hours the precipitate is filtered off, washed, dried at 110°, and weighed, 1:6 gram of mixed alkaloids would yield about 30 cc. of filtrate, and require about the same quantity of wash-waten A correction, must be made of 0000746 gram of quinine ard 0:000441 gram of cinchonidine for each cc. of filtrate and wash. ings, provided that both alkaloids are present together. If the bark contains quinine alone, 0-00102 gram must be added for each cc. ; or if cinchonidine alone, 0000543 gram. The apparent dis- crepancy in these figures is:caused by the influence exercised ty the presence of either tartrate on the solubility of the other. 100 parts of precipitate indicate 79°41 anhydrous quinine or 768 cinchonidine. II. To separate quinine from cinchonidine the mixed tartrates are dissolved in 90 to 92:per cent. spirit containing 1-6 per cent, 1 Loe. cit. a Hielbig has also experimented with hydrochloric and tartaric acids, but obtained the best results with acetic. The chlorides formed by the hydro- chioric acid appear specially liable to cause errors when subsequently precipi- tating with tartrate. Whichever acid, however, be chosen, the excess must in some way .be removed, § 184. ESTIMATION OF CINCHONA-ALKALOIDS. 195 of suiphurie acid ; the filter used in the previous operation is also extracted with spirit of the same strength. One part of precipi- tate should yield about 20 parts of solution; from this the quinine is best precipitated by the reagent recommended by de Vrij,! whioh is prepared as follaws: To a solution of 2 parts of sul- phate of quinoidine in 8 of 5 per cent. aqueous sulphuric acid, a solution of 1 part of iodine and 2.of iodide of potassium in 100 of water is graduoliy added with constant stirring. The flocculent precipitate thus produced is stightly warmed till it agglomerates into a resinous mass, whioh is then washed with warm water, dried, and dissolved with application of heat in 6 parts of 92 to 94 per cent. spirit. After cooling the liquid is filtered off and evaporated to dryness, the residue redissolved in 5 parts of spirit, again filtered, and the filtrate used as the reagent. During the precipitation of the herapathite with this reagent, the liquid must be vigerously stirred to prevent the partial separation of cinchoni- dine in the form of orange flocks. If that has taken place the mixture must be warmed until the precipitate disappears. Accord- ing to de Vrij, sufficient of the reagent has ‘boen added when an intense yellow colouration makes its’ appearance in -place of a green precipitate of herapathite ; the mixture is then heated to ‘incipient ebullition, cooled, and its weight ascertained to allow of a correction for dissolved herapathite being subsequently made. Finally, the precipitate is collected on the filter previously used in separating the tartrates and washed with a saturated alcoholic solution of quinine-herapathite. After draining, the funnel is weighed with the filter, died, and again weighed ; the difference is the amount of herapathite solution retained by it, for each gram of which, as well as of mother liquor (not washings), a correction must be made of 0-00125 gram of quinine. 100 parts of herapathite dried at 100° indicate 58-22 of anhydrous quinine. To ensure the success of the experiment, it is absolutely necessary that the herapathite should separate in the form of green glitter- ing crystals, as otherwise the solubility differs from that here stated ; amorphous herapathite, as well as some of the quinine cotapouindé richer in iodine prepared by Jérgensen, are far more easily soluble. Unfortunately it sometimes happens, when work- ing upon the mixed alkaloids separated from bark, that it is impossible to obtain the precipitate in this crystalline condition even 1 Loe. cit. 13—2z 196 ALKALOIDS. after three or four days. In this case a different correction must be made from that above mentioned, viz. 1 in 465, as determined by Hielbig, instead of 1 in 600. Itis more advantageous to sepa- rate the quinine from the greater part of the cinchonidine by ether, then precipitate in the cold and filter off at once. III. The amount of quinine thus found is calculated into tartrate, and deducted from the weight of the mixed tartrates determined in L ; from the difference the amount of cinchonidine present can be safenlated, IV. The filtrate and washings from the tartrate-precipitate are mixed with iodide of sodium (inthe proportion-of 0°5 gram for each gram of mixed alkaloids), evaporated to 20 cc. cooled, and then vigorously stirred. After standing twenty-four hours, the iodide of quinidine, etc., that has, separated, is collected on a small tared filter, transferred to a small beaker, and triturated with 10 ce. of. 95 per cent. spirit, returned to the. same filter, and again treated with the same quantity of spirit. The residue is finally washed with 20 cc. of water,? dried and weighed: 100 parts of precipi- tate correspond to .71-68 parts of anhydrous quinidine, to which a correction of 0°002481 gram has to be added for each ce. of filtrate and washings. V. To the filtrate and washings from the last operation hydro- chloric acid is added until perfectly clear, then considerable excess (2 to 3 grams) of carbonate of soda, and the mixture evaporated to dryness on the water-bath. The residue is reduced to the finest possible powder, transferred to a small dry flask, and extracted by maceration with pure ether, in successive portions of 10 to 20 cc. each, as long as any colour is’ removed. The. ethereal filtrates are ee the residue dried and weighed as amorphous - alkaloid after deducting the quinine that has escaped precipitation as tartrate. / ‘VI. The portion insoluble in ether is freed from that liquid - by warming, and treated with water to remove soda, etc. ; the cin- chonine is then filtered off, washed, dried at 110°, and weighed. Traces of that alkaloid adhering to the filter used in filtering the ethereal solution and to the sides of the flask, may be dissolved 1 Compare Christensen, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, 1881 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], xii. 441; de Vrij, ibid. 601). * The object of washing with spirit is to redissolve any iodide of cinchonine or amorphous alkaloid that may have separated out. It is important that the relative proportions of liquid, wash-spirit, and wash-water should be observed. § 184. ESTIMATION OF CINCHON A- ALKALOIDS. 197 in hydrochloric acid, added to the aqueous filtrate containing soda, etc., and removed from solution by shaking with chloroform. The alkaloid thus isolated must be weighed and added to the amount previously found, from which sum, however, the cin- chonidine and quinidine left in solution must be deducted if great accuracy is required. Hielbig also describes a second process for determining quinidine, cinchonine, and: amorphous. alkaloid, as follows : VII. The filtrate and washings from the precipitated tartrates are evaporated to 20-cc., and for each gram of mixed alkaloids 0'5 gram of iodide of sodium, dissolved in 5 cc. of water and 15 of 90 per cent. spirit, is added, and the whole allowed to stard for twenty-four hours in a cool place. The iodide of quinidine is then collected on a tared filter, washed with a little water, dried at 100°, and weighed. (No correction is necessary for the alkaloid left in solution.) VUL The filtrate from the last operation is treated as in V., but the precipitate produced by the soda solution is here filtered off and the alkaloid still retained by the liquid extracted by shaking with chloroform. Both portions are then transferred to a beaker, and macerated with 40 per cent. spirit to remove amorphous alkaloid. It is best to cool the mixture and. agitate, repeating the treatment as long as the spirit becomes coloured. The cinchonine is finally filtered off, dried, and weighed, 0:000202 gram being added for each ce. of spirit used. IX. The alcoholic’ solutions are evaporated to dryness at 110°, and from the weight of the residue the quinine, cinchonidine, and cinchonine, previously reckoned as ‘correction,’ deducted. The remainder is to be regarded as amorphous alkaloid. Tf the bark contain so little quinine and cinchonidine that after the addition of tartrate only single crystals are deposited on the sides of the béaker where touched by the glass rod, in quan- tity too small to allow of their being weighed, it may be assumed that the liquid contains at least the amount of alkaloid equal to the correction to be made. The actual presence of quinine may be detected by the thalleioquin reaction (§ 171): if that yield a positive result, the presence of cinchonidine must remain a matter for conjecture ; but if the result be negative, the precipitate may be assumed to consist of cinchonidine, and its quantity calculated from the correction to be made. 198 ALKALOIDS. The same course may be pursued when only traces of quinidine are precipitated. § 185. Behaviour to Polarized Light—Attempts have also been made in examining barks to take advantage of the differences the alkaloids show in their behaviour towards polarized light, but the requisite accuracy does not seem to have been yet attained.? In working. with mixtures of the pure alkaloids, the results are, it is true, very satisfactory ; but as soon as the mixed alkaloids separated from barks are examined the errors increase, as ‘even small quantities of contaminating impurity can exercise a con- siderable influence on their action on a ray of light. The most feasible is Oudemans’, method of estimating quinine and cinchonidine. The alkaloids are precipitated as tartrates, and redissolved in hydrochloric acid (to 0-4 gram precipitate about 3 cc. normal acid, and water to 20cc.). Such a solution of quinine shows a rotation [a]p= —215:8°; of cinchonidine [a], = — 131:3°. The calculations may therefore be made according to the formula: 215°8x+131:3(100 — 2) ='100(a)" where x is the percentage of tartrate of quinine, and (a)” the specific rotatory power of the mixture. §.186. Other Cinchona Alkaloids.—'The following are some of the cinchona alkaloids of less frequent occurrence : Aricine,? thé ‘sulphate: of which swells up to a jelly in chloro- form. Cusconine,? the neutral sulphate of which gelatinizes in aqueous solution, and does not dissolve in more sulphuric acid. Acetate of cusconine is also gelatinous. Quinamine.t This alkaloid occurs notably in Cinchona succirubra, and generally remains associated with the ‘amorphous alkaloid’ - Compare the papers quoted in § 172 by Oudemans, Hesse and Hielbig. _ For the application of fluorescence, see Kerner, Zeitschr. f, anal. Chemie, ix. 135, 1870. ? Compare Hesse, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. clxxxi. 58, 1876 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], vii. 331, 1876). Fre See Hesse, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. ix: 742, 1876 (Year-book Pharm, 226, 80). * Compare Hesse, Ber. d..d. chem, Ges, x. 2152, 1877 (Year-book Pharm. 62, 1878) ; Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. excix. 333, 1880 (Year-book Pharm, 34, 1880) ; de Vrij, N. Tijdschr. voor de Pharm, en Nederl. 69, 1877, Otdemans,: Annal, d, Chem, und Pharm, excviii. 185, 1879 (Year-book Pharm. 57, 1879; 34, 1880). § 187. ESTIMATION OF MORPHINE. 199 isolated in the examination of the bark. It may be separated. as. follows: The mixed alkaloids are dissolved in dilute acetic acid, and to the solution sulphocyanide of potassium is added until the colour is, only pale yellow. After standing till perfectly clear it is filt.red, the filtrate made alkaline with ammonia and shaken with ether. The residue obtained by. evaporating the ethereal solution i is then recrystallized from alcohol. Quinamine dissolves in 32 parts of ether, and is also soluble in boiling petroleum spirit. The precipitate produced with chloride of, gold rapidly decomposes with production of a red colouration. For paricine, see § 181; paytine, § 183,189, Hesse states ‘of the latter that it is coloured purplish-red ‘by chloride of -gold, and red passing to blue by chlorinated lime. For ‘other cinchona alkaloids, see Hesse in. the papers, etc., already quoted.? § 187. Estimation of Opium.—Many methods have already been proposed for the estimation of the more important opium alkaloids. I have criticized them at length in my ‘Chemische Werthbestim- mung,’ and restrict myself, therefore, here to recapitulating. the modification of the Guibourt-Schacht’s process there recommended, adding a few remarks 'on methods that have appeared since the publication of that work. A. Five to ten grams of powdered opium are triturated with water to a very thin paste, macerated twenty-four hours and filtered. The residue is again treated in the same manner, and finally washed on the filter until the washings are -olourless. When dried the insoluble portion should ‘not amount to more than 40 per cent. of the opium employed. It still contains nar- cotine, which may be estimated according to VI.. -IL.. The aqueous infusions and washings are evaporated in the water-bath until reduced to about five times the weight of the opium employed, cooled, filtered if necessary, and mixed with the slightest possible excess of ammonia.? It is then vigorously stirred, 1 Compare also Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. xi. 1938, 1878 (Pharm.. Journ. and Trans. [8], xi. 889, 1881) ; Annal. -d. Chem. und Pharm, cev. 194, 211, 1880 (Wear-book Pharm. 24, 27, 28, 1879; 42-44, 1881). 2 See Cleaver, Amer. Journ. Pharm. xviii. 359, 1876 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], vii. 240),.and my remarks’ in the Jahresb. f, Pharm. 175, 1876. Cleaver, who algo <..uploys a modification of Mohr’s process, recommends the opium to be previously exhausted with bisulphide of carbon, which. removes substances that interfere ‘with the subsequent operations, 200 ALKALOIDS. and allowed to stand exposed to the air, with occasional agitation, until the,excess.of ammonia has disappeared (not longer). The precipitated. mixture of morphine, narcotine, and meconate of calcium is filtered off and dried. It should amount to not less than 14 per cent. of the opium used. Filtrate and washings are treated according to V. ILL. The precipitate is removed from the filter, reduced to the finest possible powder, and macerated with pure ether in a. dry flask as long as narcotine is removed. The ethereal. solutions ate filtered through the same filter, evaporated to dryness at 110°, and weighed, or instead: of weighing the residue may be dissolved in water: acidulated with sulphuric acid, and titrated with potassio- mercuric iodide (§ 65). The weight is-noted as the amount of narcotine soluble in water. IV. The.-residue insoluble in ether is dried and exhausted with boiling alcohol of specific gravity 0°81, which removes morphine, and. leaves meconate of calcium undissolved. The alcoholic solu- tions are filtered through the filter alveady. used in the extraction with ether. The weight of the alkaloid can be ascertained either by evaporating to dryness, redissolving in acidulated water, pre- cipitating with ammonia,.and weighing, or by-evaporating, redis- solving in dilute sulphuric acid, and titrating according to § 65. Good opium contains at least 8 per cent. of morphine. V. If the morphine is reprecipitated for gravimetric estimation the filtrate may be mixed with the filtrate from II., made alkaline with ammonia, and shaken with amylic alcohol. All the morphine in solution is thus removed, and the amount which escapes precipi- tation in IT. is sometimes very considerable. The amylic-alcohol solutions are evaporated to dryness, the residue dissolved in a little acidulated water, precipitated with a- slight excess of ammonia, dried, weighed, and noted as morphine. A correction of 0:001 gram for each cc. of mother-liquid may be made if desirable. VI. If the sample under examination is an opium of good quality the insoluble residue from I. will contain narcotine, but no morphine: The former may be estimated by extracting with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, precipitating with ammonia, filtering, washing, redissolving in dilute sulphuric acid, and titrating with potassio-mercu “ic iodide (§ 65). § 188. Other Methods.—Weak spirit was also formerly employed § 189. RARER ALKALOIDS. 201 in the place of. water for exhausting the opium, and Proctor! has recently proposed triturating the opium (13 grams) with water (15°5 gram) to a paste in a warm mortar, adding methylated spirit (46 grams) by degrees, and exhausting by percolation with the latter menstruum. The solution is evaporated to a syrup, mixed with water (63 grams), and filtered. The filtrate is again evaporated (to 6 cc.), mixed with an equal volume of methylated spirit and slight excess of ammonia, allowed to stand twelve to eighteen hours, filtered and the precipitate washed, first with a mixture of equal quantities of methylated spirit and water, and finally with the latter alone (about 31 grams). Proctor removes narcotine with benzene. For the approximate estimation of the morphine Prollius recommends extracting the opium with 10 parts of 34 per cent. spirit, mixing the solution with 5 parts of ether and 0:2 of ammonia, allowing to stand twelve to twenty-four hours, filtering” off, drying and weighing the morphine, which separates at the line of demarcation; narcotine is said to be dissolved by the ether. Flickiger? exhausts 8 grams of powdered opium by agitation for twelve hours with 80 grams of water, and filters the infusion through a filter 125 mm. in diameter. 42-5 grams of ‘the filtrate are mixed with 12 grams of alcohol of sp. gr. 0-812, 10 grams of ether, and 1:5 caustic ammonia in a-tared flask, and set aside for a day or two. The crystals of morphine that have separated are then collected on a double filter 4 inches in diameter ; both flask and residue on the filter are washed, first with a mixture of 6 grams of spirit with 5 of ether, and afterwards with 10 grams of ether. The crystals are finally gently pressed, returned to the flask, dried, and weighed. To the amount thus obtained Flickiger adds 0:1 gram (Mylius 0:088) for loss in precipitating and washing. For the rotatory power of opium alkaloids, see Hesse.? § 189. Other Alkaloids.—In treating of the more important 1 Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], vii. 244, 1876 ; viii. 211, 1877. 2 Pharm. Zeitung, Nos. 57, 59, 1879 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], x. 254, 1879), See also- Van der Burg, Pharm. Weekbl No, 26, 1879; Mylius, Archiv d. Pharm. [3], xv. 310, 1879 (Year-book Pharm. 22, 23, 1880). 3 Anna], d. Chem. und Pharm. clxxvi. 189, 1875. See also Yvon, Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. xxix. 372, 445, 1879. A paper on the rarer opium alkaloids was’ published by Hesse in the Annal. d. Chem, und Pharm. cliii, 47, 1870 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [8], i. 205, 1870). : 202 ALKALOIDS. alkaloids, I have described such of their properties only as are of importance for the object of this work, and refer students that may desire more minute details to any good text- or hand-bock of chemistry. I may be permitted to give a few literary references, and make a few. observations on some of the alkaloids with which we,are ‘less familiar, and about which little or no information is to be' found in text- or hand-books, in case it should be necessary in the course of an analysis to compare a substance with any one of them. For ergotinine and - picrosclerotine, compare Tanvet} and Blum- berg.2 Two volumes of conc. sulphuric acid colour an aqueous solution of the former, first red, then bluish-violét, of the latter violet. With an equal volume of Friéhde’s reagent, both are coloured violet, passing to blue. Both can be extracted from solution by agitation with ether. The latter, which is resinous and very sparingly soluble in water, is possibly a decomposition- preduct of the former. For curarine, which is freely soluble in water, see Preyer® and Sachs.4 This alkaloid cannot be removed from, solution by shak-- ing with ether, etc. Its reactions are described in § 171. Chloro- form extracts ‘small quantities (sufficient for the reactions and physiological experiments) of the alxaloid from the residue (finely powdered) obtained by evaporating its aqueous solution. (Compare also §§ 64, 68, 182.) For erythrophiwine see Gallois and Hardy.’ It is soluble in water, can be extracted by shaking with -acetic ether, .and is coloured violet by sulphuric acid and permanganate of potassium. ' Lobeliine, see Lewis and Richardson.® (Ct. § 56.) T Repert. de Pharm. N. Sér. iii. 308, 1875 ; v. 226, 1877 (Pharm, Journ. and Trans. [3], vii. 249. 1876; vi. 522, 1875). ‘ 3 Ein. Beitr. z. Kenntniss d. Mutterkornalk. Diss. Dorpat, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], ix. 23). 8 Zeitechr: f. Chem. vi. 382, Compt, rend. 1 1828, 1865.. See also Koch, ‘ Vers. iiber-die Nachweisbarkeit d. Curarins in thier. Fltissigk. und Geweben,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1870, and my ‘ Beitr. z. gerichtl. Chem.’ 170, St. Petersburg, 1871. 4 Annal. d. Chem. u. Pharm., exci. 254, 1878 (Journ. Chem. Soc, xxxiv. 547). See also my observations in the Jahresb. f.. Pharm. for the same year. 5 Union Pharm. xvii. 202, 1876 (Pharm. Journ.:and Trans, [8], vii. 77, 1876), also xix. 359, 1878. . § Amer. Journ. Pharm, 293, 1872; Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], viii. 561. 1878. See also my ‘ Béitr. «. gerichtl. Chem.’ 18, : § 189. RARER ALKALOIDS. 203° Conessine or wrightine, see Haines! and Stenhouse.? It is very sparingly soluble in alcohol, ether, and bisulphide of carbon. Harmaline-and harmine, compare Fritsche.? The former yields yellow salts with acids—the latter colourless. Both are some- what sparingly soluble in alcohol. Surinamine is also sparingly soluble in spirit. (Compare Hiitten- schmidt and Winkler.‘) Aribine, see Rieth.5 It is sparingly soluble in ether, as'is also Atherospermine, compare Zeyer ;° and Rhcadine, compare Hesse.7 The latter is colourless, but is converted by dilute acids into deep red theeagenine. Vo “ioline, compare Boullay ;* for beberine, see Maclagan ® (ch. § 171); for belladonnine, see Hitbschman ;!° for cocaine and hygrine, compare Niemann, Wohler, anid Lossen.1! Concentrated hydrochloric acid decomposes cocaine into benzoic acid, and the alkaloidal ecgonine. For chlorogenine end porphyrine see Hesse.!2 Chlorogenine in acid solution shows a powerful blue fluorescence. Corydaline, compare Wackenroder, Miiller and Leube, Boedecker and Wicke.8 The alkaloid dissolves in conc. sulphuric. acid, with dark red-colouration. Cytisine, compare Husemann and Marmé.™ 7 Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [2], vi. 432. 2 Thid. [2], v. 493; Schweizerische Wochenschrift f. Pharm. 172, 174, 1865. 3 Chem. Centralblatt, 1847-49, 1853, 1854. See also Goebel, Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm. xxxviii. 363, 1841, 4 Gmelin’s ‘ Handbook of Chemistry.’ 5 Chem. Centralblatt, 903, 1861 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxiv. 395). 6 Vierteljahresschr. f. pract. Pharm. x. 513. 1861 (Amer. Journ. ene xxxiv. 166, xxxv. 453). ? Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. (Suppl.) iv. 50; cxl. 145, 1866; cxlix. 35, 1869 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxxviii. 568, xxxix. 122, xlii: 396). 8 Repert. f. Pharm. xxxi. 37. ® Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. xlviii. 109, 1843 ; ‘ly. 105, 1845 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [1], iii. 177 ; v. 228). 20 Vierteljahresschr. f. pract. Pharm. viii. 126, 1859. 11 Ibid. ix. 489, 1860 ; Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cxxi. 372,-1862 (Amer. Journ, Pharm, xxxii. 450, xxxiii. 122, xxxiv. 406). . 7? Annal. d, Chem. und Pharm. (Suppl.) iv. 40. Miiller’s alstonine from _ Alstonia constricta is probably a mixture of these two alkaloids. (Hesse). 18 Archiv d. Pharm, xlix. 153,1847. Vierteljahresschr. f: pract. Pharm. viii. 536, 1859 ix. 524, 1860. Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. cxxxvii. 274, 1866. . (See Bentley, Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [2], iv. 343, 1862; Amer.: ‘Journ, Pharm. xxxiii. 112). 44 Chem. Centralblatt, 781, 1865 ; and N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xxxi. 193, 184S (Pharm. Jourmi. and Trans. [8], i. 682, 1871). 204 ALKALOIDS. Ditamine (echitamine), see Gorup Besanez, and Hesse ;! for ditaine see Harneck.? ‘The latter is glucosidal, like solanine, and assumes a flesh-colour when treated with conc. Bulphuric acid, whereas ditamine turns splendid purple. Geissospermine and aspidospermine, compare Fraude.? The latter yields a deep violet solution when warmed with excess of perchloride of platinum ; heated with dilute sulphuric acid and a little chlorate of potash, or with perchloric acid of sp. gr. 1°13, it turns deep red ; with sulphuric acid and peroxide of lead, brown, changing to cherry-red: If not quite pure, in the latter case a violet colour is produced. At a temperature of 14° aspidosper- mine dissolves in 6,000 parts of water, 48 of 98 per cent. spirit, and 106 of ether. Dulcamarine, see Wittstein;* alkaloid in. Eschscholtzia, see Walz;® 1 Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm. clxxvi. 88, 326,; clxxviii. 49, 1875 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [3], vi. 142, 1875). Ber. d..d. chem, Ges, xiii. 1841, 1880 (Year-book Pharm. 171, 1881). 2 Archiv f, exper. Pathol. und Pharmacol. vii. 128, 1877. Ber. d.d. chem, Ges, xi. 2004, 1878 (Year-book Pharm. 188, 1878); ibid, xiii. 1645, 1880 (see also Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], viii. 808, 1878; xi. 331, 1870). Scharlée’s alstonine (Hesse’s alstonanine) from Alstonia spectabilis appears to be closely allied to.ditamine, but crystallizes with facility. 3 Ber, d. d. chem. Ges.-xi. 2189, 1878 (Year-book Pharm. 193, 1879) ; ibid. xii. 1558, 1560 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], x. 712, 1880). See also my observations in the Jahresb. f. Pharm, 120, 1878; and Hesse, ibid, 115, 1877 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], viii. 648, 1878). The name geissosper- mine appears to haye been applied to two different alkaloids, of which the one discovered by Hesse yields reactions closely resembling those of aspidosper- mine (red colouration with nitric acid, etc.). . Hease’s geissospermine produces a splendid red colour with sulphuric acid and bichromate of potassium, blue with sulphuric acid and ferric salts, deep blue with Fréhde’s reagent, and changes the colour of chloride of gold solution to a deep red. It can be removed from solution by. shaking with benzene or chloroform, and is accom- panied by an alkaloid which is easily soluble in ether and turns reddish- violet with sulphiric acid. The identity of aspidospermine and paytine already alluded to (§ 186) is contested by Hesse. The same chemist has also lately. discovered a second alkaloid in quebracho, which he calls quebrachine ; it is coloured blue with sulphuric acid and peroxide of lead (Ber. d.-d. chem. Ges. xiii. 2308; see Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], xii. 704). In examining quebracho bark, I noticed that chloroform extracted from acid solutions (§ 55) a small quantity of an alkaloid giving the reaction of aspidospermine. Solu- tions rendéred alkaline with ammonia yielded to petroleum spirit and benzene a mixture that reacted like aspidospermine with sulphuric acid and chlorate of potash, but was’ coloured splendid violet by Fréhde’s reagent, and behaved like strychnine to sulphuric acid and bichromate of potash, Compare also Arata, Actas de la Acad, nac. in Buenos Aires, 1881 ; Hesse, Annal, d. Chem, u. Pharm, cexi. 249, 1882. 4 Pharm. Vierteljahresschr. i, 371, 495, 1850, Cf. § 167. 5N. Jabrb. f. Pharm. viii. 223, 1857 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxiv. 329). Compare also my ‘ Ermittelung d. Gifte.’ § 190. AMIDES; AMANITINE, ETC. 205 glaucine, see Probst ;1 fumarine, see Pommier, Hannon, and Preuss ;2 gelsemine, see Robbins? (cf. § 55, 171); hydrastine, see Perrins ;+ jurubebine, see Greene ;° loturine, see § 168 ; ‘meni- spermine and paramenispermine, see Szteyner ;° oleandrine, see Leukowsky ;7 oxyacanthine, see Polex ;8 pelletierine (punicine), see Tanret.* Pereirine, see Goos.° It dissolves with purple colour in nitric acid. Sparteine, see Mills (cf § 55) ;" tawine, see Marmé (cf. §§ 55, 171) ;}2 lycopodine,!® nupharine.14 § 190. Amides——The following are amides of less complex constitution occasionally met with in plants : Amanitine, which may be distinguished from muscarine by the properties of the-gold salt (§ 183) and by the negative results of physiological experiments.5 It is isomeric, but not identical with choline (neurine, sinkaline), and is converted’ into muscarine by the action of nitric acid, whereas, under similar conditions, choline yields betaine (= butylalanine and oxyneurine): Musca- tine differs from betaine in being more powerfully alkaline.16 2 Annal, d, Chem. und Pharm. xxix. 120, xxxi. 250, 1838 (Amer. Journ, Pharm. xxxiii. 9). 2N. Repert. f. Pharm. ii. 469, 1853; Vierteljahresschr. f. pract. Pharm. iii, 68, 1852; Zeitschr. f. Chem. ii. 414, 1866. 3 Jahresb. f. Pharm, 152, 1876 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. 191, 1876). Robbins identified the so-called gelsemic acid with aesculin. . 4 Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [2], iii. 546, 1862. See also Mahla, Journ. f. pract. Chem. xci. 248; Prescott, Amer. Journ, Pharm. xlvii. 481, 1875; Hale, ibid. 247. 5 Amer. Journ, Pharm. xlix. 506, 1877. 6 Jahresh. f. Pharm. 141, 1878. 7 Ibid. xlvi. 397, 8 Archiv d, Pharm. [1], vi. 271, 1824 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. xxiii. 455). ® Journ. de Pharm. et de Chimie, xxviii. 168, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans, [3], ix. 450). 10 Chem. Centralblatt, 610, 1839. Compare also Peretti, Journ. de Chim. med. xxvi. 162. 11 Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm. cxxv. 71, 1862. 12 Jahresb, f. Pharm. 93, 1876 ; compare also 636, 1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], 893, 1877). 33 Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. ceviii. 363, 1881 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [8], xii. 280, 1881). 14 Griining, loc. cit. 15 Compare Schmiedeberg, Ber. d.d.chem. Ges. iv. 693, 1871, and Harnack, loc. cit. (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [2], xi. 365, 1869). 36 For betaine see Scheibler, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, ii, 292, 296, 1869.; identity with oxyneurine, ibid. iii, 155; with lycine see Husemann, Schweiz. 206 ALKALOIDS. Choline and amanitine are also tolerably strongly alkaline. The double salt of platinum and choline is precipitated by aleohel from aqueous solution (contains 31°75 to 33-27 per cent. Pt.) ; the gold double salt is sparingly soluble in cold water, more freely in boiling (contains 44°25 to 44:9 per cent. Au.). The gold and platinum double salts of betaine are freely soluble in water, aitd especially so in alcohol, but more sparingly in ether. § 191. Asparagine—This substance requires 40 parts of cold and 4 of warm water for solution, and is insoluble ix absolute alcohol and in ether. It crystallizes in colourless rhombic prisms. Boiling with hydrochloric acid resolves it into aspartic acid and ammonia, a reaction upon which Sachsse! based the following method for the quantitative estimation --—10 grams of the powdered substance are boiled for a quarter of an hour with 200 ce. of a mixture of equal volumes of alcohol and water, in a flask pro- vided with an upright condenser; 5 cc. of a cold saturated . alcoholic solution of mercuric chloride are diluted with 5 cc. of water, and added to the mixture whilst still hot, the whole thrown on a filter, and’ washed first with hot 50 per cent. spirit, and finally with cold water. The filtrate and washings are evaporated to dryness, the residue redissolved in the smallest possible quan- tity of water ‘(not more than 50 cc.), from which solution the mercury is precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphide of mercury is filtered’off and washed with hot water until filtrate and washings measure 110 to 120 cc. This liquid is then mixed with 10 cc. of hydrochloric acid and boiled for an hour (with upright condenser), by which the asparagine is decomposed into ammonia and aspartic acid; it is then cooled in an atmosphere free from ammonia, and made slightly alkaline with pure potash. The ammonia produced may’ be estimated - gasometrically by Knop’s method ; 14 parts by weight of ‘nitrogen indicate 132 of anhydrous asparagine. For asparagine, see also §§ 97, 210. ‘The microscopical detection of asparagine may be effected by taking advantage of its insolubility in absolute alcohol. Crystal- line. deposits of that substance are usually formed when fresh sections of plants containing it are placed in alcohol. After being dried they are insoluble in a cold saturated aqueous ‘solution of Wochenschr. 1875 (Amer. Journ. Pharm. 209, 1875). Compare-also Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm, (Suppl.) ii. 383, iii. 245, 1864. 1 Journ. f. pract. Chem. vi. 118, 1873 (Journ. Chem, Soc. xxvi. 652). $§.191, 192. ASPARAGINE ; GLUTAMINE ; LEUCINE, 27 asparagine, and melt at 100° to a homogeneous mass easily soluble in'water. Should the addition of alcohol not be followed by the immediate formation of crystals, Borodin recommends covering the object with a coverslip, allowing the spirit to evaporate, and then again looking for crystals. Schulze and Ulrich detected glutamine in beet-juice. by precipi- tating with a slight excess of basic acetate of lead and filtering. To ihe filtrate which contains the glutamine, hydrochloric acid is. added in the proportion of 25 ce. to a litre; on boiling for two hours the glutamine is decomposed, like asparagine, into ammonia and the corresponding acid (glutamic acid). The greater. part of the hydrochloric acid is now removed by concentrated solution of acetate of lead, and to the filtrate basic acetate of lead is added until the precipitate first formed is redissolved, with the exception of the remainder of the chloride of lead. The lead salt of glutamic acid is then precipitated from the filtered solu- tion by the addition of alcohol ‘It is collected, decomposed with sulphuretted hydrogen, and filtered from the sulphide of lead. After expelling the excess of sulphuretted hydrogen from the liquid, oxide of silver is added to remove any hydro- chloric acid present, the solution freed from silver by sulphuretted. hydrogen, and evaporated to crystallization. The glutamic acid thus obtained may be purified by conversion into a copper salt and regeneration by sulphuretted hydrogen. The presence of glutamic acid was confirmed by converting with nitrous acid into the corresponding oxy-acid, from which. pyrotartaric acid was obtained by the action of hydriodic acid. The last portion of glutamic acid from the crystallization of the crude product was found to contain aspartic acid.? Glutamine may be estimated quantitatively in the same manner as asparagine. For the quantitative determination of asparagine, leucine, tyrosine, eic., seé also § 241. § 192. Leucine —This substance has also been detected in certain plants.? Ip may be separated from albuminous substances by dialysis, and if present in solution with asparagine, will be found in the mother-liq.uor after the crystallization of the latter. 1 Compare Yeitschr £, anal. Chem. xvii. 104, 1878.. 2 Compare, for instance, Gorup. Besanez, Ber. d. d. chem, Ges. vii. 146, 569, 1874 (Journ, Chem. Soe. xxvil. 494), 208 VEGETABLE MUCILAGE. It is characterized by crystallizing in sphzro-crystals, by its be~ haviour to water and alcohol (dissolves in 27 parts of cold, and easily in warm water, in 1040 of cold 96 per cent. spirit, and 800 of boiling 98 per cent.), by its power of dissolving oxide of copper, and by yielding leucic acid when acted upon by nitrous acid. I have already directed attention to the identity of the cheno- podine obtained from decomposing yeast with leucine. Gorup Besanez has made the same assertions of the chenopodine from Chenopodium album. Tyrosine, as well as leucine, has lately been detected in plants, especially in germinating seeds.2 Aqueous extracts of the material under examination are concentrated, precipitated with alcohol, filtered, freed from alcohol. by distillation, evaporated toa syrup, and allowed to stand, when the tyrosine separates out in groups of warty crystals. By. recrystallization from ammoniacal alcohol ' it may be obtained in acicular crystals. Solutions of the latter. develop a rose-colour with mercuric nitrate and a little nitrous acid. Warmed to 50° with concentrated sulphuric acid (half-hour), and saturated with carbonate of barium, it yields a mass which assumes a fine violet with ferric chloride. Ratanhin agrees with tyrosine in most of its reactions, especially the two just described. It is almost insoluble in cold water, alcohol and ether, sparingly soluble in boiling water, but freely in ammonia. Suspended in water, and then warmed with a little nitric acid, it dissolves, passing, as it does so, from rose to ruby- red and blue, turning finally green with red fluorescence. 2 VEGETABLE MUCILAGE. § 193. Vegetabie Mucilage, Pectin, etc.—The substances desig: nated by these names are a source of much inconvenience to the analyst, due probably to their occurring in various modifications 1 Compare Bergman, ‘ Das putride Gift,’ Dorpat Gliser. See also Reinsch, N. Jahrb. f. Pharm. xxvii. 123, 1867. * Compare Scbulze,and Barbieri, Ber. d. d. chem, Ges. x. 199, xi. 710 (Journ. Chem. Soo, xxxiv. 663). ? It is notoricus that ratanhin does not occur in rhatany-root, and that its presence in certain samples of commercial extract of rhatany is due to adultera- tion, Compare also Kreitmair, Jahresh, f. Pharm. 136, 1874 (Year-book Pharm. 90, 1875). Gintl believes ratanhin to be identical with angelin from Ferreira spectabilis (Zeitschr. d. ésterr, Apoth. Ver. 32, 1869). §§ 193, 194. EXTRACTION. 209 differing greatly from one another in solubility, etc. The majority: of them are characterized by a certain disposition to combine with lime, potash, etc., and this has led to their classification with the weak organic acids (arabic acid, etc.) ; in fact, some of the differ- ences in solubility, etc,, seem occasionally to depend directly upon the quantity and quality of the bases with which they are combined.? But other substances, such as albumen, tannin, etc. that simply accompany the pectin and mucilage, can also exercise an influence on the behaviour of the latter to solvents. On this account, and because, as a rule, such matters as mucilage diffuse but slowly, it is not always possible, in extracting vegetable substances with water according to § 71, to be certain that all the mucilage (arabin, etc ) soluble in water has really passed into solution. If heat were employed, the amount dissolved would certainly be increased, but at the same time other and more serious errors would be intro- duced. One such source of error is to be found in the presence of carbohydrates closely ‘allied ‘to ‘soluble mucilage, but differing from it in only swelling (not dissolving) in cold water (metarabic acid, etc.). These carbohydrates are of frequent occurrence in plants. Prolonged heating with water gradually dissolves them. Error would also be caused by carbohydrates like lichenin, caraghin, starch, etc., hot solutions of which gélatinize on cooling, as well as by other substances. § 194. Modified Method of Examination for Mucilage, etc.—For the reasons given in § 193, I think it is preferable to extract with cold water, and estimate the mucilage and albumen in the solution prepared according to § 71. The washings mentioned in that ‘section should be evaporated to a syrup, in which a similar deter- mination of mucilage and albumen should be made. If the material has been macerated with exactly 100 cc. of water, and 65 ce. of filtrate have been obtained (used for the first determina- tion of albumen, etc.), then 35 cc. must be retained by the residue and filter, and these 35 cc. must be extracted by the washing. If the 1 This was clearly the case in peony-seed (Archiv d. Pharm. [8], xiv. 426, 1879 ; Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxv. 1043). Treatment of the seed with alcoholic. tartaric acid rendered far more arabic acid soluble in water than it was possible to extract by direct treatment with the latter menstruum. It had evidently been liberated from combination by tartaric acid, and rendered soluble in water. 14 210 VEGETABLE MUCILAGE. extraction has been complete, the amount of albumen, etc., in the washings must be the same as that in 35 cc. of the first filtrate (which may be calculated from the first estimation) ; but should the washings contain more than the corresponding quantity of filtrate, the excess must be added to the total of the analysis. § 195. Characters of Soluble Mucilage.—Apart from their being dissolved by’ water and precipitated by alcohol from aqueous solution, vegetable gum, arabin, arabic or gummic acid,. is also characterized by-being converted into, glucose when boiled with a dilute acid. It must, however, be observed, that the various arabic acids, according to their origin, yield glucoses differing to a certain extent from one another, some being more powerfully dextro-, others levo-rotatory ; ‘some crystallizing with facility, others again not at all, or only with difficulty, or passing first through an intermediate stage as deatrin (according to Kirchner with simultaneous production of cellulose). By means of these properties, vegetable mucilages of particular origin can sometimes be accurately described, Some yéars ago it was shown by Scheibler} that the arabic acid of beet-root yielded, on. inversion, a considerable quantity ‘of dextro-rotatory arabinose, which crystallizes with such facility that it was at first thought to be mannite. Kiliani has recently asserted the identity of arabinose with lactose, Many varieties of gum arabic also behave like arabic acid, whilst some which are not otherwise distinguishable from good gum, differ in yielding levo-rotatory non-crystallizable glucose. In addition to these, Béchamp? has recently discovered. a ‘ gummicose’ which appears to be allied to galactose (§ 205). I am almost inclined to think that a minute investigation of these properties might enable us to distinguish between the various forms of vegetable mucilage soluble in water.$ The examination of the oxidation-products obtained by the 1 Ber. d. d. chem. Ges. vi. 612, 1878; Journ. f. pract.:Chem. ciji, 458, 868 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxvi. 1124), See also Neubauer, Jahresb. f. Pharm. 6, 1854, and Greger, ibid. 218, 1872. * Compare Béchamp, Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. xxvii. 51, 1878. 3 In general it may be said that the action of dilute acids must be continued for a longer time to convert vegetable mucilaye (arabin) into glucose than is necessary for dextrin, triticin, ete. But it must be left for further experi- ments to show to what extent the amount of glucose produced may be taken as an indication of the quantity of arabin originally present, § 195, ARABIC ACID. 211 action of nitric acid may also result in the discovery of distinctive properties. Special attention should be directed to the presence among these oxidation-products of mucic acid, and to the quantity in which it is yielded. The action of aqueous solutions of these mucilaginous sub- stances on polarized light also requires further investigation. It is at all events certain that some arabins are powerfully levo- rotatory (cf. § 146), others feebly so, whilst some again are dextro- rotatory. ‘By the action of hydrochloric, or tolerably dilute sulphuric acid, or spirit containing 10 per cent. of the latter, arabic acid is converted into metarabic acid (§ 226) which is characterized by only swelling in water. This modification can be converted into arabic acid by boiling with a very dilute non-oxidizing acid, a little sugar being simultaneously produced. A similar change to arabic acid takes place when metarabic. acid is triturated with sufficient lime or baryta water to dissolve it, a lime or baryta salt of arabic acid being formed. Arabic acid agrees in its essential properties with metapectic acid, and approaches pectic acid in such a manner as to allow of the conjecture that the latter, when examined in a state of purity, will prove identical with it; in fact, I am of the same opinion as Reichardt! and others—viz., that the so-called pectin substances are nothing else than the various forms of vegetable mucilage and its nearest allies. The insolubility of these mucilaginous and ‘pectinous’- sub- stances in alcohol and ether, and the property they possess of swelling in contact with water, allow of their. detection shicro- scopically. They are generally coloured yellow by iodine water (for allied substances coloured blue with iodine, see § 244). Auiline violet colours vegetable mucilage red. § 196. Varieties of Gum, Arabic.—Masing ? has published com- munications on the behaviour to reagents (§ 73) of arabic acid, and different varieties of gum arabic, and its more important surrogates. It appears that 10 per cent. aqueous solutions of these substances are not precipitated by cold saturated solution of acetate of copper, 10 per cent. acetate of lead solution, or by ferric 1 Archiv d. Pharm. [3], x. 116, 1877 (Jcurn. Chem, Soc, xxxii. 502). 2 Archiv d. Pharm. [3], xv. 216, 1879; xvii. 34, 1880 (Year-book Pharm, 191, 1881 ; Journ. Chem. Soe. x1, 212). 14—2 212 DEXTRIN, TRITICIN, ETC. chloride of sp. gr. 1:2; a cloudiness or precipitate produced in some samples (e.g. Boronia elephantum) is probably due to con- tamination: Silicate of potash (1 part of thick soluble glass diluted with 20 parts of water) produces in solutions of gum arabic, and most of its surrogates, a cloudiness or precipitate which partially or wholly redissolves on adding excess. Arabic acid remains clear, or becomes only slightly turbid. The same reagent does not precipitate the partially soluble gum. from species of Cactus, Cedrela, or Rhizophora, or solutions of the gum from Acacia catechu, A. leucophloa, and species of Albizza, Azedirachta, Odina and Conocarpus. A 2 per cent. solution of stannate of potash yields reactions resembling in general those of silicate of potash, but produces in solutions of arabic acid a pre- cipitate that redissolves in’ excess. A 10 per cent. solution of neutral sulphate of aluminium gives, as a rule, a precipitate, and this is in many cases soluble in caustic potash of sp. gr. 1:13. Basic acetate of lead also produces a precipitate, which is generally partially or wholly soluble in excess. § 197. Separation from Dextrin, etc.—The behaviour of the muci- laginous substances soluble in water to basic acetate of lead furnishes us with the means of getting rid of them, should we wish to make optical or chemical experiments with extracts of vegetable substances for the detection of glucose, saccharose, dextrin, triticin, ete. (cf. §§ 76, 83); care must be taken, however, not to add any large excess of the precipitant. If this precaution is observed, such substances as arabin and dextrin can, I think, be more completely separated than by the precipitation with alcohol, recommended in §§ 75, 76. In the latter, ethylic alcohol can, as I showed some years since, be replaced by methylic.? DEXTRIN, TRITICIN, SINISTRIN, LEVULIN. § 198. Characters.—These carbohydrates are ali easily converted. into glucoses (§ 76) by dilute acids. Deztrin may be distinguished by its yielding grape-sugar, whilst triticin, sinistrin and levulin are converted into levulose, and are also characterized by their behaviour to baryta-water (see also § 77). Levulin? is optically 1 Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, iv. 152, 1866 (note). 2 Compare Weyher v. Reidemeister, ‘ Beitr. z. Kenntniss d. Levulins, etc.’ Diss. Dorpat, 1880. §§ 198, 199. COMPOSITION AND ESTIMATION. 213 inactive ; ‘sinistrin and triticin! differ from one another in the extent to which they deviate a ray of polarized light. Triticin reduces Fehling’s solution rapidly, but levulin and sinistrin require long boiling before cuprous oxide separates out (levulin, 14 hour). These three carbohydrates also differ in the rapidity with which they are converted into glucose when heated with pure water in sealed tubes. Triticin is here the first to undergo a partial tranz- formation into sugar. Levulin is more easily converted by yeast into carbonic acid and alcolol than is either triticin or sinistrin. § 199. Girgen- soln,° and Taraskewicz,’ have shown that the albumen of blood- serum, eggs, etc., can be estimated with tolerable accuracy by 1A similar substance occurs in the seeds of Pinus cembra. See sohebees Pharm. Zeitschr. f, Russland, 520, 1880.. ? Compare Maschke, Chem. Centralblatt, 864, 1858, and Sachsse, ibid, 583, 1876 (Journ, Chem. Soc. xxxii. 200). 3 Compare Schmiedeberg, Zeitschr. f. phys. Chem. i. 206; Ritthausen, Archiv f. die ue Phys. xvi, 301 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxiv. 518). 4 Loc. cit. * ‘Beitr. 2. quant. Eiweissbest. Diss. Dorpat, 1870. § ‘Beitr. z, Albuminometrie und z. Kenntniss d. Tanninverb. d, Albuminate. Diss. Dorpat, 1872. 7 Einige Methoden z, Werthbest d. Milch. Diss, Dorpat, 1873. §§ 229, 230. ESTIMATION. 237 means of the tannin reagent mentioned in § 95, and Cramer. Dolmatow has found that extracts from one and the same plant yield concordant results when titrated with the same reagent. It must be left, however, for further experiments to show what veget- able albuminoids can be estimated in this way. § 230. Estimation continued.—A gravimetric estimation with tannin will generally yield higher results than can be obtained by coagu- lation (§ 94). The source of the difference is to be looked for partly in the deficiencies of the latter method, and partly in the fact that a number of albuminous substances soluble in water are not coagulated by boiling with dilute acetic acid, but are nevertheless precipitated by tannin. For this reason the results obtained by the tannin-method will generally agree better with those yielded by precipitation with alcohol. Nevertheless, T donot recommend the omission of the estimation by coagulation, for if the difference is considerable, that is, if the estimation by the tannin-method yields much higher results than that by coagula- tion, it proves that another albuminous substance is present, which is not coagulated by boiling. It is only when the difference is small that the presence of vegetable albumen alone may be in- ferred ; it may then be estimated by precipitation by tannin. To render the coagulation-test as reliable as possible, I have recommended chloride of sodium to be added, and the precipitat: to be washed, first with boiling water, and subsequently with dilute spirit. If the chloride of sodium is omitted the precipita- tion is generally less complete, and prolonged washing, especially with cold water, is liable to redissolve part of the albumen. Ferments.—Simultaneously with the albumen a number of other substances may be partially or wholly precipitated, which, although agreeing with albumen in many respects, have been too little investigated from a chemical point of view to justify their being classed straightway as albuminoids. I refer to the so-called fer- ments. Like albumen, they contain nitrogen, and are precipitated by strong alcohol, etc. ; most of them, probably, are coagulated like, or together with, albumen when boiled in aqueous solution, They are distinguished from albumen by their fermentative action, which evinces itself in various ways. Diastase, like saliva, converts starch into sugar, whilst invertin changes saccharose into invert- sugar. Vegetable ferments allied to pepsin (papayotin) peptonize albumen. Myrosin decomposes myronic acid, emulsin amygdalin ; 238 ALBUMINOIDS. but emulsin does not attack myronic acid, nor does invertin convert starch into maltose and dextrin, etc. It is easy, there- fore, to detect diastase in malt, invertin in yeast, emulsin in almonds, etc., the presence of which is anticipated. The liquefaction of starch-paste, the conversion of cane-sugar into invert-sugar, the development of hydrocyanic acid and oil of bitter almonds, are changes so striking and so promptly effected, that the qualitative detection of the ferments producing them leaves nothing to be desired. But the varied nature of the ferments themselves and of their action renders it exceedingly difficult to detect them in vegetable substances that have not previously been examined, as @ general reagent applicable.in euch a case is yet unknown. It must be admitted that attention has been drawn to the fact that the ferments liberate oxygen from an aqueous solution of peroxide of hydrogen, to which a little tincture of guaiacum has been added, and thus produce a blue colouration of the mixture. But it is hardly to be expected that this property should be shared by all ferments, or that it should be peculiar to them alone. § 231. Estimation of total Albumen.—The total albumen soluble in water can be estimated by means of acetate of copper, provided that no tannin or other substance precipitated by the same reagent is present in solution. The precipitate produced by an excess of the acetate is filtered off, dried, weighed, and ignited, the resulting oxide of copper being deducted.} If other substances are thrown down with the albumen the nitrogen in the precipitate may be determined, and from that the albumen present calculated. Ritthausen? and Taraskewicz*? have proved experimentally that the precipitate contains the whole of the albumen, casein, etc. § 232. Estimation continued.—Sestini* considers it advisable to precipitate with acetate of lead. In cases in which other nitro- 1In some instances it is necessary to add a considerable excess for complete precipitation of the albumen. In an experiment made by Taraskewicz with casein, 1 gram of oxide of copper (in the form of acetate) was found to pre- cipitate 4°19 gram of casein; but for complete precipitation an amount of acetate corresponding to 4°55 grams of oxide had to be added. ® Loe, cit. 34, etc. ; Ritthausen and Settegast, Archiv f. d. ges. Phys. xvi. 293, 1877. See also Morner, Upsala Lakareféren. Forhandl. xii. 475, 1877 ; Fassbender, Ber, d.'d. chem. Ges. xiii, 1818, 1880 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xl, 205). 3 Loe, cit. 4 Landwirthsch. Versuchsst, xx. 305, 1870 (Journ. Chem. Soc, xxxiv. 740). § 231. ESTIMATION. 239 genous substances accompany the albumen in aqueous solution he advises the determination first of the total nitrogen ; a part of the original substance is then to be boiled with water for an hour, made distinctly acid with lactic acid, mixed with acetate of lead, and filtered ; the insoluble residue is dried and the nitrogen in it estimated. He thus assumes that all the nitrogen not present in the form of albuminoids passes into aqueous solution, and the nitrogen in the insoluble residue after precipitation with lead indicates the total albumen, both soluble and insoluble. In addition to the foregoing precipitants, some of the group reagents for alkaloids—phosphomolybdic, phosphotungstice acid, potassiomercuric iodide, etc.—also throw down albuminous sub- stances (§ 63). Phosphotungstic acid precipitates peptones, and. might therefore be used for their estimation in vegetable infusions previously freed from albuminous substances by coagulation or precipitation with lead.' 1 See Schulze and Barbieri, Landwirthsch. Versuchsst. xxvi. 213, 230, 234, 1881. (Journ, Chem. Soc, xl 312); Chem, Centralblatt, 714, 731, 747, 761, 1881; Defresme, Repert. de Pharm, viii. 453, 1881; Hofmeister, Zeitachr. f. phys. Chem. i iv. 253, 1880. From the results recently obtained by Schulze and Barbieri, it appears pro- _ bable that peptones are of far more frequent occurrence than could have been ‘anticipated. As plants contain peptonizing ferments, the possibility must not be ignored of peptones being produced during the preparation of aqueous infu- sions ; they are also occasionally found ready formed in plants. The following are the more important properties of peptones : They yield with water solutions from which they are precipitated by alcohol, and redissolved by the addition of water. Estimation, however, by precipitation with alcohol is said to yield unsatisfactory results. In aqueous solution they are not coagulated by warm- ing, nor are they thrown down by nitric acid, alum, ferrocyanide of potassium, ‘or acetate of lead, but they are precipitated by tannin; and in the presence of neutral salts.(sulphate of magnesia, etc.) the separation is often very complete. “Peptones are precipitated, as above stated, by phosphotungstic acid, and this takes place in am acetic acid solution ; a property that enables us to separate them from other nitrogenous substances thrown down by the same reagent from solutions containing a mineral acid. The most important reaction of peptones is the so-called biuret reaction. An aqueous solution of a peptone assumes a pure red colour on the addition of caustic soda and very dilute solution of sulphate of copper (avoiding excess) ; Fehling’s solution produces the same effect. The following might temporarily be recommended as a suitable method for the detection of peptones: The (fresh) material to be examined is triturated with sand and water, strained, washed with water and pressed. The liquors are united, acidified with acetic acid, warmed and filtered from the coagulum. From the filtrate any albuminoids remaining in solution are precipitated by the addition of acetate of lead, or, better, by warm- ‘ing with basic acetate and hydrate of lead, and filtered off. The clear liquid is then rendered strongly acid with sulphuric acid, and the peptone precipitated 240 ALBUMINOIDS. Precipitation by phenol and calculation from the nitrogen contained in the precipitate has been recommended by Church ' for the estimation of the albuminoids in vegetable infusions, in the presence of amides, etc. My experience in precipitating albumen, etc, with phenol compels me to-doubt the possibility of always obtaining complete separation by this means. Sestini has also expressed himself to the same effect. § 233. Extraction with Dilute Acid.—It has already been observed that the residue of a vegetable substance, after exhaustion with water, yields albuminous substances to dilute alkali. The same is the case with dilute acid (2°12 per cent. HCl), the substances extracted being gluten, fibrin (§ 235), gliadin, mucedin, etc. But the albuminoids brought into solution by these two solvents do not appear to be always identical; at least Wagner found that the amount removed by dilute alkali (after exhaustion of the material with water) did not. coincide with that extracted by acid. (Compare also §§111, 106). It might nevertheless in many cases be desirable to ascertain to what extent the substances allied to albumen resist the action of water, dilute alkali (cf. § 226) and dilute acid respectively. In estimating the value of certain vegetable substances as foods, it will often be-found desirable to determine what proportion of proteids are dissolved by the combined action of pepsin and hydrochloric acid after the material has been exhausted with water. From experiments that have been made in this direction it would appear that hydrochloric acid, and pepsin dissolve more than the former alone.? In making such estimations I should recommend 100 ce. of water, 1 gram of 33 per cent. hydrochloric acid, and 0-1 by phosphotungstic acid. The precipitate is filtered 8f as rapidly as possible, washed with 5 per cent. sulphuric acid and transferred whilst still moist to a mortar. It is then triturated with excess of Lydrate of baryta, warmed for a short time and filtered. If the filtrate is colourless, the biuret-test can be applied ; if yellow, it can frequently be decolourized by adding a little acetate of lead, and filtering off from the precipitate thus produced. Animal charcoal should not be used, as it absorbs peptone. Schulze and Barbieri, who pro- posed the foregoing method, have obtained approximate quantitative results colorimetrically. 1 Landwirthsch. Versuchsst. xxvi. 198 (Journ. Chem. Soe. XxxY iii, 588). See also Sestini, loc. cit. ? See Kessler, Versuche tiber die Wirkung des Pepsins auf einige animal u, vegetab. Nahrungsmittel Diss. Dorpat, 1880. §23 EXTRACTION WITH SPIRIT. 241 of good pepsin to be taken for every 2. grams of finely powdered substance. Starch, if present in large quantity, might with advantage be previously converted into maltose and dextrin by boiling, cooling to 40°, and digesting for four hours at that temperature, after adding 0-005 gram of active diastase. § 234. Hatraction with Spirit—Some of the albuminoids in- soluble in water attract our attention by their solubility in spirit, as, for instance, those known as glutenfibrin, gliadin (or vegetable gelatine), and mucedin. In seeds only have these three substances been detected with certainty ; they remain undissolved when the material containing them is treated with’ water, or, at most, the mucedin alone is partially taken into solution. They would be removed, however, by the dilute alkali used for the extraction of the glutencasein (§ 226), and it is advisable therefore, in looking for these substances, to treat the material with spirit previously to extracting the glutencasein with alkali. Part, however, of the glutenfibrin and a little gliadin would be left undissolved, and would be subsequently found with the casein (§ 226). The spirit should be used cold, and should be of a strength of about 60 to 80 per cent. The maceration must extend over a considerable period, and the spirit be renewed several times. The united extracts are distilled until the strength of the spirit is reduced to 40 to 50 per cent. (not less). On cooling, a clear slimy mass separates, con- sisting principally of glutenfibrin mixed with a few flocks of gluten- casein and possibly fat (which is, however, better removed by petroleum spirit before treating with aleohol). If the majority of the spirit is distilled off from the clear liquor a second precipitate will form, consisting principally of gliadin and mucedin, and a further quantity of the same two substances (impure) can be ob- tained by neutralizing the filtrate with a little potash and con- centrating. All these precipitates are triturated with absolute alcohol until they become hard and solid. Fat, if present, is removed by treatment with ether. We are as yet unacquamted with any method of separating the glutenfibrin, gliadin, or mucedin fer quantitative determination. We must therefore content ourselves with making a total estima- The spirit dissolves a little glutenfibrin, which can subsequently be precipi- tated by ether. 16 242 ALBUMINOIDS. tion, and applying a few qualitative tests to show the presence of one or more of the substances referred to. § 235. Properties: Glutenfibrin. — Glutenfibrin is insoluble in water and in absolute alcohol, but dissolves easily in warm 30 to 70 per cent, spirit, separating again.on cooling.1 It is also taken up by cold 80 to 90 per cent. spirit. Prolonged boiling with water converts it into a gelatinous substance insoluble in spirit, acids, or alkalies. Glutenfibrin dissolves with facility. in cold - dilute acids (acetic, citric, tartaric, hydrochloric), and in alkalies ; with ammonia, lime- and baryta- water it gelatinizes. It is pre- cipitated from both acid and alkaline solutions on neutralizing, © and is also thrown down by acetate of copper.” Gliadin is characterized by its tough, slimy consistency. It is sparingly soluble in cold water ; a considerable quantity dissolves on boiling, but, like. glutenfibrin, it undergoes simultaneously a partial decomposition. Gliadin is insoluble in absolnte alcohol, but dissolves in 60 to 70 per cent. spirit, both cold and warm (especially freely in the latter). In general it resembles glutencasein in its behaviour to dilute alkalies and acids, but ammonia, lime- and baryta- water dissolve it. Boiled with con- centrated hydrochloric acid it yields a bluish-brown solution. It is precipitated by acetate of copper, but not by mercuric chloride. Attention has already been directed (§ 224) to the high percentage of nitrogen in gliadin. Mucedin is far less tough and elastic than gliadin, and is more easily soluble in 60 to 70 per cent. spirit. It is precipitated from a cold solution by 90 to 95 per cent. spirit in flocks or friable masses (solutions of gliadin become milky) ; stirred up with water it yields a cloudy mucilaginous liquid, which clears again’ on standing ; but, if warmed, the aqueous solution becomes cloudy and remains so for a considerable period, till finally a flocky mass separates which is only partially soluble in acetic acid and spirit. ‘ On concentrating such solutions the glutenfibrin forms a skin on the sur- face of the liquids, which dissolves again on stirring, Gliadin and mucedin do not exhibit this peculiarity, ® Glutenfibrin agrees with maize-fibriu in most of its properties ; the latter contains only 15°5 (instead of 16°9) per cent. of nitrogen, and is insoluble, or only partially dissolved, by dilute acetic, citrig, tartaric and oxalic acids. Zander has recently reported on another albuminous substance soluble in spirit (‘Chemisches iiber die Samen des Xanthium Strumarium,’ Diss, Dorpat, 1881), §§ 236, 237. GLUTEN, ETC. 243 In its other properties it agrees fairly well with gliadin. (Compare also § 237.) § 236. Gluten.—Glutencasein, glutenfibrin, ghadin, and mucedin are the principal constituents of the so-called gluten which possesses such importance as a food. An estimation of total gluten is generally made by rubbing down 10 to 20 grams of the meal to a paste with water, transferring to a fine linen cloth, and washing with distilled or rain-water until the washings, on standing, deposit only traces of starch. The mass is then pressed, scraped from the cloth, and dried on watch-glasses, finally at a temperature of 115° to 120°; it should then be powdered and dried again until the weight is constant. In this method of estimating gluten it will be found advantageous to add a weighed quantity (1 to 2 grams) of purified bran, the weight of which is afterwards, of course, to be deducted from that of the total gluten.! According to Benard and Girardin,? the amount of gluten found varies if the mixture is allowed to stand before washing with water. It would be advisable to begin washing about three hours after mixing the meal with water. § 237. Substances dissolved by Dilute Alkali, not precipitated by Acid and Spirit.—In estimating metarabic acid and albuminous substances sparingly soluble in. water, as directed in §§ 103 and 206, it will not unfrequently be observed that the total substances ex- tracted by dilute alkali are considerably in excess of those pre- cipitated by acid and alcohol A part of the former, therefore, aust still remain in solution, and will be recovered, together with acetate of sodium, by evaporating the filtrate (§ 107). We may expect to find here the constituents of gluten (including gliadin) and products of their decomposition. After distilling off the majority of the spirit, they might be precipitated with acetate of copper, and estimated as directed in § 231. The substances not precipitated by this reagent are probably allied to, or derived from, vegetable miucilage; they may be estimated by removing the excess of copper with sulphuretted hydrogen, evaporating to dryness’ and weighing, deducting the acetate of soda present. With regard to the latter, I may observe that it cannot be cal- culated from the amount of soda used, but must be estimated by 1 Compare Archiv d. Pharm. exev. 47, 1871. 2 Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. [5], iv. 127, 1881. 16—2 244 AMINES. incinerating a portion of the dried residue, and calculating from the carbonate of soda in the ash. In many analyses made in my laboratory, the amount of soda in solution has been found to be much smaller than was expected from calculation ; part of it was evidently retained in the insoluble residue. § 238. Other Nitrogenous Substances.—-We possess hardly any knowledge at all of the nitrogenous substances that are nof dis- solved by water, alcohol, or alkali. I have already stated (§ 234) that they may sometimes be extracted by hydrochloric acid and pepsin, but Trefiner’s researches on the chemical composition of the mosses, alluded to in § 106, prove that this is not always the case, I will here only remark that, in estimating the nutritive value of a plant, such substances cannot, without further consideration, be considered as albuminoids. AMINES AND THEIR COMPOUNDS. § 239. Monamines.—According to A. W. Hofmann, monamines may be distinguished from other amines by means of the isonitrile- reaction, as the latter do not evolve the characteristic odour of that compound when warmed with alcoholic potash and chloro- form. Another reaction for monamines consists in warming an alcoholic solution with bisulphide of carbon, by which a sulphocarbamide of the base is produced: This compound, when heated with an aqueous solution of mercuric chloride (not in excess) develops an odour of oil of mustard.) $240. For the separation of elhylamine frova diethyl- and iriethyl- amine by means of anhydrous ethyloxalate, seo A. W. Hofmann ? the author subsequently availed himself of the method in separ- ating the mathyl bases. Carey Lea® recommends pieric acid for the etby! bases. Tn Hofmann’s method the ethylamine is converted into diethyl- oxamide, which can be recrystallized from water, and yields ethylamine by distillation with potash. Dieihylamime yields under the same conditions oily ethylie di- ethyloxamate, which can be purified by distillation (boils at 260°), and converted by potash into diethylamine: 1 Ber. d. cd. chem. Ges. ii, 767, 1870,. 3 Journ. f. pract, Chera. lxxxiii, 191, 1861; Comptes rendus, lv. 749, 1862. 3 Chem. Centralblatt, 76, 1863. § 241. ESTIMATION. 245 Triethylamine is not attacked. by ethylic oxalate, and can be separated from diethyloxamide and ethylic diethyloxamate by distillation (B.P. 91°). The three corresponding methyl bases behave in an exactly similar manner. Trimethylamine boils at 4° to 5° and can easily be separated from the crystalline smethylethylocamide and the liquid ethylic dimethyloxamate (B.P. 240° to 250°) by distillation. § 241. Estimation—Sachsse and Kormann! have-published a method for the approximate estimation of amides, based upon their decomposition by nitrous acid with liberation of nitrogen: the latter gas is collected and measured, and from it the amount of amide originally present is calculated. The apparatus used for the estimation is shown in Figs, 10and 11. The generating vessel A is of about 50 to 60 cc. capacity, and closed. with an indiarubber cork bored with three holes; through these there pass two funnel-tubes, a and 8, and a bent delivery tube c, to which is attached, by means of a long indiarubber tube, 1. Landwirthsch. Versuchsst. xvii. 321 (Journ Chem. Soc. xxvii.. 784) 5 Zeitschr. £. anal, Chem. xiv. 380, 1875. 246 AMINES. a curved glass point d. About 6 cc. of a concentrated aqueous solution of nitrite of potassium (free from carbonate), together with nearly an equal quantity of water, is introduced into the generating vessel. The lower parts of the funnel-tubes, that is up to a little above the tap, say about ¢, are also filled with water, so as to displace the atmospheric air. Dilute sulphuric acid is now poured into one funnel, and a weighed quantity of the amide dissolved in water into the other, taking care not to allow any bubbles of air to adhere to the sides. Fig. 11. The atmospheric air in the apparatus has now to be displaced, and this is effected by running sulphuric acid, little by lttle,into the nitrite solution, by. which nitrous acid and nitric oxide’are evolved. To ascertain if the displacement is complete, 5 to 10 ce. of the gas from the generating vessel are allowed to pass into the measuring tube (Fig. 11) previously filled with solution of ferrous sulphate. Not more than 0:1 cc. should remain unabsorbed. Fresh iron- solution may be introduced, if necessary, from the flask B, as sub- sequently described. The apparatus is now ready for the com- mencement of the actual experiment. The measuring-tube, stand- § 241. ESTIMATION. 247 ing in a pneumatic trough, should be capable of holding 50 to 60 cc., and be graduated to 02 cc. It is filled with the iron-solution contained in B by opening the clip h. and blowing through the shorter bent tube in B; by this means the solution can be run into the pneumatic trough ; on opening f and sucking at g the solution rises in the tube until it reaches and passes f, which should then be closed. After replacing the clip h, the beut point d is introduced under the measuring tube and the solution of the amide allowed to run from the second funnel-tube into the generating vessel, rinsing with a little water, but keeping the tube from ¢ downwards full of liquid. Small quantities of sulphuric acid are allowed to run into the generating vessel from time to time, when the evolution of gas becomes sluggish, taking care that the measuring-tube always contains sufficient strong solution of ferrous sulphate; this can be ensured by frequently opening the clip & and allowing the solution from B to run into the measuring-tube. The end of the decom- position is recognised by the liquid in A assuming a permanent blue colour from excess of nitrous acid. The remainder of the gas is then ‘driven out by filling the entire apparatus with water through the second funnel-tube until it flows into the measuring- tube through d. The delivery-tube is now removed, and the whole of the nitric oxide absorbed by the introduction of fresh iron-Solution. After closing the clip 4, the delivery-tube from B is-drawn out of the measuring-tube, and the latter transferred toa deep cylinder, where the iron-solution is removed as far as possible and replaced by caustic soda to absorb carbonic acid. When this has been effected, the measuring-tube is lowered in the cylinder until both liquids have the samelevel. The volume of gas is now read off, reduced to 0° and from it the amount of amide originally present calculated, deducting 1.cc. as unavoidable error caused by: the atmospheric air mixed with the nitrogen ; 28 parts by weight of nitrogen: indicate 150 of crystallized asparagine, 131 of leucine, and 181 of tyrosine, (§§ 191, 192). § 242. Amidic Acids——The amidic acids referred to in§101 are freely soluble in water and 50 per cent. spirit, requiring consider- able quantities of strong alcohol for precipitation, so that in this respect they resemble such substances as dextrin, levulin, etc. They are precipitated therefore with, or in the place of, dextrin and the like, but differ from these bodies in containing nitrogen. 248 AMIDIC ACIDS. The precipitate obtained aa dextrin (cf §§ 76, 198, 199) must be tested for nitrogen, and if much is found, experiments must be made to ascertain whether any one of the following substances is present. It may sometimes be approximately estimated, if found, by mixing the aqueous solution with aleohol till it contains about 50 to 60 per cent, filtering, evaporating the filtrate to a syrupy consistence, and now precipitating with 5 to 6 volumes of absolute alcohol. From the amount of nitrogen in the precipitate the quantity of amidic acid present may be calculated. Cathartic Acid occurs in senna, in the bark of Rhamnus frangula, and probably also in rhubarb. It is a glucoside, yielding by its ‘decomposition sparingly ‘soluble cathartogenic acid and 341 per cent. of glucose. According to Kubly, cathartic acid? contains 1-48 to 1:61 per cent. of nitrogen, cathartogenic acid 2°46 per cent, The latter is easily produced by heating an aqueous solu- tion of cathartic acid with access of air; in fact, that substance decomposes’ with great facility in the presence of bases and air. In senna and rhubarb it is contained chiefly in combination with bases (the alcohol precipitate containing 4 to 5 per cent. of ash) ; ; but in Rhamnus frangula it appears to occur, partly at least, in the free state. It is a strong purgative. Husson’ estimates the quality of a rhubarb by ascertaining the amount of iodine an infusion is capable of absorbing ; but Greenish* has. shown that this method does not yield reliable results, Sclerotic Acid® is a constituent of ergot, and contains about 4°2 per cent. of nitrogen, but no sulphur ; its activity is not destroyed by acids, etc., if in contact with them for a short period only. In solubility -it resembles cathartic acid. Its action, when injected subcutaneously into frogs and other animals, is that of a powerful 1 Compare Kubly, Ueber das wirksame Princip und einige andere Best, d. Sennesblitter,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1865, and Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, iv. 429, 465. On Rhamnus frangula, see also Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, v. 160, 1866, On rhubarb, thid. vi. 608, 1867 ; xvii. 65, 97,1878 (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. [3], ix. 813, 933, 1879). 2 Probably also sulphur ; cathartic acid from Rhamnus frangula bark con- tains less nitrogen, 5 Union Pharm. 99, 1875 (Year-book Pharm. 344, 1875). 4 Pharm. Journ, and Trans. [3], ix. 813. 5 Compare Dragendorff and Podwissotzki, Archiv £. exper. Patholog. und Pharm, 153, 1876 ; Sitz-Ber. d. Dorpater Naturf. Ges. 109, 392, 1877 (Pharm. Journ, and Trans. 18h vi. 1001). § 243. STARCH, LICHENIN, ETC. 249 poison.’ It is precipitated by tannin and basic acetate of lead, and from concentrated solutions also by chlorine-water and phenol. It does not share with albuminoids the reactions men- tioned in § 92. On keeping ergot for any length of time, part of the sclerotic acid appears to be converted into an allied substance containing 6°6 per cent. of nitrogen, which has been named scleromucin. It can be extracted with warm water, but requires less alcohol for pre- cipitation than sclerotic acid. Diffused in water whilst stil] moist, it forms a mucilaginous liquid ; but once dried, it is not dissolved by cold water, and not with facility by warm. It resembles sclerotic acid in its action and other properties, STARCH, LICHENIN, WOOD-GUM, ETC, § 243. Sterch—Starch is not, as is well known, 2 homogeneous substance, but it is nevertheless usual, and very properly so, to estimate the whole of the carbohydrates of which it is composed as directed in §§ 113 to 115. Formerly three principal con- stituents of starch were generally distinguished : first, one striking a blue colour with iodine, and passing into solution when starch is triturated with powdered glass and water—soluble starch, amidulin, « amylon (Béchamp) ; secondly, a substance churacter- ized by its insolubility in cold water, solubility in saliva, etc., aud by the blue colouration it yields with iodine, granulose, the prin- cipal constituent of all starch + and thirdly, cellulose, which, in the form of a membrane, gives to the starch grain its particular shape, is coloured yellow by iodine (after boiling with water, violet), and is converted by chloride of zinc into a substance that is tinged blue hy the same reagent. Some years ago Nageli? stated that in his opinion there ex- isted two different modifications of amylon, which he called blue 1 From 0°03 to 0°04 gram produces in frogs a swelling of the skin and almost. complete paralysis, commencing at the hinder extremities. Irritants produce uo effect, and indeed the animal gives no other sign of life than an occasional feeble contraction of the heart, Although its condition may appear to improve in the course of five to seven days, it sometimes succumbs to a relapse. ? Annal, d. Chem, und Pharm. clxxiii. 218, 1874 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxviii, 55. See also Musculus, Annal. de chim, et de Phys. ii. 385, 1874 (Pharm, Journ. and Trans. [3], v. 3}; Museulus and Gruber, Journ. de Pharm, et de Chim, xxviii. 308, 1878 (Journ. Chem. Soc. xxxiv. 778) ; Bondonneau, Repert. de Pharm, iii. 231, 1875 (Journ, Chem, Soc. xxix.-365) ; Journ, de Pharm. et de Chim. xxiii. 34, 18745 Bechamp, ibid. 141. 250 STARCH, LICHENIN, ETC. and yellow, according to the colour they yielded with iodine. These two were connected by intermediate modifications striking violet, reddish and reddish yellow colours with iodine, differences which are probably referable to variations in the density. In accord- ance with this theory the several modifications vary in the resistance they offer to solvents and chemical agents. As the blue modification is the most easily attacked, it might be considered to be that of lowest density. It is followed by the violet, red, etc., in succes- sion ‘up to the yellow, the densest form. of which shows a great resemblance to cellulose. When starch is boiled the blue modifi- cation passes into solution, carrying with it a little of the yellow. If the former is removed by allowing it to decompose, the yellow motification separates out. From a solution of the latter, pre- pared by prolonged boiling with water and concentrating, crystals of amylo-dextrin can be obtained, which are coloured yellow by iodine. The bodies above referred to occur in different proportions in the different varieties of starch, and the amount of either present might possibly be found to be characteristic of the starch under ex- amination. It might, for instance, be ascertained by comparative. experiments how long the action of an acid of certain strength must be continued before the blue or red colouration with iodine ceases to be produced. For the isolation of the yellow modification, formerly called cellulose, y amylon (Béchamp), 1 have recommended digestion at a temperature not exceeding 60°, with 40 parts of a saturated solution of chloride of sodium containing 1 per cent. of hydrochloric acid, and washing with water and dilute spirit. I have thus obtained 3:4 per cent. from arrowroot, 2°3 per cent, from. wheat-starch, and 5-7 per cent. from potato-starch. § 244, ‘Huaracd dea — A blue colouration of the cell-wall is fre- quently noticed when sections of vegetable substances are moistened with iodine water. It was probably this reaction: that gave rise to the theory that a modification of cellulose could occur striking a blue colour with iodine. I do not.concur in this view ; in fact, I am convinced. that in such cases the cell-wall in question contains besides cellulose, which is characterized by its power of resisting the action of chlorate of potash and nitric acid, other carbohydrates (amyloid), probably, at least in part, of the composition C,,H..O},, agreeing therefore in this respect with arabic acid, pararabin, etc. Whether these 8 244, 245. LICHEN-STARCH, LICHENIN. 251 carbohydrates are hydrocelluloses, such as are formed from cellulose by the action of concentrated sulphuric acid or chloride of zinc, is a matter for further inquiry. If the treatment with the above oxidizing mixture of chlorate of potash and nitric acid (§ 119) is continued long enough, such substances are always destroyed. Some of them are soluble in boiling water. This is the case with one. contained in the asci of certain lichens (Cetraria), etc., from which it is extracted, together with lichenin, by boiling with water ; hence the erroneous idea that the lichenin itself was coloured blue by iodine.? Berg’s researches have shown that if a decoction of the lichenin be allowed to gelatinize by cvoling, cut into pieces and macerated in distilled water, the whole of the substance that strikes a blue colour with iodine passes into solution, from which it can be isolated by precipitation with alechol, although impure and not free from ash. After drying it is to'a great extent in- soluble in water, and is converted into sugar by boiling with dilute hydrochloric acid (4 per cent. of acid of sp. gr. 1°12) for a period of two hours, a change which is not effected by pure water. The glucose produced is dextro-rotatory, and as the decomposition takes place tolerably smoothly, the amount of the substance, which we may temporarily call lichen-starch, can be determined by estimating the sugar thus formed. Lichen-starch dissolves tolerably easily in ammonia of sp. gr. 0°96, and is precipitated from this solution by spirit. It appears to be more difficultly soluble in dilute alkalies, and is not converted into sugar by diastase or saliva. § 245. Lichenin.—Lichenin is characterized. by its property of gelatinizing, which is exhibited by a solution containing 1 in 60, It is insoluble in eold water, aleohol, and ether ; boiling water dissolves it, as do also ammonio-sulphate of copper and concen- trated (20 to 30 per cent.) potash. From its solution in strong potash it can be precipitated by alcohol in the form of a potas- sium-compound containing up to 10 per cent. of alkali. Concen- trated hydrochloric acid also dissolves it, but with simultaneous (partial) decomposition. When boiled with dilute acid it is converted with even more facility than lichen-starch into a dextro- 1 Compare Berg, ‘Zur Kenntniss des in Cetraria islandica vork. Lichenins und iodblineaden Stoffes,’ Diss. Dorpat, 1872. From Berg’s experiments it would appear that the formula C,H,,0,; would indicate the composition of lichen-starch better than C,,H..0,; ; the same is true of lichenin. 252 CELLULOSE, LIGNIN, ETC. rotatory fermentable sugar, so that this method may be adopted for its estimation. Ammonia dissolves it with difficulty, and it undergoes but little change when heated with potash in sealed tubes (§ 115). Gelose, the gelatinizing constituent of many alge, agrees with lichenin in most of its properties, but is insoluble in ammonio- sulphate of copper, and is less easily converted into sugar, By decomposition with dilute acids, arabinose (lactose) is produced in place of the glucose yielded by lichenin. The gelose appears to be accompanied, at least in Sphzerococcus lichenoides, by a carbo- hydrate? soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid, but differing from pararabin (§ 112) in yielding glucose when boiled with an acid. § 246. Wood-gum.—Thomsen? found that when ligneous tissue, previously exhausted with water, spirit, and very dilute alkali, was macerated with caustic soda of sp. gr. 1-1, a substance was ex- tracted, the composition of which he ascertained to be C,H,,0,, and which he named wood-gum. It can be isolated from its solution in soda by acidifying and adding alcohol. When once dried, cold water will not redissolve it; this is, however, effected by boiling. It is precipitated by basie acetate of lead, is converted into glucose by boiling with a dilute acid, and is not coloured blue by iodine. An alkaline solution is levo-rotatory. It differs from. lichenin in not possessing the power of gelatinizing, from metarabin in not being dissolved (when dry) by 01 per cent solution of soda, _ A similar substance was obtained by Pfeil‘ from parenchymatous tissue (agreeing, however, in composition better with the formula C,.H,.0,,, a hydrocellulose), by Treffner from mosses, and by Greenish from alg. CELLULOSES, LIGNIN, AND ALLIED SUBSTANCES,. § 247. Celluloses, etc.—Frémy and Terreil® assume that woody tissue is chiefly composed of three different substances, which they distinguish as cellulose, inerusting substance, and cuticular sub- 1 Compare Morin and Porumbaru, Comptes rendus, xc. 924, 1081, 1880 (Year-book Pharm. 120, 121, 1881), 2 Greenish, Archiv d. Pharm. (3], xx. 241. 3 Journ. f. pract. Chem. [2], xix. 146, 1879 (Year-book Pharm. 90, 1880). % Loc. cit, 5 Journ, de Pharm. et de Chim. vii, 241, 1868. § 247. COMPOSITION OF WOODY TISSUE. 253 stance. The first is said to be the only one capable of resisting the action of chlorine-water ; it can be isolated by the method detailed in §116. The authors overlook the fact that several units per cent. of a substance probably isomeric with cellulose (? intercellular substance), removable by chlorate of potash and nitric acid, are left associated with the cellulose, The cuticular sudstance alone is said to! be insoluble iv a mixture of 1 eq, of sulphuric acid with 4 eq. of water ; it can be isolated by treatment with acid of that strength, followed by washing with pure water and dilute alkali. The incrusting substances are estimated by difference. In a more recent publication, the authors observe that the following are the principal substances they would expect to find in tissue previously exhausted with indifferent solvents : Cellulose, soluble in ammonio-sulphate of copper. Paracellulose, insoluble in the same until after it has been acted upen by acids. Metacelludose (fungin) insoluble in ammonio-sulphate of copper. All three modifications of cellulose are soluble in H,SO,, 2H,0. (Compare also § 248). Vasculose, insoluble in H,SO,, 2H,0, and in ammonio-sulphate of copper ; soluble in alkalies only under increased pressure, and decomposed by treatment with chlorine-water, followed by wash- ing with dilute alkalies, Cufose, insoluble in H,SO,, 2H,O, and in ammonio-sulphate of copper, but soluble in alkalies under the ordinary pressure. Pectose, convertible by acids into soluble pectin.? I would observe that the substance designated as vasculose (formerly called incrusting substance), agrees in the main with my lignin (§ 116). Lignin cannot, unfortunately, be separated from cellulose without decomposition, and it is therefore impos- sible te adduce direct proof that it does not consist of a mixture of several chemical individuals. Nevertheless, I think it probable that in some instances the cellulose is accompanied by a single definite substance, ‘lignin.” Stackmann? exhausted vegetable substances rich in lignin with the indifferent solvents already alluded to, as well as with dilute soda and dilute acid, and then determined the approximate composition of the lignin by making 1 Comptes rendus, Ixxxiii, 1136. (Journ, Chem. Soc. xxxi, 229). ? ‘Studien tiber die Zusammensetzing d. Holzes.’ Diss, Dorpat, 1878. 254 CELLULOSE, LIGNIN, ETC. an ultimate analysis of the material that had been thus treated, both before and after the action of chlorine-water. Several varieties of wood yielded tolerably concordant results, The lignin of dicotyledons appeared to contain between 53:1 and 59°6 per cent. of carbon, 4°4 and 6°3 per cent. of hydrogen, 34:1 and 38°9 per cent. of oxygen ; the majority of his results agree very well with Fr. Schulze’s! (0 =55°5, H=5-8, O=38-6); but German walnut and mahogany show a little variation, probably due to the larger amount of foreign substances they contain. . All the dicotyledonous woods examined by Schulze and Stackmann must have contained at least one substance in notable quantity, viz. wood-gum, which was not discovered until after the publication of Stackmann’s work. Experiments made by Schuppe,? at my suggestion, showed that poplar wood-contained 3°25 per cent. of wood-gum, mahogany 3°37, American walnut 4:56, German walnut, 6°32, oak 6-03, and alder 7°09. Deducting the wood-gum present, the avérage amount of lignin in. the majority of. woods is about 17 per cent. (mahogany 20:4), and its mean composition, 60°56 per cent. C, 4-66 per cent. H, and 34:80 per cent. O. In this respect it ap- proaches catechin, many tannins and phlobaphenes, and agrees fairly well with the lignin of coniferous woods which contain no wood-gum. Stackmann found about the same quantity of lignin in the wood of gymnosperms as Schuppe did in that of angio- sperms, viz. 16 to 17 per cent. Koroll found the lignin of sclerenchymatous tissue (hazel-nut, walnut) to contain from 51:5 to 54:2 per cent. of carbon, 4:8 to 5°5 per cent. of hydrogen, and 40-1 to 44-7 of oxygen, and esti- mated its quantity at 14°3 to 15-7 per cent. A substance re sembling wood-gum also occurs in the sclerenchymatous tissue of nut-shells. Bast-fibres (lime and elm) yielded him 14°65 to 15-8 per cent, of lignin, containing 53°6 to 54°9 per cent. of carbon, 49 to 6-0 per cent. of hydrogen, and 40-1 to 40°4 per cent. of oxygen. On the other hand, from the outer birch-bark (rich in cuticular substance,) chlorine-water extracted 11 per cent. of a substance of an entirely different composition; viz. C=72°7, H=7°8, O=19-4. (Cf § 250.) 1 Beitr. z. Kenntniss d, Lignins.’ Rostock, 1856. ? Beitrage z. Chemie d. Holagewebes. Diss. Dorpat, 1882. 3 ¢ Quant. chem. Unters, iiber d. Zusammensetz. d, Kork-, Bast-, Scleren- chym, und Markgewebes.’ Diss, Dorpat, 1880, § 247. SUBERIN. 255 The tissue of turnip, chicory-root, and elder-pith, which is principally parenchymatous, yielded hardly anything to chlorine- water. Pfeil also came to a similar conclusion with regard to the tissue of apples. ! The substance formerly known as suberin is in part the cuti- cular substance just alluded to; it should, howeyer, be observed that under this name less recent authors understood a mixture of fat, wax, tannin, etc.2 Siewert has published a minute in- vestigation of the substances that accompany suberin, but not of the suberin itself ; our knowledge of that substance is but very insufficient, and I can only state that it is not dissolved by the usual solvents, that it is more easily attacked by certain oxidizing agents than lignin, but is more difficult to remove completely by digestion with chlorine-water. Nitric. acid of sp. gr. 1:3 attacks it very energetically ; and with an acid of sp. gr. 14 the action may be so violent as to cause ignition. It resists chromic acid more powerfully than lignin. Whether suberin really yields the ceric and suberic acids that. have been obtained by the decom- position of cork is still a matter of uncertainty. Siewert estimates the amount of suberin in cork at 90 per cent. ; but I think this is too high. I feel convinced that the residue he speaks of as suberin must have contained a consider- able quantity of true cellulose. (Koroll found 50 per cent. in the outermost parts of birch-bark.) In my opinion, the hardening substance of manv woody fangi is possibly identical with suberin.é For the microchemical characters of cutin, lignin, etc., see also Vogl4 and Poulsen.5 (See also § 249.) The remarkably constant proportion existing between the amount of cellulose and lignin, etc., present in varieties of wood, raises the question whether these two substances do not occur in combination with one another. The attempt has frequently been made to regard the substance of the cell-walls of lignified tissue 1 Loe. cit, 2 Compare Siewert, Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturw., xxx. 129; Journ. £. pract. Chem. civ. 118, 1868. See also Hohnel, Sitz.-ber der phys, math. K. d. Akad. d. W. in Wien, 1877 ; Bot. Ztg. 783. 3 Compare my ‘Chem. Unters. eines an Betula alba vork. Pilzes.” Diss. Petersburg, 1864, 4 Zeitsch. d, ésterr. Apotheker-Ver. 1867, 16, 34, 60. 5 ¢ Botanisk Mikrokemi.’ Kjébenhavn, 1880. 256 CELLULOSE, LIGNIN, ETC. as a special chemical compound (gluco-lignose, gluco-drupose of Erdmann). Erdmann assumes that it is decomposed by hydro- chloric acid with production of glucose, together with lignose or drupose, and that with nitric acid it yields cellulose, whilst the lignose or drupose undergoes further decomposition. Bente,} whe doubts the existence of gluco-drupose, shows that wood-cells (2 lignin) yield pyrocatechin when fused with potash. § 248. Celludose.—The. cellulose obtained from various plants in the manner indicated does not appear to be invariably of the composition C,H,,0,. That isolated by Stackmann from coni- ferous wood was represented by the formula 5(C,H,.0,) + H,0, and the cellulose that certain sclerenchymatous and bast-tissues yielded to Koroll was of similar composition. The latter chemist also prepared it from parenchymatous tissues, and then it generally possessed a composition approximately indicated by the formula 5(C,H,,)0,;) +2H,0, whereas the wood of most dicotyledons contains, aceordsng to Stackmann, a cellulose of the formula 5(C,H,,0,)+3H,O. In these experiments the substance was exhausted with water, alcohol, dilute soda, dilute acid, a mixture of one part of sulphuric acid with four of water, and chlorine- water, previously to being treated with nitric acid and chlorate of potassium. Schuppe has shown that the action of the sulphuric acid, the use of which I recommend to be discontinued, results in the formation of a hydro-cellulose. If the treatment with sulphuric acid was omitted, the cellulose obtained from woods corresponded in composition to the formula C,H,,0, But the cellulose isolated from apples by a process that did not in- clude treatment with sulphuric acid showed a deviation in com- position from the formula C,H,,0,.” The cellulose of fungi (cf. § 249) frequently shows a com- position corresponding almost exactly to the formula C,H,,0,. § 249. Varieties of Cellulose.—The variations observed in celluloses isolated from different plemits is partly to be ascribed to the above- mentioned difference in composition, and partly probably to varia- tions in density. For instance, the cellulose of most phanerogams 1 Annal, d. Chem. und Pharm. exxxviil. 1, 1866, and Jahresb. £. Pharm, 9, 1867. Compare also Bente, Ber. d. d. chem. Ges, xiii. 476, 18753 Journ. f, Landwirthsch. 166, 1876. Compare also Bevan and Cross on the chemistry of Bastfibre, Chem. News, alii. 77, 91, 1880, 2 Compare the dissertations of Pfeil and Treffner already quoted. 250. CRUDE FIBRE. 257 is dissolved by ammonio-sulphate of copper,! and reprecipitated in an amorphous condition by dilute acids; but that of many fungi is either insoluble or taken up to a slight extent only, and then with great difficulty. Concentrated sulphuric acid and syrupy solution of chloride of zinc render cellulose capable of assuming a blue colour with iodine ;? but in some instances the reaction is found to fail,? and Schulze’s reagent for cellulose, which is not without its value as a micro-chemical reagent, cannot therefore in such cases be employed for colouring the cell-wall. The facility, too, with which cellulose can be converted into glucose varies. Masing observes that fungus-cellulose undergoes the change more easily than flax-fibre. * § 250. Crude Fibre.—From what has been said of the isolation of cellulose, it follows that the crude fibre of the physiologist and agricultural chemist cannot be exactly identical with that sub- stance. To estimate the crude fibre, the material is generally boiled for half an hour, first with 1 per cent. sulphuric acid, and then with 1 per cent. caustic potash. The residue is exhausted with cold water, alcohol, and ether in succession, dried and weighed. In this crude fibre we may anticipate the presence of a little undecomposed wood-gum, lignin, and suberin, as well as part of the hydrocelluloses mentioned in §§ 117, 244. An apparatus that may be used with advantage in this deter- mination has been described by Holdefleiss.5 1T prepare this reagent by precipitating hydrate of copper from a solution of the sulphate by dilute caustic soda, rapidly filtering off, pressing and dissolving in the requisite quantity of 20 per cent. solution of ammonia. 2 'The reagent known as Schulze’s can be prepared by dissolving 25 parts of dry chloride of zinc and 8 of iodide of potassium in 83 of water, and adding as much jodine as the solution will take up when warmed for a short time with it. 3 On cellulose of fungi, see Masing, Pharm. Zeitschr. f. Russland, ix. 385, 1870. Richter (Chem. Centralblatt, 483, 1881) has recently denied the existence of a special fungus-cellulose as the prolonged action of caustic alkalies converts it into ordinary cellulose. But is it not probable that such treatment actually produces a chemical change ? 4 On cellulose see Payen, Annal, d. ‘Sciences naturelles, xi. 21, xiv. 88; Fromberg, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm. lii, 118; Heldt and Rochleder, ibid. xlviii. 8; Schlossberger and Dopping, ibid. lii. 106 ; Schlossberger, ibid. cvii. 24, 1858 ; Péligot, Comptes rendus, lxiii. 209, 1861 ; Knop and Schneder- mann, Voom, f, prakt. Chem. xxxix. 363, xl. 389 ; Henneberg, Annal. d. Chem. und Pharm, cxlvi. 130, 1869; Kénig, Zeitschr. f. anal. Chem. xiii, 242, 1879. 5 Compare Holdefleiss, Zeitschr. f. Anal. Chem. xvi. 498, 1877, and Landwirthsch. Jahrb. Supp. vi. 101, 7 258 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF THE CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS MENTIONED IN THE FOREGOING WORK. Name. Formuta. Cc. ase 0. N. 5. Abieticacid . . = .| CHO, | 78°57 | 9°52 | 11°91 Absinthiin . 7 ‘i CypH sg, 70°38 | 8°50 } 21°12 | Aceticacid .- . : C,H,0, 40°00 | 6°66 | 53°33 Achilleine . . .| CooHyggN,O,, | 43°84} 6°96 | 43°84] 5:12 Aconitine . . «| CgHygNO,, | 61°39] 6°67 | 29°77] 2°17 Aconitic acid, . . gH,O, | 41°38 | 3°45 | 55°17 Adansonin . . — | GygHoOgg_—(| 48°30 | 5°95 | 45-7 Aesculin: . : «| CgpHgO;g | 52°07 | 4°96 | 42°97] Albumin ei ‘ : ? §2°45-] 6°81-] 22°21-| 15°65-| 0°8 53:97 | 7-77 | 23°50 | 15-92 Aliarin . . «| ©,gH,O, =| 75°00] 3-57 | 21-44 Alkannin . . = .| QygH,,0, | 69°72 | 5-42 | 24°86 Amanitine .. . .| CsH,,NO 57°69 | 18°46 | 15°38 | 13°46: Amygdalin . . «| Oy HeNO, | 52°51] 5-91] 38°52] 3-06 Amyrin . . as EL ao 3-49 | 11-79 | . 4°73 Anacardic acid . —.|_ CHO, (2) | 75-04] 9°07 | 15°89 Anemonin . . —|_ Cig H 905 (2) | 62°50| 4:17 | 33-38 Anethll . . .| GyoHyO | 81-08| 8-11 | 10-81 Angelicacid.. . .| C,H,O, | 60°00] 8:00 | 32-00 Antiarin =». |. Cyn, | 62°68 | 7-46 | 29°85 Aplin. | |} GyypHOr, | 529 | 5-2 | 41°9 Arabic acid . =. | GagHagOy, (| 42°10 | 6°43 | 51°47 Arachic acid. . .| CopH,0, | 76°92 | 12°82 | 10-26 Arbutin . . «| CogHysO,g | 53°7 | 6-1 | 40-2 Asibine . it GyHoN, | 78°43| 5-68] ... | 15-89 ‘Aricine : DoT GyHsN.O, | 70°05! 659 | 16-25] 7-11 Aaclepin . ~. | CypHyOg | 74°54 | 10°56 | 14:90 Asparagin . . | OHNO, | 36°36 | 6-06 | 36°37 | 21-21 Aspidospermine | CyHgoN,O, | 74:57] 8-48| 9-04] 7-91 Athamantin.. . «| CyiHyO, | 66°98| 6°98 | 26°04 Atherospermine | | CygHygN,O, | 70°87 | 7°87 | 15°75 | 5°51 Atropine . . .| Gy,HNO, | 70°58| 7-95) 16-60| 4-384 Barbaloin . . .| Cy-Hyo0, (2) | 60°71] 5-95 | 33°34 Bassorin . . «| CygH90 =| 42°10 | 6°43 | 51°47 Beberine . . | CygHmNO, | 73°31} 6-75|15-44| 4°50 Benzaldchyde | =| G,H,O | 79-24] 5°65 | 15-11 Benzoic acid , eo) ga C,H,0, 68°85 | 4°92 | 26°23 Benzohelicin . 5 «| Cap Hog 61°86 | 5°15 | 32°99 Berberine . . .| CopHyNO, |71°64| 5-08|19°10| 4-18 Betaine. . . «| GgHigNO, | 44°44] 9°63 | 35°55 | 10-37 Betaorcin é 2 é C,H, ,0, 69°56 | 7°24 | 23°20 Betulin. . . | CygH—,O; | 82°57|11°36| 6-06 Bixine. . . «| GypHyjO, | 74°66| 7°55 | 17-78 Boheic acid . ‘ é C,H,,0, 44°21 | 5:26 | 50°53- Borneol 4 af GyoHygO0 | 77-92 | 11-69 | 10°39 Brasillin . . «| GygH,,O, | 67°11| 5°43 | 27-46 Brucine . —..—.|_- CagHagNO, | 70°00] 6°64 | 16-26] 7-10 Bryonin =. —.—|— GygHaoOy9__ | 60°00 | 8°38 | 31-66 Bryoidin 2 3 «| Cap HtggO3 73°62 | 11°66 | 14°72 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF CONSTITUENTS. 259 Name. Formuna. C. H. Oo. N. Butyl alcohol . 3 i C,H,,0 64°80 | 13°51 | 21°62 Butyric acid . : ‘i C,H,0, 54°55 | 9:09 | 36°36 Caffeine . . «| CgHyN,O, | 49°48| 5°15 | 16°51 | 28-86 Caffeo-tannic acid. «| CHO, | 56°75 | 5°41 | 37°84 Cailcedrin . : ‘ ? 64:9 | 776 | 27°5 Caincin ie 5 ? 58°24 | 7°38 | 34°38 Callutannic acid | ©ygHy4Oo (?) | 51°53 | 4:30 | 44°17 Camphor . . | GigE 78°94 | 10°53 | 10°53 Cane-sugar . “ - Cyt On 42°10 | 6°43 | 51°47 Caoutchouc . a Ss Cp Hig 88-24 | 11-76 Capaloin e |e +] CygH 0, (2?) | 59°26 | 6°17 | 34°57 Capricacid . . : 19 Flop 02 69°76 | 11°62 | 18°61 Capric aldehyde . 5 te "| 76°92 | 12°82 | 10°26 Caproic acid . . é Cg H,20.. 62°07 | 10°35 | 27°58 Capryl alcohol . «| CyHyO | 73-84 | 13°84 | 12°32 Caprylic acid . 7 a Cy Hy g0, 66°67 | 11°11 | 22°22 Capsaicin. é . gH 40, 70°00 | 9°29 | 20°71 Cardol. =. «| Cay Hoo (2) | 80°25 | 9°55 | 10-20 Carotin . 3. at) GagHO =| 84-37 | 9°87] 6-26 Carthamin . . .| C,4H,,0, | 56-75 | 5-40 | 37°85 Carvol . . : 5 CoH 140 80°00:; 9°33 | 10°77. Caryophyllin . . . 06! 78°94 | 10°53 | 10°53 Catechin . «} CygH 03 60°96 | 4°81 | 34:23 Catechu-tamnic acid ggtl34O)5 | 62°46 | 4°66 | 32°88 Cathartomannite . ‘ 76411406 39°56 | 7°69 | 52-75 Cathartic acid 5 ? 57°57 | 5°12| 34:96 | 1:50 Cellulose . a | CgHy 05 44-44| 6°17 | 49°39 Ceric acid. 4 3 ? 64°23 | 8°77 | 27-00 Cerotic acid . “ CoH 5,0. | 79°02.118°17 | 7°81 Cerotyl alcohol . or gg 81°81 | 14°14] 4°05 Cetraric acid, CysHie0, | 60-00 | 4°44 | 95°56 Cetyl alcohol. ney 4 78°68 | 13°95 | 7-37 Chelidonine . C, FiyN0s 68°06 | 5-08 | 14-32 | 12:54 Chelidonie acid. | C,H ol 42:55 | 2:37 | 52:24 lorogenine . . HNO, 65°97 75 | 20°95 | 7°38 Chlorophyllan (187 P) « = Molten | og | oar | Ker Cholesterin CypF,,0 84-11 | 12°15 | 3-74 | Cholin .. 7 3 C;H,;NO, 49°59 | 12°39 | 26°44 | 11°57 Chrysarobin . 7 CypHogQ, ~ | 72°31 | 5°22 | 22°47 Chrysorhamnin . 1g Hy 58°23 | 4°64 | 37-13 Chrysophanic acid . 15904 70°87 | 3°94 | 25°19 Chrysopicrin ._ Cy)H,40; (2) | 70°81 | 4°35 | 24°84 _ Cinchonine, Cinchonidine 1g Hog No! 77°55 | 7°48 | 5°44) 9°53 Cinchona-red . : «| CygHy4O, (2) | 53°38] 5°19 | 41-48 Cinchona-tannic acid = .|_ CypHgyOg, (2?) | 44°84 | 5°33 | 49°83 Cinchona-nova red . 3 oH 1.05 61°01 | 5°15 | 38°64 Cinchona-novatannicacid| OH, .0,, 52°01 | 5°88 | 42°11 Cinnamein . ‘ | CygH 40. 80'67 | 5°88 | 18°45 Cinnamic acid . gH ,0, 72°97 | 5°41 | 21°62 Cinnamic aldehyde 4 C,H,0 81°81 | 6°06 | 12°13 Citric acid. A 3 C,H,0, 87°50 | 4°17 | 58°33 Cnicin . » a} GypHsgOrs (2) | 63-00 | 7-00 | 30°00 Cocaine S fs . 16Hig 66°44 | 6°57 | 22°15 | 4°84 Codeine . . «| CygHaNO, | 72-24] -7-02|16-06| 4-68 Colchiceine . : -| CyHaNO; | 63°44} 6°58 | 25:20] 4:38 Colchicine... C,,H,,NO, | 60°53] 6°82|28°50| 4-15 Colocynthin . Cypllaqoq (2) [59°78 | 7°47 | 32°75 Columbin . .. «| GyyHaO, | 65°28 | 5°69 | 29°03 0°85 260 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF CONSTITUENTS. Name. Formu.a. Cc. H. 0. N. 8. Conessine (Wrightine) ? 78-3 | 11:2 ? ? Conglutin , . ? 50°24 | 6°81 | 24°13 | 18°37] 0.45 Conhydrine CsHyNO | 67*12 | 11:89 | 11°19 | 9°79 Coniferin CyeH0, | 56°14 | 6°43 | 837-48 Coniine . i CsH,; 76°81 |12:00} ... | 11:20 Convallamarin CogH4,0;, | 53°91 | 8°59 | 87°50 Convallarin Cy4H 01, | 63°16 | 9°60 | 27°24 Convolvulin . CyHy5 901g =| 54°87 | 7°87 | 87°76 Coriamyrtin . 9 Ho4O, 63°86 | 6°38 | 29°76 Cotoin . CH, 305 69°84 | 4°76 | 25°39 Crocin » pte | 62°83. | 6°49 | 81°17 Crotonic acid . 4H gO, 55°81 | 6°99 | 37°20 Cubebin CipHy0, | 67°42 | 5-62 | 26-96 Cumarin pHyO, | 73°97 | 4°11 | 21°92 Curagao-aloin Ci 3Hy0, 58°22 | 5°50 | 36°28 Curarine CigHg,N (2) | 81°51 | 13°21]... 5:28 Curcumin 19 F190 67°41 | 5°62 | 26°96 Cusconine CogHogN,O, | 70°05 | 6°59 |16-25 | 7-11 Cyclamin CooHy,0;) | 55°29.| 7°83 | 36°87 Cyclopin naFygOr. | 44°44 | 4°76 | 51-80 Cytisine OspHyy,N,O | 73°85 | 8-31 | 4-92 | 12-92 Daphnin gtHygOry | 52°39 | 4°78 | 42°88 Datiscin . or HoOr, | 54°08 | 4°72) 41:20] Delphinine . . CyHaNOg | 64°55 | 8°66 | 23°47] 3°42 Delphinoidine CyHegN.O, | 70°9 95 |15°6 3°9 Dextrin. Hy)O, | 44°44 | 6-17 | 49-39 Digitalin C,H,0; (2) | 59°95 | 8-05 | 3200 Digitonin CyH50,, | 53°21] 7°60 | 39°19 Digitoxin inHy0, | 63°60 | 8°50 | 27-90 Ditaine . OxgHypNoO, | 68°39) 7°77 11658} 7:25 Duleamarin . CypH30\9 | 57°64. | 7°42 | 84°94 Dulcite . , L140, 39°56 | 7°69 | 52°75 Elaterin . C2pHo,0; | 68°96 | 8-04 | 23-00 Ellago-tannic acid . C440 9049 49°69 | 3°16 | 47°25 Ellagic acid . 14H,0, | 55°63| 1-99 | 42-38 Emodin , CisH,,0, | 66°67 | 3-70 | 30-63 Emulsin ‘ 2 48°78 | 7°73 | 24°67 | 18°82 Ericolin ‘ ‘ CoH 5602, | 51°00 | 7°00 | 42-00 Erythrite "1 C,H, 0, 39°34 | 8°20 | 52°46 Erythrocentaurin . 97 Ho Og 68°07 | 5-04 | 26°89 Ethyl alcohol. C,H,O 52°17 | 18-04 | 34°79 Eugenin is ‘ CoH 202 73°17 | 7°32 {19°51 Eugenol Co H20, 73°17 | 7°32 | 19°51 Euphorbon 15 Elna! 81°82 | 11:04) 7°14 Evernic acid ; Ci7H,,O, | 61°44] 4-82 | 33°74 Everninic acid CyHyo0, | 59°34] 5-49 | 35-17 Ferulic acid , CioH,,0, | 61-23] 6-12 | 32-65 Filicin . ngHgpO, | 64°20] 6°17 | 29-63 | Frangulic acid neHyO; | 67°6 | 4:2 | 38-2 Fraxin : s4Ee2Oys | 51°02 | 4:89 | 44-89 Fruit-sugar 6Fy20, 140-00! 6-66 | 53-38 Fumaric acid. C,H,0, | 41°88 | 3°45 | 55-17 Galactose CeHi20, | 40°00] 6-66. | 53-33 Galitannic acid C,H,O; (2?) | 48°84] 4°65 | 46°51 Gallic acid "H,O; | 49-49] 3°65 | 46-86 Gardenin C\4H,.0¢4 60°85 | 4°75 | 34°40 Gelsemine CyHigNO, | 67:00 | 9°64 /16°30] 7:10 Gentisin ‘ C,4H)0; 65°11 | 3°87 | 31-02 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF CONSTITUENTS. 261 Name. Formuta. c. H. 0. N. 8. Gliadin . c . . ? 52°60 | 7-00 | 21°49 | 18°06 | 0°85 Globularin ». «| CgoH yyy | 57°32 | 7°01 | 35-67 Glutencasein . ‘ ‘ ? 510 | 6°7 |25°4 | 161 | 0°8 Glycerin as. Ja c C,H,0, 89°13 | 8°70 | 52°17 Glycolic acid . ‘ . C,H,0, 31°58 | 5:26 | 63°16 Glycyrthizic acid . «| CyHggNO,, | 59°12 |" 7°05 | 32°66 | 1°17 Grape-sugar . : 4 CeH205 40:00 | 6°66 | 53°34 Gratiolin . . .| GyH,,0, |62°17|] 8°81 | 29-02 Groénhartin . . | CgpHagOg (2) | 74°6 5°3 | 21-1 Gyrophoric acid: | GygElyg0,, | 60°81 | 4-90 | 34-29 Hematoxylin . . 3Hy,0, | 63°57 | 4°63 | 31-79 Harmaline . al GysHyN,O |72°90| 6°54| 7-48 | 18-08 Harmine | . «| CjsHiN,O |73°58| 5-67| 7-54 | 13-21 Hederic acid. . «| CyHO, | 66°66 | 9°63 | 23°71 Helenin. | . «| Gyo; | 76°83| 8°53 | 14-64 Helleborein . F +} CogHgsOi5 | 52°85 | 7°38 | 40°27 Helleborin . . «| CygHwO, | 75°78 | 7°37 | 16°85 Heptyl-alcohol s ‘ C,H,,0 72°41 | 13°79 | 13°79 Hesperidin . . | CogHagQyp_-| 54°77 |_ 5°39 | 39-84 Hydrocarctin. . .| GigHgO | 82-44 [11-41] 6°15 Hydrocyanic acid . 5 CNH 44:44 | 3°70 | 51°85 Hydroquinone . .| C,H,O, | 65°45 | 5-16 | 29-09 Hyoscine a ‘ «| CyHogNO, | 70°58 | 7°95 |16°16 | 4°84 Hyoscyamine . ‘i . n7iiegNOz | 70°58 | 7°95] 16°16 | 4°84 Indican. . . .|CoHaN,O,,(?)| 49°60 | 4:92 | 43-26 | 2-29 Indigo-blue | . .| CyH,NO | 73-28 | 3-82 | 12-22 | 10-68 Tnosite. . . «| CgHy,0, | 40-00] 6-66 | 53-34 Inulin . 2 2 . CoH 0s 44°44 | 6717 | 49°39 Ipecacuanha tannic acid. natlygO, (2) | 56°37 | 6-04 | 37°59 Isodulcite . . . gH yOs | 89°56 | 7°69 | 52-75 Jalapin . . 7 3 4H ggQig | 56°66 | 7°77 | 35°57 Jervine . : : «| CopHyyNgOg | 61°03 | 8°56 | 25°27 | 5°14 Kampferid . . . ? | 64°48 | 4°40 | 31°20 Kinicacid . . «| CyHyO, | 43°75 | 6°30 | 50-19 Kosin . . ~—.~—s| gp HggQyq. | 65°26 | 6°66 | 28-07 Lactic acid . . .| G)H,0, |40°00| 6-66 | 53-34 Lactucerin © . «| GypHygO. [81°81 |11-04| 7-14 Laserpitin . ‘ «| Co4H 507 66°05 | 8°26 | 25°69 Laurocerasin. | .| CygHggNOog |52°47| 5:79 | 40-28 | 1°58 Laurostearic acid . -| CygH.40, 72°09 | 12°04 | 15°87 Lecanoric acid . : CygH,407 60°37 | 4°40 | 35:23 Legumin ‘ : q ? 51°47 | 7:02 | 24-29 | 16°82} 0°40 Levulin. . “| OHO; | 44°44.| 6-17 | 49-39 Leucine . . : «| CegHigNO, | 54°96 | 9°92 | 24-43 | 10°69 Lichenin | GgHiO; | 44°44. | 6°17 | 49°39 Lichen-starch . | ~ CgHyo0, —*| 44°44. | 6°17 | 49-39 Lignin (cf. p. 256) . Limonin : 3 | CggH90, | 66°38 | 6°48 | 27:28 Linin . ‘ * . ? 62°92 | 4°72 | 32°36 Lupinin (glucoside) +] CopHye0ig | 54°63 | 5°47 | 39°90 Lutelin. . . .| GyH,O, |62°07| 3°45 | 34-48 Maclurin . . | GysHyO, |56°25| 3°75 | 40-00 Maleic acid | . «| «= C,H,O, =| 41°38. | 3°45 | 55-17 Malicacid . . .| C©,H,O; |35°82| 4:48 | 59-70 Maltose . . «| CyHOy |42°10| 6-43 | 51-47 Mannite ; » of =~ CgHy40g 39°56 | 7°69 | 52°75 Meconic acid . ‘ " C,H,0, 42°0 | 2:0 |56°0 Meconin ~ «af Cap Hyp, =: | 61°85 | 5°15 | 33°00 262 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF CONSTITUENTS. Name. Formvra, Cc. H. 0. N. | 8S. Melanthin . . .| CHO, |62°4 | 9°0 | 28°6 Melezitose « . +} CypHngOj, =| 42°10 | 6°43 | 51°47 Melissyl alcohol. | CypH¢90 82°19 | 14°15 | 3°66 Melitose . . «| CyoHOy | 42°10| 6°43 | 51°47 Menispermine : | CigHasN,0, | 72°00 | 8:00 | 10°65 | 9°35 Menthol ee | CygH,0 76°93 | 12°82 | 10°25 Menyanthin . . | CopFg0,, | 55°46 | 7°56 | 86°98 Metarabic acid . = «| CypHygOq (| 42°10 | 6°48 | 51°47 Methyl alcohol . a CH,O 37°50 | 12°50 | 50°00 Methylamine a oe CH;N 38°71 | 16718} ... | 45°17 Methylconiine . .| C,HyyN 77°69 | 12°28 |... | 10°07 Methysticin . - i. ot 65°85 | 5°64 |-28 2 Milk-sugar . . =|. CygHy.O,, | 42°10 | 6°43 | 51°47 Mongumic acid. «| Oye y9O4 66°0 | 4°6 | 29°3 Morphine . . «| ~CyyHigNO, | 71°58! 6°67 | 16°84] 4°91 Morin. «wo yg, = | 59°61 | 3°81 | 87-08 Moschatine . . .| Cy HNO, | 68°22] 6°66 | 27°65 | 3-45 |, Mucedin * ? 54°11 | 6°90 | 21°48 | 16°63 | 0°88 Muscarine . CsH,;NO, | 50°42 | 10°92 | 26°89 | 11°77 Mycose . s . +) Cy.H0n 42°10 | 6°48 | 51°47 Myristic acid. =. =]. GygHag, ‘| 73°68 | 12°28 | 14°04 Myronic acid. : || CygHyNS,0zo [31°88 | 5°04 | 42-42'| 3°72 | 16-99 Narcdine . . «| CysHNO, {59°63 | 6°28 |31°09] 3-02 Narcotine . . .| CyoHNO, | 63-92| 5°57 ]27-12| 3°39 Naringin : 5 | CogHingOyp 155°6 | 56 | 38°8 Nataloin . . || GigHyo, (2) [59-44 | 5°88 | 34-68 Nepaline . . +] CagHagNOj. | 63°09 | 7°47 | 27°82) 2°12 Nicotine . . «| GyHyN, |74:08] 8-64] ... | 17-28 Nucite. . . «| CHO, | 40°00| 6-66 | 53°38 Oak-bark tannic acid §=.| CogHygQig =| 53°85 | 5°18 | 41-02 Oenanthic acid. 7 C,H, 40. 64°12 | 11°44 | 2444 Oleic acid » sf GigHysO, | 76-59 | 12-06 | 11-35 Ononin i CypHy4Org | 59°80] 5°64 | 34°56 Orein , 7 . C,H,0, 67°76 | 6°45 | 25°81 Orsellic acid... C,H,0, 57°15 | 4°76 | 38-09. Ostruthiin . CyHy,O, (2) | 77°07 | 7°95 | 14°98 | Oxalic acid a Je C,H,O, 26°66 | 2°22 | 71-11 Oxyacanthine - +}. CgpHigN,0,, | 60°57 | 7:26 | 27-76 | 4:42 Peoniofluorescin . +| OygHy90,, HO | 71°88 |. 5°89 | 24°73 Palmitic acid . «| CygH390, | 75-00 | 12°50. | 12°50 Papaverine , . «| CyoH,NO, | 70°79} 6-20|18-88) 4-13 Pararabin . + al GypHypO,, | 42°10 | 6°48 | 51°47 Parellic acid. . .| GyH,0, | 60°67 | 3°37 | 35-96 Paracotom . . | CygH Og 67°85 | 3°57 | 28°58 Paricine =. =. — |S Cg HNO | 75°59 | 7-09] 6-29 | 11-02 Paridin. . . «| GigHygOy. 157-83 | 8-43 | 88-74 Parillin . . . +} C,H40. 604 | 9:0 | 30°6 Paytine . é . «| CyyHoN,O | 79°74} 6:33] 5-06] 8:86 Pencedanin . . | Gyo Hy0, —-|'70°58.| 5°88 | 23°54 Philyrin =. 3. ~— «| Gp Hy,0,, (| 60°67 | 6°37 | 82°96 Phloriin 3. sw) Cg HyOxy- | 56°15 | 5-81 | 38-04 Phloroglucin . : : C,H,0 57°13 | 4°76 | 88°11 Physalin . « +| Cy,Hy,05 63°64 | 6°06 | 30°30 Physostigmine ‘ | CysHoNgO, | 65°49} 7-64 | 11°60 | 15°27 Phytosterin . . «| CygH,O | 83-87 /11-83} 4-30 Picropodophyllin . ‘ ? 67°71 | 5°88 | 26°41 Picroroccelline : +| CyyHogN,0, | 68°08 | 6°31 ]17°05| 8°56 ‘Picrotoxin . « «ef CyyHy,O5 60°50 | 5°88 | 33°62 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF CONSTITUENTS. 263 Name. ForMuLa. Cc. H. oO N. | 8S. Pilocarpine . : | CogHy,N,O, | 64°18] 7:91 | 14°89 | 13°02 Pimaric acid . 3 | Cogn. «| 79°47 | 9°93 | 10°59 Pinipicrin . . |) Gp HygOq, | 55°46 | 7°56 | 36-98 Pinte . . . «| G,Hy0, |43°9 | 7:2 | 48-9 Piperine . . «| Gy,HygNO, |71°58| 6°67 | 16°84 | 4°91 Pipitzahoic acid . «| Cy5Hy)0, | 72°58 | 8°06 | 19°36 Populin. : «| CooHyg09 | 56°34 | 6°10 | 37°56 Propionic acid ig p C,H,0, 48°65 | 8-11 | 48-24 Propyl alcohol ,. .| G,H,O —_ | 60-00 | 13°38 | 26-66 Protocatechuic acid . C,H,0, 54°54 | 3°90 | 41°56 Purpura: . O,H,0, | 65-62 | 3-13 | 31-25 techn. . | GgH,O, |65°45| 5:16 | 29°09 Pyrogallic acid . C,H,0, 57°13 | 4°76 | 38°11 Quassin. . . «| CyoHyO, | 66°67 | 6°67 | 27°66 Quercetin . . «| CysHj,0, |59°21| 3:95 | 36°84 Quercite . . «| GyHyO, |43°9 | 7-2 [48-9 Quercitrin . «ef CysH,Og | 55°90] 4°35) 8°75 Quinamine . . = .|_ CyHy,N,O. |73°08| 7°69 |10°25| 8-98 Quinine and Quinidine .}| C,,H.,N,0, | 75°02) 6°66 |10°43 | 8°64 Racemic acid . . : C,H,O, 32°0 | 4:0 | 64°0 Rhatania-red . : | Cop H}30g 62°17 | 4°81 | 33-02 Rhatania tannic acid. Cog Ho9O9 59°40 | 4°95 | 35°65 Resorcin . . ‘ eH gOg 65°45 | 5°16 | 29-09 Rhinacanthin - «| CygHygO, (2) | 67°20 | 7-20 | 25°40 Rhoadine . . | GyHyNO, |65-79| 5-48 | 25-08| 3-65 Ricinoleic acid . «| CygHy,O, | 72°48 | 11°41 | 16-11 Roccellic acid. CpHy,0, | 68-00 | 10°66 | 21-34 Rottlerin . . Cop H 3404 71:00 | 10°05 | 18-95 Ruberythric acid . +] CggH gon, | 54°64 | 5°04 | 40°32 Rubian. —.—. «| CggHggOgo (2) | 55°08 | 5°57 | 39°35 Rubichloric acid. +} CygHgOq (2) | 51°22 | 4°88 | 43°90 Sabadilline . . —_. | Ca HggN,Oyq (2) | 61°29 | 8°85 | 26-40 | 3°46 Sabatrine . GpHagNoOr7 | 61°69 | 8°78 | 26°76 | 2°77 Saliein . . CysHigO, | 54°54 | 6-29 | 39°17 Salicylic acid. C;H,O, | 60-87 | 4-42 | 34-78 Salicylous acid . C,H,O, 68°85 | 4°92 | 26-23 Sanguinarine . . C\yH,,NO, | 70°59 | 5°26 |19°82) 4°33 Santalin . . .| G,,H,,0, (%) | 65-69 | 5-11 | 29-20 Santonin @ ysHgO, | 73°17 | 7°32 | 19°51 Saponin F : CgH geo (27) | 55°4 | 7°6 | 36°9 - Scleromucin . > 2 29°67 | 6°44] 2? 6°41 ok ash) Scleroxanthin . +] CyypHypO, [61°38 | 51 | 32°0 Sclerotic acid . . ‘ ? 40°0 | 5:2 |50°6 | 4°2 Scoparin . . «| CyyH0, (2) |58°06| 5:06 | 36-87 Sinalbin « «| CapHtggN28,01, | 47°87 | 5°85 | 34°05 | 3°72) 8-51 Suiphocyanide of sinapine| C,,H,,N,SO,; | 55°43 | 6°53 | 21°74 | 7°61) 8°69 Sinistrin =. Sw] Cg HyO, | 44°44] 6°17 | 49°39 Socalom . . «| CygHygO, | 59°63 | 5°59 | 34-78 Solanine . . .| CyHg-NO,, | 60°66 | 8-78 | 28-38] 1°68 Sorbin . «2. |) OHO, | 40°00 | 6°66 | 53°34 Sparteine i. 3s SHyzN | 78°05 | 10°57 |... | 11°38 Staphisagrine. . .| CoH NO, |67°5 | 8-4 |205 | 3°6 Starch... | Gly, | 44°44. | 6°17 | 49°39 | Stearic acid . . «| CygHgg ‘| 76°06 | 12°68 | 11-26 Strychnine . . «|. CyyHypN,O, | 77°24] 6°54) 7°30] 8°92 Styracin «=. .wCygHygO, | 81°82] 6°06 | 12-12 Styl . 2. COSCO 92°31 | 7°69 264 PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF CONSTITUENTS. Nam. Formuna. Cc. H. O. N. 8. Succinic acid . . . C,H,O0, 40°68 | 5:09 | 54-23 Syringin =. =. | yg Hing «| 54°81 | 6°73 | 38-46 Tannaspidic acid . «| CogHogQ,, | 60°46 | 5°42 | 34°12 Tannin, . . . e7HeeOr7 =| 52°42 | 3°56 | 44-02 Tartaric acid. =. . C,H,0, 32:0 | 4:0 | 64:0 Terpene, E «| CypHig, Crs How A CopHy. | 8°23 | 11°77 Thebaine . . «| OHNO, | 73°31} 6°75 |15:44| 4°50 Theobromine . : -| C,HgN,O, | 46°67 | 4°44 | 17°78 | 81°11 Thevetin . . :| CygHaOoq |58°06| 7°58 | 34-41 Thujin. . . af «| 52°86} 4°84 | 42°30 Thymol . . a . C,)H,,0 80°00 | 9°33 | 10°77 Trimethylamine . .| C,H,N |61°02}15-25| ... | 23-78 Triticin. =. sw} Ogg, =| 42°10 | 6°48 | 51°47 Turpethin . . «| CyjHyeQ,, | 56°66 | 7°77 | 35°57 Tyrosin. . . «| O,Hy,NOg | 59°66} 6°07 | 26°54) 7°73 Umbelliferon . - ; C,H,O, 66°66 | 3°71 | 29°63 Usnic acid. . -[ CygH 1,0, 59°39 | 4°94 | 35°36 Valerianic acid. é pty 90g 58°82 | 9°80 | 31°37 Vanillin . . «| CHO, | 63°13] 5:26 | 31°58 Veratrine . « _—_.. | CggHagNgOqy (2) | 64°42 | 8°70 | 23-97] 2°91 Veratroidine. | || GayHyyNO, (2) |63°8 | 8:2 24-9 | 3-1 Vitellin (Brazil nut) . ? 52°29 | 7:24 | 21°06 | 18°09 | 1°32 Vulpic acid 7 | CyH 05 70°81 | 4:35 | 24°84 1 Xanthorhamnin .. +] CggH{ggOng | 51°08 | 5°83 | 48°09 265 COMPOSITION OF THE MORE IMPORTANT CONSTITU- ENTS OF PLANTS, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO PERCENTAGE OF CARBON. Cc. H. oO. N. Ss. Name, 26°66 2°22 W111 ae Oxalic acid. 31°58 5:26 63°16 ate was Glycolic acid. 31°81 5-04 42°42 3°72 16-99 Myronic acid. 32°00 4°00 64:00 < jee Tartaric and racemic acid. 35°82 4-48 59°70. oc se Malic acid. 3636 | 606 | 36°37 | 21-21 S ‘Asparagine. 37°50 4:17 58-33 3 des Citric acid. 37°50 12°50 50°00 ies toi Methylic alcohol. 38°71 16:13 2c 45:17 wits Methylamine. 39°13 8-70 5217 she 3 Glycerin. 39°34 8-20 52°46 ss es Erythrite. 89°56 7°69 52°75 as Dulcite, isodulcite, mannite, ete. 40°00 6°66 53°33 Acetic and lactic acid, glu- cose, etc. 40°00 5-2 50°6 4-2 Sclerotic acid. 40°68 509 54:23 ens Succinic acid. 41:38 3°45 55°17 Aconitic acid. 41-38 3°45 55-17 Fumaric and maleic acid. 42°0 20 560 Meconic acid. 42°10 6-43 51-47 Arabic and metarabic acid, pararabin, triticin, saccha- Tose, etc. 43°75 6-30 50°19 Kinic acid. 43°9 72 48-9 Pinite and quercite. 44-21 5-26 50°53 Sas Boheic acid, 44°44 9°63 85°55 | 10°37 Betaine. 44-44 3°70 fer 51°85 Hydrocyanic acid. 44:44 4°76 51:80 Fi Cyclopin. 44°44 617 49°39 Cellulose, dextrin, inulin, : levulin, sinistrin, starch. 44°84 5°33 49°83 Cinchona-tannic acid. 45°65 2-17 52°24 aoe Chelidonic acid, 46°67 4°44 17°78 | 31-11 28s Theobromine, 47°87 5°85 34°05 3°72 8°51 Sinalbine. 48°65 8-11 43°24 see 3 Propionic acid. 49°48 515 16°51 | 28°86 ss Caffeine. 49°59 12°39 | 26°44 | 11°57 # Choline, 49°60 4°92 43°26 - 2°22 wan Indican. 50°24 6°81 24138 | 18:37 0-45 | .Conglutin. 50°42 10°92 26°89 | 11°77 wie Muscarine. 51:0 67 25:4 161 0°38 Glutencasein, 51:00 7:00 42-00 wd wie Ericolin. 51°02 4°89 44°87 Fraxin. 51°22 4°88 43°90 wed wea Rubichloric acid. 51-47 7:02 24°29 | 16°82 0°40 Legumin. © 52°01 588 42°11 wis is Cinchona-tannic acid. 52:07 124 21:06 | 18-09 1:32 Vitellin. 266 COMPOSITION OF IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS. Cc H. Oo. N. 8. NaME. 52°39 | 4-78 | 49°83 |. .. | Daphnin, 52°42 356 | 44:02 ie pais Gallotannic acid. 52°45 6°81 22°21 15°65 08 Albumin. : 52°47 5°79 40°23 | 1:53 or Laurocerasin. 52°51 5°91 | 38°52 | 3-06 es Amygdalin. 52°53 7°38 40-27 ei eae Helleborein.. . 52°60 7:00 21°49 18:06 0°85 Gliadin, 52°86 4°84 42°30 ea 5 Thujin. 52-9 52 | 419 ia | Apiin, 53-21 | 7:60 | 39-19 ie oo Digitonin, 53°33 5-19 41°48 sce iss Cinchona-red. 53°7 61 40:2 oy eae Arbutin. bes Oo 53°85 5:13 41:02 wae sie Oak-bark tannic acid. 53-91 859 | 37:50 a ee Convallamarin, 54:08 4°72 41:20 wus wes Datiscin. 5411 6:90 21°48 16°63 0°88 Mucedin. 3 54:54 3:90 41°56 aes sa Protocatechuic acid, 54°55 9:09 | 36:36 aos ee Butyric acid, 54°54 6-29 39°17 one ose Salicin. 54°63 S47 39:90 wie sae Lupinin. . 54-64 5°04 | 40°32 bee sie Ruberythric acid. 54°77 5°39 39°84 ais sa Hesperidin, 54°81. 6:73 38°46 a on Syringin. 54:87 7°37 «| 37°50 cial «a. | Convolvulin, 54:96 9°92 24°43 10°69 sas Leucine, 55-08 | 5°57 39°35 isle ses Rubian. 55°29 7°83 36°87 wag aes Cyclamin. 55°4 76 36-9 ae eee Saponin. haat 55°43 6°53 21°74 761 8°69 Sulphocyanate of sinapine. 55°46 7°56 36°98 aie Ss Menyanthin. 5546 756 36:98 aa as Pinipicrin. 556 56 38°8 ais sas Naringin. 55°81 6-99 37°20 bes os Crotonic acid. 55°63 1:99 42°38 ea sis Ellagic acid, 55-90 4°35 39°75 sce | ves Quercitrin. 56°14 6°43 37°43 es diets Coniferin, 5615 5°81 38°05 |... dee Phlorizin. 56:25 3°75 40:00 eh ae Maclurin, 56°34 6-10 37°56 eat i Populin. 56°37 6-04 37°59 a es Ipecacuanha-tannic acid. 56-66 777 35°57 es sae Jalapin and turpethin, 56°75 5°41 37°84 sae iss Caffeo-tannic acid, 56°75 5°40 37°85 bee as Carthamin. 57718 4-76 38-11 ee oe Phloroglucin, pyrogallol, etc. 57°15 4°76 38-09 “ee - Orsellic acid, 57°32 701 35°67 som ie Globularin. 57°57 5-12 34:96 1°50: 0°85 Cathartic acid. 57°64 TAZ 34-94 ae das Dulecamarin. 57°69 13-46 15°38 13°46 ies Amanitine, 58-00 5:06 36°87 ee a Scoparin, 58-06 7°53 34°41 = ihe Thevetin. 58:22 5°50 36°28 sae me Curagao-aloin, 58-23 4°64 37°13 wae aes Chrysorhamnin. 58°24 7'38 34°38 oon wie Caincin. 58°82 9°80 31:37 5y ae Valerianic acid, 59-21 391 86°84 ae mee Quercetin, 59-26 617 34°57 ss we Capaloin, COMPOSITION OF IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS. 267 Cc. H. Oo. N, Name, 59°34 5-49 35°17 ; Everninic acid, 59°44 5:88 34°68 f Nataloin. 59°40 4°95 35°65 ; Rhatania-tannic acid. 59°39 4°94 35°36 2 Usnic acid. 59°63 5:59 34-78 aa Socaloin. 59°63 6:28 31°09 3:02 Narceine. 59°66 607 26°54 7:73 Tyrosine. 59°78 TAT 32°75 ads Colocynthin. 59°80 5°64 34°56 ei Ononin. 59-92 7:05 32°66 117 Glycyrrhizic acid. 59°95 8°05 32°00 son Digitalin. 60°00 8-00 32°00 Sag Angelic acid. 60-00 8:33 | 31°67 ae Bryonin, 60°00 4-44 35°56 oe Cetraric acid. 60°00 13°33 26°67 rea Propylic alcohol. 60°37 4°40 35°23 6a Lecanoric acid, 60°40 9-0 30°6 = Parillin. 60°46 542 34°12 as Tannaspidic acid. 60°50 588 33°62 at Picrotoxin. 60°53 6°82 28°50 4:15 Colchicine. 60°57 7:26 | 27°76 4:42 Oxyacanthine: 60°66 8-78 28°88 1:68 Solanine. 60°67 3°37 35°96 sve Parellic acid. 60°87 6:37 32°96 2 Philyrin. 60°71 5-95 33°34 os Barbaloin, 60°81 4:90 34-29 . Gyrophoric acid, 60°85 4°75 34°40 3 Gardenin, 60°86 4:42 34°78 a Salicylic acid. 60°90 4°81 34°28 sas Catechin. 61:02 15°25 on 23°78 Trimethylamine. 61°08 8°56 25°27 514 Jervine. 61:29 8°85 26°40 3:46 Sabadilline, 61°39 6°67 29°77 B17 Aconitine.’ 61°44 4-82 33-74 is Evernic acid. 61°69 8-78 26°76 77 Sabatrine. 61°8 51 32°0 cea Scleroxanthin. 61°85 515 33-00 2s Meconin. 61°86 515 82°99 Sse Benzohelicin, 62°01 5-15 83°64 ied Cinchona-nova-red. 62:07 10°35 27-58 a Caproic acid, 62:07 3°45 34°48 7 Luteolin. 62:17 8°81 20°02 Gratiolin, 62:17 4°81 33°02 Rhatania-red. 62°33 6-49 31-17 Crocin. 62°4 9:0 28°6 Melanthin. 62:46 466 | 32°88 Catechu-tannic acid, 62°50 417 83°33 Anemonin, 62°68 7°46 29:88 Antiarin, 62°92 4°72 32°36 Linin. 63-00 70 30°0 one Cnicin. 63-09 TAT 27°32 212 Nepaline. 63:13 5:26 30°58 ae Vanillin. 63-16 9°60 27°24 oe Convallarin. 63°44 6°58 25°20 4°38 Colchiceine. . 63°57 4°63 31-79 at Hematoxylin. 63-60 8-50 27°90 Digitoxin. 63°64 6:06 -| 30°30 Physalin. 268 COMPOSITION OF IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS. Cc. H. 0. N. Ss. Name. 63°83 6°38 29°76 sei Coriamyrtin. 63°8 8-2 249 3-1 Veratroidine. 63°92 5:57 27°12 3°39 Narcotine. 6412 | 11-44 24-44 ae Oenanthic acid. 64:20 617 29°63 Filicin. 64:23 8°77 27:00 ea Ceric acid. 64:42 8°70 23°97 2°91 Veratrine. 64-48 | 4-40 | 31-20 aes Kimpferid. 64°55 8°66 | 23°47 3°42 Delphinine. 64:80 | 13°51 21°62 ase Butylic alcohol. 64°90 76 275 Cailcedrin, 6511 3°87 31:02 Gentisin, 65°26 6°66 28°07 Kosin. 65:28 5°60 29:03 Columbin. : 65°45 5-16 29°09 Pyrocatechin, hydroqui- none, resorcin, etc. 65°49 7°64 | 11°60 | 15°27 Physostigmine, 65°62 3:13 31:25 sxe Purpurin. 65:69 511 29°20 ox Santalin. 65°79 5°48 25:08 3°65 . Rheeadine. 65°85 5°64 28°51 es Methysticin. 65°97 5°75 20°95 7°33 Chlorogenine. 66-0 46 29.3 es Mongumic acid. 66:05 8:26 25°69 Laserpitin. 66°38 6°38 27°23 ava Limonin. . 66°44 657 22°15 4°84 Cocaine. 66°66 9°63 23-71 ne Hederic acid 66°66 3-71 29°63 Umbelliferon. 66°67 6°67 26°66 Quaassiin, 66°67 370 30°63 és ‘Emodin. 66°98 6-98 26°04 Ses Athamanthin. 67-00 9°64 16°30 710 eae Gelsemine. 67°11 5:43 27°46 ie Brasillin. 67°12 | 11:89 | 11-19 9°79 Conhydrine. 67°20 7:20 25°40 a8 Rhinacanthin. 67°41 5-62 29-96 Cubebin. 67°41 562 29°96 sep Curcumin. 675 84 | 205 36, Staphisagrine. 67°6 4-2 28-2 . Frangulic acid. 67°71 5°88 | 26-41 F Picropodophyllin. 67°76 6-45 25°81 eee Orcin, 67°85 3°57 28°58 pe Paracotoin. 68°06 5-08 14:32 12°34 " Chelidonine. 68°07 5:04 | 26°89 tag Erythrocentaurin. 68°08 631 17:05 8:56 Picroroccelline. 68:22 6°66 27°65 3°45 : Moschatine. 68°39 V77 16°58 © 7:25 . Ditaine. 68°85 492 | 26°23 aa . Salicylous and benzoic acid. 68:96 8:04 23°00 ze Elaterin. 69°56 7°24 23°20 . Betaorcin. 69°72 542 24°86 2 Alkannin, 69°76 11°62 18°61 fs Capric acid. 69°84 4:76 25°39 a Cotoin. 70°00 9-29 20°71 wax Capsaicin. 70:05 6°59 16°25 711 Cusconine and aricine. 70°38 8:50 21:12 ats Absinthiin. 70°58 795 | 16°60 4°84 Atropine, hyoscyamine, etc. COMPOSITION OF IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS, 269 Cc. H. Oo. N. 8. Name, 70°58 5-88 23°54 ee . Peucedanin. 70°59 5°26 19°82 4°33 ‘ Sanguinarine. 70°79 6:20 | 18°88 4:13 : Papaverine, 70°81 4:35 24°84 ea . Chrysopicrin (vulpic acid). 70°87 787 15°75 5°51 ‘ Atherospermine. 70°87 3:94 25°19 as . Chrysophanic acid. 70°9 95 15°6 39 : Delphinoidine. 71-00 | 10°05 | 18-95 oes ; Rottlerin. 71°38 5°89 22°73 aes : ‘ Peoniofinorescin. 7158 667 16:84 4-91 < Morphine and piperine. 71°64 | 5:08 | -19710 4:18 _ Berberine. 7200 8-00 10°65 9°35 a Menispermine (?) 72:09 | 12:04 | 15°87 dea ‘3 Laurostearic acid. 72°24 7:02 16-06 4°68 ‘i Codeine. 72°31 5°22 | 22°47 ats 5 Chrysarobin, 72°41 13-79 | 13-79 ‘ Heptyl-alcohol. 72°48 11°41 16-11 be Ricinoleic acid. 72°58 8-06 19°36 se P Pipitzahoic acid. 72°90 6°54 7-48 13°08 : Harmaline. 72°92 541 | 21°62 wise a “Cinnamic acid. 73°03 7°69 10°25 8-98 ‘ ‘Quinamine,- _ 73:17 7°32 | 19°32 aa Santonin, eugenol, eugenin. 73°28 3°82 | 12:22 10°68 Indigo-blue. 73°31 6-75 15°44 4:50 Berberine and thebaine. 73°58 5°67 754 13-21 Harmine. 73°62 | -11°66 14°72 wae Bryoidin. 73°84 | 18°84 | 12°32 si Caprylic alcohol. 73°85 8:31 4:92 12°92 - Cytisine. 73°68 12°28 14:04 wie Mpristic acid. 73°97 4°11 21°92 wae Coumarin. 74°08 8°62 se 17-28 ss Nicotine. 744 97 9°57 5°62 |1:37(P)| Chlorophyllan. 7454 | 10°56 | 14:90 eas ve Aselepin. 74°57 8-48 9°04 781 Aspidospermine. 746 53 21-1 wee Grénhartin, 74°66 755 | 17°78 Bixin. 75°00 3°57 21°44 Alizarin. 75°00 | 12:50 | 12°50 53 Palmitic acid. 75°02 6-66 | 10°43 8-64 Quinine and quinidine. 75:04 9:07 15°89 ae Anacardic acid. 75°59 7:09 6:29 11-02 Paricine. 75°78 737 | 1685 | .. Helleborin. 76-06 12°68 11:26 ee Stearic acid. 76°59 12:06 11°35 5st Oleic acid. 76°81 12:00 ni 11:20 Coniine. 76°83 8°53 14°64 ea Helenin. 76°92 12°82 10-26 Arachic acid, menthol, capric aldehyde, 77°07 7°95 14:98 a Ostruthiin, 77°24 6-54 7°30 8-92 Strychnine. 77°55 748 | | 544 9°53 Cinshoning and cinchoni- : ne, 77°69 12:23 tg 10°07 Methylconiine. 77°92 11°69 10°39 is Borneol. 78:05 | 10°57 sane 11:38 Sparteine, 78°3 11:2 t ? Conessine. 78°43 5°68 wis 15°89 Aribine. 270 COMPOSITION OF IMPORTANT CONSTITUENTS. c. H. oO. N. 8. Name. 78°57 952 | 11°91. Abietic acid, 78°68 18°95 737 Cetyl-alcohol. 78°94 | 1053 | 1053: Camphor and caryophyllin. 79°02 13°17 781 Cerotic acid. 79°24 5°65 1511 Benzaldehyde. 79°47 9°93 10°59 ea Pimaric acid. 79°74 6°33 5:06 8:86 Paytine. 80-00 9°33 10°77 sis Thymol and carvol. 80°25 9°55 10-20 Cardol. 80°67 5°88 13°45 Cinnamein. 81-08 811 10°81 me Anethol. 81°51 13°21 see 5:28 Curarine. 81°81 14:14 4-05 sed Cerotyl-alcohol. 81°82 6:06 12°12 Styracin. and cinnamic aldehyde. 81°82 11°04 714 Euphorbone and lactucerin, 82°19 14°15 3°66 Melissyl alcohol. 82°44 11°41 6-15 Hydrocarotin. 82°57 11:36 6-06 Betulin. 83°49 11°79 4:73 Amyrin. 83°87 | 11:83 4:30 Phytosterin, 84:11 12°15 3°74 Cholesterin. 84:37 9°37 6:26 Carotin. 88°24 11:76 is Caoutchoue, terpenes, etc. 92°31 769 . Styrol. INDEX. Abietite, 225 Absinthiin, 49, 146 Acacia, tannin of, 162 Acid, abietic, 127 acetic, 23, 24, 119, 226 aconitic, 70 acrylic, 24, 119 anacardic, 146 angelic, 13, 24, 119 anthemic, 146 arabic, 76, 210, 211, 250 arachic, 15 aspartic, 206 atranoric, 151 beberic, 146 benzoic, 32, 33, 35, 49, 226 beta-erythric, 151 boheic, 160 butyric, 35, 119 caffeic, 161 caffeo-tannic, 161 cambogic, 135 capric, 13, 119 caproic, 13, 119 caprylic, 13, 119 earbusnic, 150 catechuic, 41, 44, 156 sa estimation, 157 eatechu-tannic, 156 cathartic, 86, 248 cathartogenic, 248 celastrus-tannic, 163 cetraric, 151 chelidonic, 148 chrysophanic, 36, 132 cinchona-nova-tannic, 163 cinchona-tannic, 162 cincho-tannic, 162 cinnamic, 25 citric, 70 3 estimation of, 226, 228 » reactions of, 226 crotonic, 119 diorsellic, 149 ellagic, 153 Acid, ellago-tannic, 160 erythric, 151 evernic, 150 everninic, 150. formic, 23, 24, 119, 226 filix-tannic, 162 frangulic, 133 fumaric, 70, 232 gallic, 32, 133, 226 » detection and estimation, " 47, 187 gallo-tannic, 160, 226 fy estimation, 159 gelsemic, 205 glutamic, 207 glycolic, 233 glycyrrhizic, 171 gummic, 210 gyrophoric, 150 helianthic, 170 hydrocarbusnic, 151 hydrocyanic, 24, 29 isobutyric, 119 jalapic, 140 jervic, 148 kinic, 232 lactic, 232 lauric, 13, 112 lecanoric, 149, 151 leditannic, 163 lichenostearic, 151 linoleic, 11 » estimation, 111 lobaric, 151 maleic, 232 malic, 70, 229, 234 » detection, 225 meconic, 148 melangallic, 137 melilotic, 108 metapectic, 211 metarabic, 88, 209, 211, 235, 243 metatungstic, 56 methylerotonic, 13, 119 methylsalicylic, 30 272 INDEX. Acid, mongumic, 127 morintannic, 158 myristic, 15, 16, 112 myronic, 165 nitric, 78 »» estimation, 83, 84, 85 nucitannic, 163 octylic, see caprylic enanthic, 119 oleic, 11, 112, 113 » detection, 18 » estimation, 111 ophelic, 147 orsellic, 149 oxalic, 70, 91, 230 oxyusnetinic, 150 palmitic, 18, 112 para-oxybenzoic, 35, 36 parellic, 150 patellaric, 150 spectic, 211 ‘pelargonic, 13 phosphomolybdic, 56 phosphorie, 226, 229 phyllic, 127 picric, 56 pimaric, 127 pinic, 127 pipitzahoic, 136 podocarpic, 127 podophyllic, 139 polygonic, 149 polyporic, 90 propionic, 119 protocatechuic, 35 pteritannic, 163 quercitannic, 161 quinic, see kinic quinovic, 175 racemic, 70, 229 rhatania-tannic, 157 ricinoleic, 19 roceellic, 149 ruberythrie, 134 rubichloric, 282 rufigallic, 137 salicylic, 24, 32, 33, 49 salicylous, 24, 29, 168 santonic, 36 (see also ‘santonin ’) sclerotic, 86, 248 stearic, 18, 112 stictic, 151 succinic, 230, 231 sulphuric, 226 sylvic, it taigusic, 136 tannaspidic, 162 tannic, 56 tartaric, 71 93 estimation, 228 Acid, toxicodendric, 24 trimetbylacetic, 119 usnic, 150, 152 valerianic, 13, 24, 35, 119 viridic, 161 vulpic, 150 Acids, 225 amidie, 247 estimation of in fruits, 71 examination for, 65, 69 examination of substances solable in, 91 extraction with, 91 fatty, identification of, 120 >, Separation from resin, 112 lichen, 149 mineral, estimation of, 71 »» . tests for, 71 organic, estimation of, produced by alkalies, 36 qualitative separation of, 70 resin, 32, 127 tannic, estimation of, 41-47 volatile, 23, 29, 117 » separation of, 119 Acolyctine, 58 Aconine, 58 Aconitine, 50, 179, 181 estimation of, 60 Acrinyl, sulphocyanate of, 166 Adansonin, 146 Aesculetin, 169 | Aesculin, 49, 169 Agrostemma githago, saponin in, 68, 69 Albumen, estimation of, 79, 80, 238 beac = dilute soda, 88 vegetable, in mucilage, 66 Albumenoids, detection of, 78 estimation of, 234, 236, 237 examination for, 65, 78 extracted by dilute acid, 240 extracted by pepsin, 240 extracted by spirit, 241 extraction of, 78 insoluble in dilute acda, 89 microchemical, detection of,-78 nitrogen in, 234 not precipitated by aleohol, 76 reagents for, 79 soluble in dilute soda, 88, 235 Alchornin, 146 Alcohol, examination of substances soluble in,-38 extraction with, 38 amyl, 30 cerotyl, 13, 110 cetyl, 13, 110 melinsyl, 13, 110 melyl, see melissyl INDEX. Alcohol, octyl, 30 Alcohols, boiling points of, 30 Alcohols, primary, secondary, ete., 30 Aldehyde, angelic, 29 : benzoic, 25 capric, 29 cinnamie, 25, 29 methyl-capric, 29 pelargonic, 29 salicylic, 25, 29 oe detection in ethereal oils, fines tannin of, 156 Aleurites laccifera, wax from, 110 Aleurone, 236 Algarobilla, tannin of, 159 Alizarin, 133 Alkaloid, amorphous, separation from cinchona, 194 of celandine, 50 of eschscholtzia, 204 of pimento, 50 Alkaloids, 178 colour-reactions of, 178, 179, 180 confirmatory tests for, 57 decomposition by alkalies, 58 estimation of, 58, 63, 182 examination for, 50, 51 extracted in fixed oil, 19 extracted with alcohol, 38, 48 extracted with ether, 33 extracted with petroleum spirit, 20 extraction from aqueous solution, 49 group-reagents for, 55 isolation of, 55 microsublimation of, 181 not separated by shaking, 57 of cinchona, 198 33 rarer, 198 separation, 194 platinum and gold salts of, 181 quantitative separation, 194 separation, 63, 189 separation by precipitation, 193 separation by solvents, 191 tests for, 181 volatile, 50 Alkannin, 135 Almond, oil of sweet, 102 Aloe-resin, 177 Aloes, valuation of, 177 Aloins, various, 176 Alstonine, 203 Amanitine, 205 Amides, 205 Amido-compounds, 82 Amidulin, 249 Amines, 244 _ estimation of, 245 Ammonia, estimation of, 81 273 Ammonia, examination for, 78 Amygdalin, 164 Amylin, 253 Amylodextrin, 250 Amylum, see starch. Amyrin, 109 Analysis, general method, 5 Anemonin, 109 Anemonol, 109 Angelicin, 109, 208 Anhydrides, action of alkalies on, 36 Aniline, 50 Anthochlor, 117 Anthoxanthin, 117 Anthracene, 136 Anthraquinone-derivatives, 127, 131, 136 Antiarin, 175 Antirin, 146 Aphrodescin, 170 Apiin, 170 Apricots, oil of, 102 Arabin, 210 Arabinose, 218 Arbutin, 167 Argyrescin, 170 Aribine, 203 Aricine, 198 Aristolochia, bitter, 175 yellow, 146 Arnicin, 146 Asaron, 108 Asclepiadin, 146 Ash, estimation of, 7 Asparagine, 82, 206, 207 Aspidospermine, 50, 204 Athamanthin, 145 Atherospermine, 203 Atropine, 50 estimation of, 60, 182 Bablah fruits, tannin of, 160 Beberine, 203 Beech-oil, 102 Belladonnine, 203 Benzohelicin, 169 Berberine, 49 estimation of, 62 Betaine, 205 Betaorein, 152 Betapicroerythrin, orsellinate of, 151 Betulin, 145 Birch, tannin of, 162 Bistort, tannin of, 158 Bitter-almond oil, 29 Bitter principles, 127 extracted by alcohol, 38, 48 lead compounds of, 52 Bixin, 135 Brasillin, 137 18 274 Brucine, 50 & " estimation of, 61, 183 Bryoidin, 109 Bryonin, 170 . Butylalanine, 205. Cacao, 187 Caffeine, 49 estimation of, 186 Cailcedrin, 146 Calabar Bean, estimation of alkaloid, 184 Calabarine, estimation of, 184 Calcium, oxalate of, 91 estimation, 91 microscopical detection, 92 Calendulin, 175 Californin, 175 Calycin, 151 Cane-sugar, 220 ‘Caoutchouc, detection in fixed oil, 11 extraction of, 109 Capsaicin, 109 Capsicin, 109 Capsicum, 49 e ; ee of, 50 aragheen-sugar, 219 Carapin, 175 Carbohydrates, see under respective names. Carotin, 109. Cardol, 146 Caryophyllin, 49, 146 Carthamin, 178 Cascarillin, 49, 146 Casein, 235 Castor-oil, 102 Catechin, 32, 138 estimation of, 137 Catechu, tannin of, 156 Celandine, alkaloid of, 50 Celastrus, tannin of, 168 Cell-nucleus, 79 Cellulose, 252, 256 estimation of, 96 varieties of, 256 Ceratophyllin, 150 Cerosin, 111 Cerotene, 110 Cevadilla seed, 184 Chameelirin, 172 Chelidonine, estimation of, 62 Chelidonium, estimation of alkaloid in, 184 Chenopodine, 208 Chimaphilin, 147 Chiratin, 147 Chlorogenine, 208 Chlorophyll, 19, 113, 114 ‘estimation of, 115 INDEX. ! Chlorophyll, extraction of, 19, 32 Chlorophyllan, 114, 115 Cholesterin, 99 detection in fixed oil, 11 detection and estimation, 106 Choline, 205 Chrysarobin, 132 Chrysin, 128 Chrysophyll, 114 Chrysopicrin, 150 Chrysorhamnin, 135 Chylariose, ‘218 Cicutin, 147 Cinchona, amorphous alkaluid of, 191 tannin of, 162 Cinchona-alkaloids, estimation of, 62 Cinchona-nova-red, 163 Cinchona-red, 162 Cinchonidine, separation of, 194 Cinchonine, 49, 50 - separation of, 194 Cinnamein, 25 Cinnamy], cinnamate of, 25 Cuicin, 176 | Cnicus benedictus, bitter principle of, 49 -Cocaine, 203 Codeine, 50 Colchiceine, 49 Colchicine, 49 estimation of, 61 Colocynthin, 49, 170 Columbin, 147 Concluding remarks (to Part I.), 97 Conessine, 203 Conglutin, 235 Conhydrine, 50 Coniferin, 167 Coniine, 50 estimation of, 61, 183, 184, 189 Conquinine, see quinidine Convallamarin, 49, 172 Convallarin, 172 Convolvulin, 141 Coriamyrtin, 148, 170 Corydaline, 203 Cotoin, 147 Cotton-seed, oil of, 102 Coumarin, 108 Crategin, 175 Crocetin, 171 Crocin, 171 Crude Fibre, 257 Crystalloids, 79 Cubebin, 49, 145 Curarine, 58, 179, 194, 202 Curcumin, 135 ° Cusconine, 198 Cusparin, 175 Cuticular substance, 95, 253 Cutose, 253 INDEX. Cyanophyll, 113 Cyclamin, 172 Grelspinfiacrascii, 163 Cyclopia-red, 163 Cyclopin, 168 Cynanchocerin, 108 Cytisine, 203 Daphnin, 49, 168 Datiscin, 170 Delphinine, 50 Delphinoidine, 50 Dextrin, 212 alcoholate of, 218 estimation of, 65, 67, 213 estimation of in cane-sugar, 215 Dextrose, see glucose Diastase, 237 Diethylamine, 244 - ’ Digitalein, 49, 143, 178 Digitalin, 142, 173 Digitaliresin, 142 - Digitin, 143 Digitonein, 143 Digitonin, 143, 173 estimation of, 69 Digitoresin, 143, 174 Digitoxin, 142 Dimethyloreoselon, 145 Diosmin, 108 Distillation, fractional, 124 Ditaine, 204 Ditamine, 204 Divaleryloreoselon, 145 Divi-divi, tannin of, 156, 160 Dulcamarin, 171, 204 Dulcite, 225 Ecboline, 202 Echicerin, 108 Echitamine, 204 Elaidin, test for oils, 102 Elaterin, 49, 147- Emetine, 50 estimation of, 61 Emodin, 132 Emulsin, 237 Ergotine, 202 Ergotinine, 202 Ericinol, 143 Ericolin, 49, 143, 166 Erythrite, diorsellinate of, 151 orsellinate of, 151 Erythrocentaurin, 147 Erythrophyll, 115 Erythrophleeine, 202 Erythroretin, 132 Erythrosclerotin, 134 Eschscholtzia, 204 Ethereal Oil, see ‘ Oil, ethereal’ 275 Ethereal Salts, see ‘Salts, ethereal’ Ether, direct extraction with, 36 estimation of substances soluble in, 82 examination of substances soluble in, 31 Etiolin, 116 Ethylamine, 244 Eucalyn, 219 Eupatorin, 147 Euphorbon, 108 Fat-acids, fixed, 14 fractional precipitation of, 14 free, 105 detection and estimation, 106 melting points of, 14, 15 volatile, 13 Fats, see ‘Fixed Oil’ Fehling’s Solution, 72 Ferments, 237 Fibrin, vegetable, 235 Filix, tannin of, 162 Filicin, 99, 107 Fixed oil, composition of, 10 detection of, 10 elaidin test for, 10 estimation of, 10, 11, 99 estimation of glycerin in, 12 linoleic acid in, 11 oleic acid in, 11 qualitative reactions, 11 resinification of, 101 tests for, 101, 102 Fraxin, 169 Fresh plants, treatment of, 6, 10 Fruit-sugar, 218 Fumarine, 205 Fungin, 253 Galactose, 219 Galls, tannin of, 156, 159, 226 Gardenin, 127 Geissospermin, 49, 204 Gelose, 252 Gelsemine, 50, 205 “General Remarks, 1 Gentian-bitter, 140 Gentisin, 139 Geraniin, 176 Glaucine, 205 Gliadin, 241 properties of, 242 Globularin, 170 Globulin, 235 estimation of, 79 Glucodrupose, 256 Glucolignose, 256 Glucose, detection of, 214 estimation of, 72, 73, 74, 215, 217 276 Glucose, fermentation test for, 216 polarization of, 221 ay detection and estimation, 64, 72 extracted by alcohol, 38, 48 various, 256 Glucosides, detection of, 53 direct examination for, 50 extraction of by ether, 33 extraction of from aqueous solu- tion, 49 group-reagents for, 54 solubility of, 164 Glutamine, 82 detection of, 207 estimation of, 207 Gluten, 243 Glutencasein, 235 Gluten fibrin, 241, 242 Glutin, 241 Glycerides, 11 Glycerin, estimation of, 109 Glycyrrhizin, 171 Goa-powder, 132 Gold, chloride of, as alkaloid reagent, 56 Granulose, 249 Grape-sugar, see glucose Gratiolin, 49, 172 Grénhartin, 186 Ground nut, oil of, 102 Guacin, 147 Guarana, 186 Guaranine, 186 Gum, 208 Gum arabic, varieties of, 211 Gum, see also ‘Mucilage’ Gummicose, 210 Gum-resins, commercial, 129 Gypsophila struthium, saponin in, 69 Hematoxylin, 32, 33, 136 Harmaline, 203 Harmine, 203 Hazel nut, oil of, 102 Helenin, 108 Helianthus, oil of, 102 Helleborein, 49, 172 Helleborin, 172 Hemp, oil of, 102 Hesperidin, 171 Hesperidin-sugar, 225 Homoftuorescin, 151 Hop-bitter, 147 Hop-resin, 49 Hop, tannin of, 156 Horse chestunt, tannin of, 158 Humus, 90 Hurin, 148 Hydrastine, 205 Hydrocellulose, 250 INDEX. Hydrocarotin, 109 Hydrocotoin, 147 Hygrine, 208 Hyoscine, 60 Hyoscyamine, 50 estimation of, 60, 183 Hypochlorin, 114, 116 Incrusting substance, 95, 253 Indican, 174 Indigo blue, 174 Indiglucin, 174 Indigo white, 174 Tnosite, 219 Introduction, 1 Inulin, characters, 87 detection of, 66 estimation and extraction of, 86 examination for, 86 Inuloid, 87 Invertin, 237 Invert sugar, 218 Ipecacuanha, tannin of, 163 Isodulcite, 225 Isophlorrhizin, 169 Jalapin, 140 Jalapinol, 140 Jervine, 180 Juniperin, 148 Jurubebine, 205 Kéampferid, 108 Kawain, 148 Knoppern-galls, tannin of, 159 Kosin, 107 Lactose, 210 Lactucerin, 108 Lactucin, 176 Lactucon, 108 Laserol, 145 Laserpitin, 145 Laurocerasin, 164 Legumin, estimation of, 79, 284 Leucine, 207 estimation of, 207 Leucotin, 147 Levulin, 212 aleoholate, 213 oe and estimation of, 67, Levulosan, 220 Levulose, 218 Lichen-acida, test for, 151 Lichenin, 249, 251 as microscopical examination of, Lichen-starch, 251 Lignin, 95, 252, 253 INDEX. Lignin, micro-chemical characters of, 255 Lignin, micro-chemical detection of, 95 Ligustrin, 170 Limonin, 171 Linin, 176 Linseed, oil of, 102 Liriodendrin, 148 Literature of plant-analysis, 3 Lobeliine, 50, 202 Loturine, 175, 205 Lupinin, 176 Lutein, 117 Luteolin, 140, 178 Lycine, 205 Lycopin, 148 Lycopodine, 205 Maclurin, 158 Maltose, 221 Mangostin, 148 Mannite, 77, 224 Marattin, 70 Marrubin, 148 Masopin, 148 Meconin, 148 Melampyrite, 225 Melanthin, 173 Melanthigenin, 174 Melezitose, 221 Melitose, 221 Melting-points, determination of, 15 Menispermine, 205 Menyanthin, 49, 166 Mercurie chloride as alkaloid reagent, 56 Metacellulose, 253 Methylanthracene, 136 Methyleoniine, 50 Methyst‘cin, 148 Milk-sugar, 220 Moisture, estimation of, 5 Monamines, 244 Morin, 158 ‘Morphine, 50 estimation of, 61, 184, 199 Morindin, 135 Morindon, 185 Mucedin, 241, 242 Mucilage, characters of, 210 estimation of, 65 examination for, 65 modified method of examination, 209 vegetable, 208 Mudarin, 176 Munjestin, 135 Murrayin, 171 Muscarine, 205 277 Mustard, volatile oil of, 166 Mycose, 221 Myosin, 235 separation from vitellin, 236 Myrica cerifera, wax from, 110 quercifolia, ,, , 1 10 species, 110 Myrobalans, tannin of, "156, 160 Myrosin, 165 Myroxocarpin, 108 Narceine, 49, 50 Narcotiae, 50 estimation of, 61, 184, 199 Naringin, 171 Narthecin, 148 Nepaline, 60 Neurin, 205 Nicotine, 50 estimation of, 61, 188 Nitriles, 27 Nitrogen, detection in ethereal oil, 27 estimation of, 80 Nitrogenous substances, 244 Nucin, 148 Nucite, 219 Nupharine, 50, 205 Oil, ethereal, constituents of, 27 detection and estimation of, 21 detection of nitrogen in, 27 detection of sulphocyanogén in, 27 detection of sulphur in, 26 distillation of, 23 estimation of, 117 examination of, 25 examination for aldehydes, 29 fluorescence, 26 fractional distillation, 124 optical testa for, 120 polarization of, 25 reactions of, 26, 121, 122, 123 solubility in alcohol, 26, 120 specific gravity of, 26 stearoptenes in, 28 olive, 102 Oleandrine, 205 Olivil, 176 Ononin, 170 Operations, preliminary, 5 27, | Opium, estimation of alkaloid in, 199 Orcin, estimaticn of, 152 Oreoselon, 145 Ostruthiin, 144 Oxyacanthine, 205 278 Oxyaloin, 178 Oxycyclopin, 168 Oxyleucotin, 147 Oxyneurin, 205 Peoniofluorescin, 36,131 . Panaquillon, 172 Papaverine, 49, 50 Papayotin, 237 Paracellulose, 253 Paracholesterin, 107 Paracotoin, 147 Paramenispermine, 205 Pararabin, 91 estimation of, 93 Paricine, 189 Peridin, 172 Parigenin, 174 Parillin, 174 Paytine, 199 Pectin, 208 Pectose, 253 Pelletierine, 205 Peptone, 239 Pereirine, 50, 205 Petroleum Spirit, estimation of sub- stances soluble in, & Petroleum Spirit, extraction with, 8 Peucedanin, 145 Pheoretin, 132 Phaseomannite, 219 Philygenin, 169 Philyrin, 169 Phlobaphene, 88, 90 Phloroglucin, 35 Phlorose, 218 Phlorretin, 169 Phlorrhizin, 169 Phyllocyanin, 113 Phylloxanthin, 114, 116 Physalin, 49, 171 Physostigmine, 50 estimation of, 61, 184 Phytosterin, 107 Picroerythrin, 151 Pierolichenin, 151 Picropodophyllin, 139 Picrosclerotine, 202 — Picrotoxin, 49, 142 Pilocarpine, 50 _ estimation of, 184 Pimento, alkaloid in, 50 Pine, tannin of, 162 Pinipicrin, 167 Pinite, 225 Piperine, 49 estimation of, 188 Pittosporin, 170 Platinum, perchlovide of, as alkaloid reagent, 56 INDEX. Plumbagin, 149 Podophyllotoxin, 13¢ Podophyllum peltatum, 13S Polychroite, 171 Pomegranate, tanuin of, 160 Poppyseed, oil of, 102 Populin, 49, 168° Porphyrine, 203 Potassiobismuthic iodide, as alkaloid reagent, 55 Potassiocadmic iodide, reagent, 56 Potassiomercuric iodide, as alkaloid reagent 55 Potassium, bichromate of, as alkaloid reagent, 56 Potassium, myronate, 165 tribromide, as alkaloid reagent, 55 Potassium, tri-iodide, as alkaloid re- agent, 55 Powdering, 6 Preliminary operations, 5 Protoplasm, 79 Pseudaconitine, 60 Pseudamy!-alcohol, 30 Punicine, 205 Purpurin, 133 Pyrocatechin, 32, 33, 36, 138 Pyrogallol, 35, 36, 187 as alkaloid Quassiin, 49, 149 Quebrachin, 49 Quercetin, 36, 138 Quercin, 176 . Quercite, 225 Quercitrin, 36, 138, 178 Quillaja saponaria, saponin in, 69 Quinamine, 198 Quinidine, 50 separation of, 194 Quinine, estimation of, 62, 185 separation from bark-alkaloids, 194 Quinovin, 175 Rape-oil, 102 Ratanhin, 208 Resin, detection in fixed oil, 11 extraction of, 31, 38 ° micro-chemica]l detection, 33 separation from fat acid, 112 Resins, 127 acid, 34, 36 » separation of, 127, 128 action of potash on, 34 anhydrides, 34 7 behaviour to reagents, 34 commercial, 129 dry distillation of, 36 indifferent, 34 INDEX. . 279 Resins, micro-chemical examination, 33 oxidation-products of, 34 purification, 34 Resorcin, 35 Bhamnin, 135 Rhamnodulcite, 225 Rhatany-red, 157 Rhatany-root, tannin of, 157 BRhinacanthin, 135 Rhinacanthus communis, 135 Rhinanthin, 163 Rhinanthogenin, 163 Rheeadine, 203- Rheeaginine, 203 Rhubarb, Assay by Iodine, 248 Rhus succedanea, wax from, 110 Ricinus communis, oil of, 102 Robinin, 140, 178 Rottlerin, 149 Rubiadin, 134 Rubian, 134 Rubiretin, 134 Rutin, 140, 178 Sabadilline, 50 estimation of, 61, 184 Sabatrine, 50 estimation of, 61, 184 Saccharose, Bittger’s test for, 76 characters of, 76 estimation of, 75 examination for, 65, 72 inversion of, 75 Saccharoses, 220 Salicin, 38, 50, 168 Salicin-sugar, 218 Saligenin, 168 Saliretin, 168 Salts, ethereal, 29 Samaderin, 170 Sand, 7 Sanguinarine, 62 Santalin, 137 Santonin, 36, 49 estimation of, 141 Saponaria officinalis, saponin in, 69 Sapogenin, 68 Saponin, 49, 1738 estimation of, 68 examination for, 67 Sarracenia purpurea, alkaloid in, 50 Sarsaparilla, saponin in, 69 Scillain, 173 Sclererythrin, 134 Scleromucin, 249 Acleroxanthin, 149 Senegin, 49, 173 Separation, methods of, 3 Sesamé, oil of, 102 Sicopirin, 149 Sinalbin, 166 Sinapine, acid sulphate of, 166 sulphocyanate of, 166 Sinistrin, 212 alcoholate of, 213 detection and estimation, 67, 213 Sinkaline, 205 Smilacin, 174 Soda, examination of substances soluble in, 88 Solanidine, 49 Solanine, 50 Sorbin, 219 Sorbite, 225 Sordidin, 151 Sparattospermin, 176 Sparteine, 50, 205 Special Methods, 99 Staphysagrine, 180, 193 Starch, 91, 249 estimation of, 93 Stearoptene in ethereal oil, 28 Styracin, 25 Strychnine, 50 estimation of, 61, 133 Styrol, 108 Suberin, 95, 255 Sugar, estimation by polarization, 221 ea detection in ethereal oi Sulphur, detection in ethereal oil, 26 Sumach, tannin of, 159 Sunflower seed, oil of, 102 Surinamine, 203 Syringin, 49, 170 Syringopicrin, 170 Tampicin, 140 Tanacetin, 149 Tanghinin, 149 Tannin, constitution of, 152 Aa of, 152, 153, 154, detection of, 39 detection of glucose from, 1538 ellagic acid from, 158 estimation of, 41-47 extracted by ether, 31 +5 alcohol, 38 extraction of, 40 gallic acid from, 153 glucosidal nature of, 153 insoluble in water, 156 -microscopical detection of, 40 purification of, 155 reactions of, 40 separation from alkaloid, etc., 52 various, 153, 162, 163 Taraxacin, 149 Taxine, 50, 205 280 Tea, 186 tannin of, 160 Thebaine, 50 Tectochrysin, 128 Terpenes, 28 Thalictrin, 180 Theine, estimation of, 62 Théobromine, 49 estimation of, 187 Thevetin, 172 Thujin, 140 Toxiresin, 143 Trehalose, 221 Triethylamine, 244 Trimethylamine, 245 Trimethylaniline, 50 Triticin, 212 alcoholate of, 213 detection and estimation, 67, 218 Turpethin, 141 Tyrosine, detection of, 208 estimation of, 207 -Umbelliferon, 36 Valonia, tannin of, 159 Vanillin, 167 . estimation of, 144 Variolinin, 151 Vasculose, 253 Verantin, 134 INDEX. Veratrine, 50 estimation of, 61, 184 Veratroidine, 179, 189 Viola tricolor, 139 Violaquercitrin, 139 Violin, 203 Vitellin, 235 Vitellin, isolation of, 236 separation from myosin, 286 Walnut, oil of, 102 Water, examination and estimation of substances soluble in, 65 mineral matter dissolved by, 65 , ‘Wax, Bahia, 111 Carnauba, 111 microscopical detection, 111 vegetable, 13, 110 Wood-gum, 249, 252 Voratiees: estimation of santonin in, 41 Wrightine, 208 Xanthein, 117 Xanthin, 117 Xanthophyll, 114, 116 Xanthorhamnin, 135 Xanthosclerotin, 149 Xylostein, 149 Zeorin, 151 THE END. LONDON ; BAILLIERE, TINDALL, AND COX, KING WILLIAM STREET. Y B MS HO105 0095 90 8580 75 Supsrance ExamINeED. 15 10 6 Chrysophanic Acid; in di- jute potash. Frangulic Acid; in dilute potash. Alizarin; in dilute alco- holie potash. Alizarin; in dilute alco- holic ammonia. urin ; in dilute alco- olic anamonia. Purpurin; in dilute alco- holic potash. Logwood ; dilute decoction . (hematoxylin). . As 7; after addition of am- monia, Brazilwood ; decoction after addition of am- monia (brasillin). Sandalwood ; very dilute decoction (suntalin). Alkannin ; dilute alcoholic solution. Curcumin; dilute alcoholic splution (fustic same). Chlorophyll; frésh alco- holic solution. | The same ; after keeping. CONSERVATION Review...£.20, 2.3, 1446 Vo be V2 fovmedted ‘ SS S 1 . : oS : = ee SSE ‘ = eat AN chun : 5 ‘ s os : = Stat ee e : oh : a sus